Complete PET Student Book with answer.pdf

Complete PET Student

1. | aim CAMBRIDGE caos:

UNIVERSITY PRESS ESOL Examinations

Complete

PET

Student's Book with answers
Emma Heyderman and Peter May

Official preparation material for Cambridge English: Preliminary,
also known as Preliminary English Test (PET)

2. CAMBRIDGE

University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 SBS, United Kingdom

Cambridge University res is part of the Univesity of Cambridge

A furthers the University’s mission by disseminating knowledge in the pursuit of
‘education, leaming and research at the highest international levels of excellence.

wovwcambridge ong
Information on thse: wow cambridge org/9780521741361

© Cambridge University ress 2010.

‘This publication iin copyright. Subject o statutory exception
and othe provisions of relevant collective licensing agreements,
mo reproduction of any part may take place without the writen
permission of Cambridge University Pres.

Firs published 2010
13th printing 2015

Printed in Dubai by Oriental Press
A catalogue cod or this pute is valle fromthe rsh Library

ISBN 978-0-521-74648.9 Student's Book with CD-ROM
ISBN 978-0.52179136. Student Book with answers with CD-ROM
ISBN 978.0:521.74137.8 Teachers Book

ISBN 978.0:52.74138-5 Class Audio CDs 2)

ISBN 978-0:521741415 Students Book Pack

ISBN 978-0:521741392 Workbook with Audio CD

ISBN 978.0:52.74140-8 Workbook with answers and Audio CD

Cambridge Univesity Press has no responsiblity forthe persistence or accuracy
Of URLS for external or third party internet websites referred 10 in this publication,
and does not guarantee that any content on such websites is, or will remain,
accurate or appropriate Information regarding price, travel timetables, and other
factual information given in his work i correct at the time of first printing but
Cambridge Unie Pres dots ot gate he cc of uch norton

3. n
12

Contents

Map of the units
Introduction
PET content and overview

Homes and habits
Student days

Vocabulary and grammar review Units 1 and 2
Fun time

Our world

Vocabulary and grammar review Units 3 and 4
Feelings

Leisure and fashion

Vocabulary and grammar review Units 5 and 6
Out and about

This is met

Vocabulary and grammar review Units 7 and 8
Fit and healthy

A question of taste

Vocabulary and grammar review Units 9 and 10
Conserving nature

What did you say?

Vocabulary and grammar review Units 11 and 12

Grammar reference
Irregular verbs

Writing reference

Speaking reference

‘Authentic past PET paper from Cambridge ESOL
Extra material

Answer key

‘Acknowledgements

78
80
88
96
9
106
na

ns
132
133
142
148
173

ws

238

coments (E)

4. |: Roc gto eon pons

Rear Pats Loan
ec am

i
i

ae Pat Rires ado

D OU LC | Wenger Wings ag | Nae ig CET TS
Recaro + Manin pig econ | negra

Arai omg |” nna sig = Ceca ore ce

Roars ott ar mod en ep Seeing te
"eb nd un TOR

rings Theloooge wn» Wight mag |» Login Farol
nino ne et eto

+ Besar nese cites

aaa Wego

ewe ora rot ets
Fr =
Tonga to ai a rg
> gon co uma ‘pean
por + Cres son Spang Pets
+ Rg mn mas Tespys parer
{errant user ang) | na os name ago ent
cr À tng Fo ae corps

+ Vannes org rer Put

TE

n
=
=
©
=
=
=
©
=
&
2

trat]

amo Paz Pot ens

Epi en tne
À Ten cres rg rar az
Dre rg

ower Pens carios

FETES

SS EA A!
= + Deroga
+ Sinn tree enges | toes con de na Pot
= RogPots Copa | ETT
e e semer espero
pea ee en vanne
+ gr ame dana ans

Pe
orar raros

IE

+ Greene sory per e

Amir ou
2 Lainey Pott Sen rt cg
I Res are oa si ne
À op ar o oy ars

nas!

area rates ae

nic

ae.

‘Geng Pot Waa ins
Utena pr ungen

Fa Coria

Wing PA marisa

Metal
stn et Me Outer

Dr

© mentions

5. Decasge yg porten Hassan Pose
Dr oan oes Cab cat un 1 ene ote
| ere pes
2 Alomar a ott ht
rara
ree
a T2 po EU | Pato on pao
| argo duros AS un
1 oct on ac ing
foots
anar Fete Verrat Danny
A |! Meet
. Renner ersten brnonktensn |: Roger nes
reno Pat Decre pnl | Holy Gangrene apr cn
mt 1 Say demar ae ages
enr e mare
ic der pcs Ne
ayons somos (ass or gode
sp coc pa a ea eons opin + Ga nl mg y pos)
Sang Derg peor nena + Stelter at mt ma a
ES acre mdr iron ocn moon)
‘ects rats
cn ron eects
Tangos cn Trenza pares
A |! argent rs
Mon neg coa tucimeyoalo |: Bun mc prin o o | Seen
o Logis rn pte oo
Tr bere mar tee Fee png m na pun
A | tongue se
Speirs nicas
reno ema Ma
1 resiente
1 ores
weten na ET EEE
== 1 Deng ue en do ps ae
+ Spaingean among | As manzen e)
A ET Wik Pace war wa cases
RES ste ang enden slo)
een Penn
Morel aa mr
1 Shang a3 Dee pdt | Gan nd mt e oe
arnes nn
ong Fert wot Ts peep sl
Soon {Meneame Eee soe
ETES tee
Penn rennen
rg Tes ad
Deere unge ‘Spo at te omar
Saa Pe Diana FF de tano or auge
eS
retar

map o ne wats (6)

6. Introduction

Who this book is for

Complete PET sa stimulating and thorough preparation
course for students who wish o take the Preliminary
English Test rom Cambridge ESOL. taches you the
reading, writing, listening and speaking sills which are
necessary forthe exam as well as essetal grammar and
vocabulary. For those wh are not planning to take the
‘exam in the nea future, the book provide skis and
Language highly relevant to an intermediate level of English
(Common European Framework (CE) level).

What the book contains
In the Students Book there ae
+ 12 units for classroom study. Each unit contains

‘+ one part ofeach ofthe three paper in the PET exam.
‘The units provide language input and skills practice
to help you deal successfully with the ask in each
part

+ essential information on what each par ofthe exam
Involves, and the best way to approach each ask

+ a wide range of enoyable and stimulating speaking
civic designed to increase your fluency and your
tility to express yours.

+ astep:bystep approach to doing PET Writing tasks

‘+ grammar activites and exercises forthe grammar
ou need 10 know fr the exam, When you are doing

rammar exercises you will sometimes see this
Symbol). These exercises are based on research
from the Cambridge Learner Corpus and they
deal with the areas which often ease problems for
students inthe exam.

+ vocabulary necessary or PET. When you see this
symbol @) by a vocabulary exercise, the exercise
focuses on words which PET candidates often
confuse or use wrongly in the exam

+ Six unit reviews, These contain exercise which revise
‘he grammar and vocabulary that you have studied in
each unit

+ Speaking and Writing reference setions These
explain the possible tasks you may have to do in the

Speaking and Reading and Writing papers, and they

‘lve you examples together with additional exercises

and advice on how bes to approach these PET papers.

+ A Grammar reference section which clearly explains
all dhe main areas of grammar which you will ned to

Know forthe PET exam,

© invasion

‘+ an authentic pas PET exam paper supplied by

Cambridge ESOL or out prat wi

+ À CD-ROM which provides you wih many interactive.
exercises, cg fur Istening practice exlse
tthe CD-ROM (lese use the clas audio CDs forthe

Students Bok tenia eerie). AN hese extra

exeress ae linked tothe topics in he Stents Book

Also available ae:
+ Two audio CDs containing seing materi or the

12 units of he Student Book ls te Listening Paper

forthe test suple by Cambridge ESOL. The eng

materials dite D diferent cloud Scans in the

Students Bok as flows: (7) CDI.) CDZ.

+ A Teacher Book containing

+ Stepbystp guidance or handling the actes in
the stants Book

+ number of suggestions for alernatve resunents
of activites inte Students Book and suggestion for
‘extension activi.

+ Extra photcopabl materials or ich unit of he
Students Bock to practise an extend language
iles outside the requirements of the ET exam.

+ Motocopiable recording seripis rom the Student
Book listening materi.

+ Complete answer Key including recording srhis
forall the listening materi.

+ Four photcopable progress tests or every tee
Stodent Book unit

+ 12 photecopabl word ist one or ech uni)
taining vocabaary found inthe uni. Exch
Vocabulary erin the wor ts companies
à definition supplied by the corpus formed
Cambridge earners Diamar

A Students Workbook consining

+ 12 uns far homework and ses ach unit
contains further exam ste eerie fo practise
{he reading. wein and listening kil eed in
{he PET exam In adn, they provide further
Practice of grammar and vocabulary, which az use
Information abou common PET candidate eros
from te cambridge Leamer Corps ©.

+ A Vocabulary Extra” econ, hich contains were
Pages of further evisio and patio he essen
PET exam vocabulary contained in he Students
Book unite

+ An audio CD coming all the listening material for
‘the Workbook.
+ The website wwvw.cambridge.or/compleepet contains
à full model PET for Schools practice et

7. PET content and overview
EN EE ET

Reading and | Reading
Writing | Part 1 Five very shor text: signs and messages, postcards, notes, | Parts 1-4: Candidats are
Thour30 | emails, labels, etc. followed by five three-option multiple choice | expected to read for the main
minutes | questions message, global meaning,
Part Five items inthe form of descriptions of people 1o mate to eigh | specific information, detailed
shor texts. Five questions in which candidates match the descriptions | comprehension, understanding
of people o the short texts. of attitude, opinion and writer
Part 3 Longer text with ten true/false type questions. purpose and inference
Part Longer tex with five fouroption multiple choice questions, | Part 5: Candidates
Part 5 Short ext 3 a fouroption muhüple choice elze. Ten questions: | are expected to show
candidates select the correct word from each question o complete the | understanding of vocabulary
text and grammar in a short text,
And the lexio-seuctral
Writing patterns in the ext,
Part 1 Sentence transformations. Five items that are theme related.
(Candidates ae given sentences and then complete similar sentences
‘sing a diferent structural pattern so the sentence sll asthe same
meaning ‘Candidates are mainly
Part 2 Short communicaive message. Candidates write a short, ‘assessed on thee ability 10
message of about 35-40 words in the form of postcard, not, email, | use and contol a range of
ete PET eve language. Coherent
Part 3 Alonger piece of continuous writing, There fa choice of two | organisation, speling aná
‘questions, an informal eter ora sory. Punctuation ae also assessed.
7
Listening | Part Short monologues or dialogues with seven three-opton multiple | Candidate are expected
Approximately | choice questions with pictures 10 identify the attiudes
30 minutes | Part2 Longer monologue or interview (with one main speaker). six | and opinions of speakers,
three-option multiple Chole questions and listen (identity
Part 3 Longer monologue Six gaps to fil in. Candidates write one or | key information, specific
more words in each space information and de
Par 4 Longer dialogue. Six true/false questions, Candidates decide | meaning and to identify,
| whether the statement ae tru or are understand and interpret
meaning,
7
Speaking | Part 1 A short conversation with he interlocutor. The interlocutor asks | Candidates ae expected 0 be
10-12 minutes | the candidates questions in tur, using standardised questions able to ask and understand
Part 2 À twoway conversation between candidates (visual stimulus | questions and make
‘with spoken instructions), The interlocutor set up the acti appropriate responses, and
Part 3 An individual long turn foreach candidate. A colour photograph | 1 talk rely on matters of
ls given o each candidate in turn and they alk about for about a | personal interest
minute. Both photographs relate othe same opie
Part À discussion on topes related to Pat.

Per comen an overview E)

8. Starting off

© With a partner, look at the two pictures and the
photo of Julia. Which do you think is her room?
Was

@ Listen to Julia and check your answer.

© Look at the underlined words from the recording.
‘Match 1-6 to the expressions a-f with similar
meanings.
Y Fmoutquicalosthen => a sheshingstike Listening Part 4

2 its mota particular big / b somebody visits © Read these instructions.

room me = You will hear a conversation between a gi, Zoe,
3 Pve got allmy favourite, \ € notin very much and & boy, Lucas, about dally habits in different
things there | counties
4 bot there jus pace d beginning to + Decide i each sentence 1-5 is corrector
there improve incorrect
5 Vim starting o ge © rather a small + itis correct, put tik (/) inthe box under A
6 wen Lhave someone round { its completely for VES. itis not correct, put a tick (7) inthe
full ox under for NO.

Our

9. Exam advice

+ Before you listen, look atthe sentences and
nderine the key words, then:

+ think of words and phrases with Ihe same or
opposite meanings

listen for thee and similar expressions.

@ Beiore you listen, look at the underlined part of
each sentence 1-5 and think of other expressions
‘that mean the same, or the opposite.

as
vos
1 Lucas says that everywhere
closes early in his town.
2 Lucas and Zoe agre that taxis
ae loo expensive.
3 Zoe believes that Lucas town
‘an be dangerous at night

O

inthe south

5 Lucas thinks i is a good idea to

sleep fora short time ater lunch. [7]

© © Now listen to the conversation and tick (/)
the boxes.

Prepositions of time
© rave 17 Gamer revere: Pepostons of time

DO Zoe says at six lock and in the evening, PET
candidates often make mistakes with prepositions
of time. Circle the correct option in tales in
sentences 1-5.

pS eno

© With a partner, put these expressions in the
correct columns, Then think of more expressions
0 add to each column.

theweekend the morning. summer
April 24.2010 te holidays
„half past two. bedtime. Saturdays

he weekend

© Discuss these questions about the recording with
your partner. Use expressions from Exercise 4.

1. Why do you think diferent part ofthe world
often have different daily routines?

2 Which of the daily routines you heard about is
more like yours? tn what ways?

3 Which do you think is better! Why?

Grammar
Frequency adverbs: question forms
© pape 17 Gommer rence Fun ads
© Look at these words and sentences from the
recording and answer the questions Below
"hey often go out ater that
they don sully ave ter mal mel
there are tayo of pope around
ler pope ot bed ery mos nights.
the schol day normaly about

1 Do frequency adverbs ike oten go before or ater
the main verb?

‘What happens withthe verb be?

‘Where do frequency expressions like most nights

eo!

@ Put the words in brackets in the correct postion
in these sentences.

1 Listen to music on the radio. (occasionally)
2 cocasionally listen to misc on the radi.

2 check my emlil. (every two hours)

3 Tinte for schoo. (never)

heit eters to friends. (sometimes)

5 dont have lunch at home. (always)

6 l'm sleepy in the morning. (almost every day)

7 150 out on Monday night. (hardly ever)

8 1 stay in bed late, (most weekends)

© How true are sentences 1-8 for you? Rewrite
those that are not true, using different frequency
adverbs and expressions.

2 roely listen fo mice on the radio

5 listen fo mason th ad ary ll tha
time. y

Homes aná habits ©)

10. © Work in groups. Ask about these activities and @ Now do the same with activities 1-3.
answer using frequency adverbs plus the correct
preposition of time.

ariveat school orwork gethome |
Setup in ne morning goto bed
Rave breakfast havedimer havalunch

ET ng

© Ask a partner questions about the following,
beginning Do you ever or How often do you
Use expressions like every day, ance a week and
twice a month in your answers

‘chatonine — cookamed go dancing 3
ad a magazine send text messages tidy your room

er
An

un ue
D and

Reading Part 5
(© Work in smal groups and answer those questions.
+ da hat y are te homes inthe pictures diferent
from ordinary home
+ Whac ae the advantages and disadvantages o living
bee
+ Would jo ie ie int Why?

© Quickly read the text at the top of page 11, without
filing in the gaps, and answer these questions.
+ What kind of text (eg. story aride) ii
‘What isthe text about?
‘+ Which ofthe pictures on the right shows this building?
‘+ Which pars of i are the sals and the balcony? |,
+ Which five ofthe points below are in the text?
1 The family built a windmill and they now live in i
2 The Wraysbury windmill is four centuries ol
3 The windmill has the same kindof rooms as a house.
4 Living in à windmills diferent from living in a house.
5 There are sometimes fires in the windmil,
6 The windmill has a ie exit.
7 The windmill will make its own power
8 They used material from abroad to build the windmi

11. ‘Teenager Charlie Larcombe Ines in an amazing
home: a wooden windmill, His parents bi

the windmill in the pretty English village of
‘Wraysbury, basing their design (1) er
-400-year-old mil in the same area.

Inside, there are five levels. The (2)

floor isthe largest, containing the living room,
dining room and kitchen, Upstairs, the fist

and second floors have bedrooms, a iny office
nd the bathroom. The Larcombes use the

o floor for storing things, and the
fourth, atthe top ofthe mil, isthe part that looks

© Read the text more carefully, and fill in the gaps
with these words.

as comes eleticty few

goma pb Me non

whe

We often believe that ving in
a cave (0). fom the
citant past, the days of cavemen
and cavewomen, but nowadays

a... of people are Fan

buying cave homes. The

temperatures around Ihe

Lam siting in a cave home in

Cappadocia, ono of

pars of Turkey.)

clock on a July afternoon,

Outside it reaches 35 degrees
day. but

0) a boat and holds the sails
Living in a windmill brings a (5)

changes to normal life. The family found the shape
of their new home a lite strange at frst. All the
rooms are round, so there are no (6)

and the ceilings seem quite small compared to
the floors

has central heating and it's very cosy, but fire is
a danger (7) its made of wood.
‘There is a water system in each ceiling, o if there
is à fire, the people inside can flood every level
6) = seconds. Also, the balcony
around the outside ofthe mill provides an escape,
route from the upper floors.

‘The Larcombes used local materials fo build the
‘windmill, including pieces from old cottages and
farm buildings in the nearby area, The one last

o) isto complete the 8-metre long,
sails. They hope to use wind energy to create

all the (10) the mill needs — and
perhaps also enough for ten other houses in the
Village.

© Read the text below, paying no attention tothe
‘gaps for the moment. Decide what kind of text it
is, what it is about, and its three main points.

Exam advice
+ Begin by reading the text to get a general idea of
the typeof tex is topic and the main points.

here itis only 18. ever falls
‘and much below hat, even during the

coldest months.

word are @)....... but Modern cave homes like this
inside a cave remains often have a phone, satelite |
cool, even (8)

TV and an internet (6)

and they are very comfortable
the bedrooms are very
uit, dark and cool, people love
Sleeping in them. And, they say,
its easy to make more (8)

for yoursel Yo just ig a bigger

hottest
tree

Homes an ae ©

12. © Read the text on page 11 about
living in caves again and
choose the correct word for
‘each space, A, B, Cor D.
Use the questions in italics to
help you.

© Aanuihing everything
Gomething) D nothing

1 Aline Bmany
Crew Dior
Whit wond goes before of
and a noun?

2 Arising Bling
C addi Draising
Which verb doesnot need an
object?

3 Aabou Bn
Con D round
Which preposition goes with
the seasons?

aa B during
Chr Dy

‘Which preposition usualy goes
wich exact times?

5 Asome Both
Cevery another
Which word completes the
frequency expression?

6 Abridge Bconnection
Crelation Die
Which word usualy goes wit
Interne?

7 Aso Bsince
Cun DEven

Wii inking word means
‘because’ a the beginning of

8 Are Bloor
land Dspace

Which word means ‘empty’ on
and above the ground?

© Discuss these questions in pars.

+ Would you ike 1 live in a cave home? Why (not?
Which other unusual places 1 live do you know oft

Grammar
Present simple and present continuous; state verbs
© page 117 Grammar reference: Present simple and present continous

© Match extracts 1-4 from the text wi
and present continuous.

h uses a-d of the present simple

1 Lam siting in a cave ais always true
2 Ihe mare changing. Di happening now
3 remains coo, ever in summer © ithappens regularly

44 treaties 35 degrees almost every day ds in progress

@ complete the email with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
Use the present simple or the present continuous.

HiDavi
HB) writing. Zam. writing. (write) to you from our haley hom
rightnoxttothe es. 1(2) (stn my cosy bedroom, which

al (be) atthe back of me bung, and (4)

(lok) out eross the waves toatl isand. SJ Cove) is
view and the evening sometimes (6) (stayintowatenthe
aun go down, Everyday?) (89) ora ongwatkatongshetopof
he hf. te June now, so th weather (8) gr hotter but
{aheays (9) (leave) the house earyin he morning hie that
oolwind rom out at sa (20) Con)

(have) a relly gend ime her, and (12) (ot nin) want ogo
home!

Byetornon,

Pamela

Vers that describe sates ae not normal used in continuous forms:
We often believe that ving in à cave. not weereeferbteving
Inside cave remains col. ot remaining

© which ofthese are state verbs?

"bong Change const conan cream ent MM forget

ques improve nude mater mem need om pant
Drefer relax remember seem suppose understand |

13. © Ask your partner questions using state verbs and © @ The words in the box are all ountable nouns,
te down their answers. but some words in the home are uncountable, 8.
heating. air-conditioning. PET candidates often
make mistakes with these. Choose the correct
‘option in tales in this sentence, then check your

oF pees ina a em
pe

Now work with a different partner. Ask questions answer with Ihe extract from the Cambridge
about their first partner. Learner's Dictionary.
Deus she prefer weekdays or weekend? (Answer 1 am looking for new furniture / furnitures or my
‘Ske prefers weekende) bedroom.
© Make questions using the present simple or the nn
present continuous, adding and changing words Furniture num |
where necessary. Then answer the questions in a aos
full sentences. Mons
1 what / at verb" / meant ae

Le tease arb ya ca ae ul ira Dore uns; |

‘State verbs aren’ usually used in continus eye ot ry to
Forms y Ne)
2 you / prefer /1o getup el o late? (O Look atthe extract again and answer the
3 Anybody at your house / watch /TV / atthe questions
nem un 2 Whi symbol ou the susana
what colour lathes / you / wear / today? what do you think the symbol i fora countable
5 which things / in your house / belong / to yout weer ii
hat / ou / sometimes / forget / o do / in the
morning?
Grammar
Think ofa close friend. Tell your partner these
oe ame dd A few, a itl, many, much, a lot of and los of
+ facts eg She tes im... she Belongs 0 bala
5 thing they ofen do, eg, Heoften plays © page 118 Grammar refrance fe ati may, much a
© something they'e doing over a period oftime,eg, Lolas
She learning Spanish
+ ‘what you think they're doing right now, eg. Hes @ Study the text with the picture. Then complete

walking hore. the rules and examples on page 14 with a litle, a
few, much, many, alot, a lo of and ots of.

Vocabulary

House and homie; countable and uncountable

nouns

© page 118 Gramma frene: Coura and une

© Which of these does your home have?
alcony batroom bedroom caidos
Ging oom gerage garden hal Kichen Is to pun wa hee EI an et
É La nthe garden we havea loto flowers of many
eet diferent colour. At this ime ofthe year it

© witha partner decide in which room the items in fain aot and tere ist much sunshine, but
the box would normally be. Summers diferent From June o August we
er ¿ny have lite rin, and fora ow months
cooker cupbords cushons - cash" ws have 11 of sunshine almost every doy
fige meronene mirer plow nk sofa

“tpt Leit towels matan _ washng machine

Home and habs @)

14. ———... | © @ ver candidates often make mistakes with

Vr sal ners wee
tows ee neo
ee
‘rsa auto
caserne 6401)
Sec pasota tray ona
cour vows. ca Me
ya a te
Melts cana
reese anuncie oes
M agir senc. ea Day
po ‚free tine at wechends? No! doit have
estaca
ese. amie
a tains inayat senc 4
PS
Pl mercante este
ce test

pates onthe able

win
‘sige ivy

Muse
there
the

abo la ola bb Isis nln bso bla bb by

© Fill in the gaps with a litle, a few, much, many,
ot or a ot of/lots of. (Sometimes more than one
answer is possible.)

1 usually like to put a fe

make-up on,
but not Adel ‘Too much looks terrible,
Think.

2 hdoesnt take time to wash
hose clothes, ut it takes hours,

sually two or three, to dry them
3 Tegot

DVDs bull cant buy any.
more because they cost

money
4 Those new light bulbs are very popular. They
dont use. electricity. so
People are buying them.
5 1dont use shampoo, just
“ops. My hair always goes dy if
Tose
6 Thete fant

space in my bedroom
20 don't keep things there.

© page 118 Grammar reference: Prepasitons of place

prepositions of place like in, at and on. Circle
the correct option
sentences.

You can sy n/a house

Were saying af [A dire ons

MA Demon s the bes roman ny house
Ws age oo at on he second on
Une some pts he wal

‘Also I havea big window in / on the lft of my
bed.

© Work in pairs. Talk about your apartment or
house, describing each room and what is in it. As
your partner listens, he or she draws a picture oF
plan of your home. When you finish, check your
partner's diagram. Then change roles

Speaking Part 1

© Put the words in 1-5 in
{he correct order. Then
math the questions with
2 surame/ your / what /

What is your sername?

spell / you /it/ how / do?
live / where / you / dot
do

enjoy / you?

‘In Torre del Mar. I's a town on the coast near
Málaga, in Spain
Lopez

© Yes, alot studied it at school and now have
lessons at work with the other people thet,

a M LOPEZ.

€ Vina secretary. work in

insurance company.

@ Complete the tables with prepositions from a-e
above,

o) NT e]
[work | la country (a hill |
Thome I company ha stand |
© Ask another student the questions In Exercise 1.

Your partner should answer about himself
or herself being careful to use the correct
prepositions.

(O Read the dialogue based on Speaking Part 1
questions. Fill in the correct form of the verbs in
brackets and prepositions of place and time.

15. ‚John: Mara, where (1). de yeu sone Here are some sentences

a ET
e cao ee
a ene th sect sonora so that
Athens. ‘it means the same as the
sw Baa) /

firs, using no more than

(ou / work) or (4) three words.

(you / be a students

Ima semé 6) a
secondary schoo! (6) the town ol 1 There aren't many days when
What subjects (7) (you st all my family do the same
‘Allah usual ones ie maths and try but his month ee
we) (Study) modern mus, 10. Ws really ‘Thee ae oly a fom
interesting. lay whe al my fay do
Jon: What D) (90/0) ding in our re Be
Aime? 2 Right now, my mum and
Wel, 100) ie) listening 1 music Aa ou having meal
a home, (12) am rom. amener
And sometimes (3) (go ou) with ends y parents
(60) the evenings, or 05) ame right now because
‘weekends theyre having a meal

© A Listen to the recording and check your answers.

somewhere
3 My eer sister Emily is at

© Work with a different partner. Ask the questions in Exercise 4. Your the swimming pool x the
Darter gives true answers. moment
Aie moment, my de ster
Emily ain
Writing Part 1 à She eal always goes

© circle the correct option in italies.

‘ot somewhere during the
evening,

1. Wealvay have a party y howe nt December 3 Saray
2 Inver tees oi fa el / light into Stay nding te evening
À tencia sant (oul sang m outing ny tends Myre aes doc
to phone me ‘pend much ne herein
a Votcoonly do sme of my homework ton sho! Eu
5 str / fen someones wach a insur my other James
tee oni spends
@ What do the sentences in Exerc test? Match sentences 1-5 with Sm
‘wammar pana se blow 6 Heatly testo be by he
à frauen ads (E] tev vie Ken
Fc pe be
8 presen tenes] pe
€ pointe] ci
à quan Ike a eae,
A © Write an email to an Englih-
sini - speaking friend about your
@ study the second sentence in questions 1-6 apposite. Which own amy ie.

‘grammar point a-e does each of 1-6 test (One grammar point is
not tested.)

m

(O Now do the Writing Part 1 exam task in the yellow box.

Homes and habits @)

16. Student days

Starting off
© Work in pairs. Choose a phrase from the box for photos AE.

have lunch nthe schol canteen alarm cock ings
teacher takes register catch the school bus se offer school

967 You will listen to five different sounds, After each sow
tall to your partner and match it with photos A-E.

1 thing am alarm elk is ringing, 50 if ges wile Proto À

© Use the phrases in Exercise 1 to ask and answer questions
about your typical school day.
Have yon got am alarm cece? Yes. rings at 2.00 am.

Reading Part 3
Exam advice |

+ You road 8 long factual text and decide if ten

The ten sentences follow he order ofthe text.

© Work in pairs. Before you read the text on page 17, ook atthe
tile, pictures and clocks. What do you think the text is about?

@ Wayne goes to secondary school in Beijing, China.
What do you think Wayne does on a typical
school day? Use the phrases in Starting oft
2 think Wave's alarm clock rings very rk

© Read the text qu
about and

ly to get a general idea of what its
14 out if you were right about Wayne.

O uma

17. O Read sentences 1-8 about Wayne's day. Underline @ Read the text again to decide i each sentence is
the most important words in each, correct or incorrect. It is correct tick (/) box
A. If itis not correct, tick (/) box B. Underline
‘where you find the information inthe text

1. Wayne makes breakfast for his
sister

2 Wayne gets lift to school by car

o>

@ In your groups, compare your typical school day
with Wayne's. In which ways is your day similar
and in which ways is it different? Would you like
to study at Wayne's school? Why (not)?

3 Wayne is punished if he gets to
school later than 07.20,

44 Wayne's school has some sports
facilites,

5 Atmidday, none ofthe students
ge home for lunch.

Qo
a
ia)
o

{6 Wayne leaves school at 1220

7 Wayne does his homework until
it time for dinner.

000 0000

8 Wayne never sleeps more than
six hours a night

THE DAILY LIFE OF Nee
‘A BEIJING TEENAGER WET od Wn do |
stc Be hea SU pr

ut mn a na oe
ER aan
poso dei y mal er
breakfast, My sister buys something from All of us eat in the school canten. We have.

ler 3 fea reo or 20 utes, Seto

tothe brary o study and sometimes 1 $ cuido play
O ¡edson ON
amous poems o texts in ar languages.

table enn.

LS set off for school. i sometimes go to schoo!
by bus, However, I normally go to schoo! MEER We finish school but we can't go home; we

by bel. In Ching, divers have to be older have an exam after lass. Schoo o hard
than 18 years old Asm 16, | cat dive to school ke
cena in ot countries.

GER" im home again. That means Lean Hae
upper early. takes me 30 minute 1 eat
N We have to Be i school at least 20 minutes, “and then 1 have to do my homework We have
ere lessons begin i's a school ule) ots of homework every day,

you dont are on time, you ean

ihe. esi th wate ai
oa: L' Gasnor mle oh Vas
our h aie

pect

Student ays ©

18. Vocabulary Grammar

Take, st pas, fai lose, miss lear, teach and study Past simple

© Read this extract from the Cambridge Learner's (> page 119 Grammar reference: Past simple
Dictionary.

amon Lore Er
Tapas an
Take nen meso na St me tema
thar a ns pase ale st ne UK
We ve te eam ao nde au
Vito miercoles.
os pat an am. oa cs eco you ea ga
Yell an ec, jo st beets u ab añ

se emis?
Usa ou mis sag wih pers sch as one, ath
Teo. or angry
1 on anos yes.
su utes ig.
et y as,

Lear, wach su?
Totea soto ronge ra.
at mo ae.
an as tac ons, he Dew ee is,
My cat ama ow.
Hime oro
oor sd ac mos ecw means | © Work in small groups. Nadine is from Toronto,
‘bs ts Canada. Last year she went to San Pedro de
ei stan Bb ant ‘Atacama = a town in Chile - to be an exchange
student, What differences do you think she found
between her life in Canada and her life in Chile?

9.0 Workin airs cannes ten make
mistakes with verb + noun combinations. Circle €) (7) Listen to Nadine talking about these
Beta men enden ae
1 ia Donen m mas
Tec det Den in ung

me ande
3 I'min my classroom, writing / taking this exam. os F a: 10).
Deca te Lune eo Neer sh
pre al E is
«Tit tay ey ten ray ans |
ue ei aa
2 TS wt

Nadine English
dreams in

© write five question using some verb + noun |
combinations from Exercises 1 and 2. se ea

How often do you Ina exams at your shoal?

© Work in small groups. Ask and answer each
‘other's questions.

O uz

19. © Work in pairs. Nadine talks about an experience that happened
last year. Write the interviewer's questions 1-6 inthe correct form,
ofthe past simple, using the words given,

1 Where / go / last yea? Where did you go last year?

a Last year ed. in Chile
2 Where / stay?
bi in San Pedro de Atacama

3 How / fee / when / frst / arriver
et scared.

4 Speak / Spanish / before / go?
Yes, tdi. Spanish at schoo

5 What subjects / study?
el maths, chemistry, biology,

6 Be /a good experience?

1 Yes,it tm rally glad 1 there

© Listen to the interview again. Check your questions 1-6 and
complete Nadine answers a-.

at Nadine's answers a-f. Underline
mple forms and circle the irregular past simple

© Work in pairs. Look aga
the regular past
forms.

© © PET candidates often make spelling mistakes with regular
past tense forms. Correct one spelling mistake in sentences 1-7
and say why itis wrong.

© page 120 Grammar reference: Selig fragua pas simple

enjoyed
1 We emjted ourselves à ot
deesac change.

2 We plaid football all day.
3 1 planed two things for Ihe holiday.
4 He traveled around the world two years ag.
5 It was very hot so | openned the window.

6

7

is nmel before "y so the "y

Y really must tel you what happend to me.
My dad studyed French at schoo

@ © PET candidates also make mistakes wi

forms. Correet one mistake in sentences 1-6

irregular past simple

© rage 12 Gamma erence: regu sos
ate
1. ed spaghet at anctime.
2 She bujed un ao ol presents
3 choose a partie outs because dnt have aot of ee time
À van ing my ike when eof
3
é

He had short hair and he weared glasses
In your email you writed you had alt of exams.

Past simple and past continuous
© sage 1 Grammar tree ps
een pe cn

(O Look at the pictures. What
happened to Nadine when she was
walking to school?

©

© Listen tote recording to find
Out f you were right abot hat,
happened to Nadine. What do you
think happened next

© A Listen tothe rest of Nadine’s
story. Were you right about what
happened next?

(O Look at extracts 1-3 from the
recording. Underline the verbs
in the past simple (e. did)
and circle the verbs in the past
continuous (eg. was doing). Then,
answer the question that follows
each extract
1 ‘Suddenly a woman appeared from

nowhere and she started screaming

‘atthe dogs. The dogs ran off

+ Did the thee actions happen at
the same time? What happened
last

2 “The sun was shining and was
feeling good.

+ Do we know when the sun
stated shining? Do we know if
the sun stopped shining?

3 was walking to school when I
saw a group of dogs

+ Did Nadine see the dogs before
she started walking to school?

Student dys

20. © Look at extracts 1-3 again and complete these
rules with past simple or past continuous.

Posten cot nds
cacheo. past igor tone
ea ie at enone on ee!
reteate
6 patin
2 veuene sn
Nas are optar
on fay dort
veus
sete)
oo mes ding gere
engen ne ide nace
arn tron et OE
e a nie es vigo
Dao fen wer
a keneazennne)
an ee ar agrée

lolo lo lo ooo do dodo

in exchange student from the USA.
Read what he says about his first day at a
Japanese school and put the verbs in brackets in
he past simple or past continuous.

This moming 0)... note.
vist Ryukoku High School | @)
out af the window. It @)

10

wee)

o

m

10

friend (8)

The sippers (10)

(wake up) ay to
ook)
(ain.
(have) a quick break

(get ready ogo. We
are) to school, At the schoo! we
ange) our shoes for slippers. As
(out) on my slippers, my Japanese,
(tart looking at ny feet
(be) 00 sma"

né

om
© Work in small groups. Use the past simple and
past nimes tel each ter about
+ an usu journey o chol
2 your ya high che.

© wm:

sen to Tommy and check your answers.

Listening Part 1

Exam advice

"There are seven short recordings, each on a
différent top.

Listen tothe recording and choose t
picture.

You listen to each recording twice.

correct

Read the four Listening Part 1 questions and
‘underline the important words in each.

11 What time does John have to leave school oda?

999

doctor’ Appeintment

2. What are the students going todo today a 11 amt

00
40 oO Cul

es
40 al «O

© o ©
eS
40 Cm

Cal

21. 9 Look at the pictures for questions 1-
you see in each?

© Listen to the recordings for questions 1-4 and
‘make a note of the important words you hear next
to the pictures. (Picture C in Question 1 has been
done for you.)

© Listen to the recording again and choose the

correct picture. Remember to put à tick (7) in the
box below it

| What can

Grammar
Used to

© page 120 Gramma reference Used o

© Work in pairs. Teen magazine has interviewed
Candy about her days at primary school. Read
this extract and answer the question below.

In primary

School | used to have

the same teacher for

al my subjects and.

we rarely got

homework: We used

tohave litle tests but

wo didnt use to take

‘exams. always used

o have lunch in the

school canteen. After

lunch, our teacher uses to take us toa big
oom to play games. At the end ofthe day my
‘mum or dad used to collect me from school

© Which words does Candy use to talk about things
that happened regularly In the past but dont
happen now

@ Look at the extract again and answer these
questions about used to.
1 Does used 0 change when we change the subject
pronoun (you/he/se, ec?
2 What happens to used o in a negative sentence?
3 What verb form generally follows used 107

© Rewrite what Candy says so that its true for you.

Em primary school x aed to have te same
encher For most of wy subjects.

bbbbbbs

Rea

Exam advice
+ You read five short texts (eg. notices, signs, labels,

+ Each text has three exp

+ When you have made your choice, compare it with

© Work with a partner to interview other students

about their lives during the last five years. Read
the rules about questions, then write at least five
questions with used 10, using the topics in the
ox.

lathes free tine fiends sport studies

ales about questions
Remenber tan the question for we say yo
set 7 and not Darme?

Far carl ha primary schol you to ato?
Dion age homework? Wha sports pou se
To play when you were younger?

© Change pairs. Take turns to ask your questions.

from Exercise 4. Where possible, answer the
questions using used 10.

g Part 1

messages etc).

tions A. Band C, and
you have ta choose Ihe correct one.

‘the text and decide ii real explains what the text
says.

© Look at the text in each question. What does

it say? Circle the letter next to the correct
‘explanation = A, Bor.

Do you want to earn some extra cash in
the school holidays?

‘A local petro station needs an attendant to
‘wash cars and fil em up with petro.

To apoh, phone Stan on 566223

‘Stefan

A. needs a job during the summer break

would ke to hear rom people who are interested
in he ob.

is ioking for someone to wash is car.

suis ©

22. 7 Santa | Vocabulary
om Eam, have, make spend and take
To: Natasha OO per candidates often make

mistakes with verb + noun
‘combinations. Use the verbs
from the box to complete

Hi yuan arom ypurbatbersscootr myddsleokingorstsents |
questions 1-5 correctly.

to deliver pizzas. Letusknow what you think when you come fr dinner

Mora has written the ema to [eam have make spend te

A. invite Natasha to have diner.

In which job(s) mentioned in

8 ak Nata ah cn brow her coter ann
o 1 Canyon Am. unt
2 Sanos tends
2
3 mao yourtime
|
En | o do things carefully?
an ars phoned. Thy wan a celbratetheirwedding | 4 hy veto Your
AnversaryonSatundaybutnesdeomeometolekatter | Aie ping people
ci aonrem Dto 11 pm. Canyoudo 1? Sharon § canyon a god
en wae!
| © Work in small groups. Ask
am | and answer questions 15.
= Remember o explain wh:
A wants 20 to phone her back toi |
8 ha ined Zoe 0 Go ton Saturday ght Speaking Part 4
would tke Zoe ke caro har id forthe ovni {© work in small groups, Discuss
A these questions.
1 Do teenagers workin your
County Why (no?
Dan 2 Have you gt partie job?
Testis in 3 Do vou think cenager should
Davos Cas, mn bo lt or ork? Why (no)?
the fim tong tm ot nore
by 8pm, meat you sie.
obi
Dan shuld

A meet Robi in Daves Cate
Bgoino the cinema it Robi is delayed
wait inside the cinema unt 8 pm.

Marcelo Lin

|@assistant Trainers @ 4 Listen to Linh from
Interviews fr Assistant Wainer for the sports team Vietnam and Marcelo fron
start Friday at 4.30pm. arrive atleast 15 minutes Colombia talking about

efore you sil need t fil in a teenagers and part-time
Se LE L work. Make notes on how
A You will have an opportunity to hand in your application on Fay. they answer the questions in
8. Everybody shoud get there 15 minuts betor he interview starts. Bene,

You must complete an application frm before Friday

23. © A Listen tothe recording again. Linh and
Marcelo take turns to speak by aki
questions. They also show they are listening to
each other, Complete the expressions in the table.
(They are numbered inthe order you will hear
them.)

© Work in pairs. Try this Speaking Part 4 question.
Remember to use some of the expressions from
Exercise 3

Your photogagha sian NO
Tale you to talk together about the work
members of your family do and thesort of

work youd od be ES

Writing Part 2

© Read these two Writing Part 2 questions. The
important information has been underlined in
the first question. Now underline the important
{information inthe second question

1

[YourEngih-spealing Wind as ado |
for your Engl exam.

rt anamal sn your em
* thanks Isabel.

2 tal abel abou he exam,

+ ind sabe! ta our house

you should

@ Work in pairs. Look at each Writing Part 2 question
‘again and answer these questions.
1. What do you need to write? (A note, card, email ete)
2. Who are you writing to? Do you know their name?
3 Why are you writing?
4 What three points do you need to include?

© Match these answers with the questions in
Exercise 1.

Hiteabe

‘Thanks ever so much or helping me with my
English exam. The exam was quie easy and |
think ve done well Would you lke to come to
my house to have pizza at Ihe weekend? pay
Lore,

Tom

bear Ar Tenes,
Lin sorry tat 2 won't be able o get job
practico hz aanecn because I have lo ge

lo he dette Va do tran withthe eer
dere at tkt? 1 promise ZU be at fotall
pra on Tare.

est ice,

San

© Work in pairs, Read the answers again and underline
the expressions which are used to thank, invite,
suggest, explain and apologise.

© Work in pairs. Use this Writing Part 2 question to
answer the questions in Exercise 2 again.

You agreed to meet your English-speaking friend
tomorrow, but now you cat go.

Weite an email to Jason. In your emal you should
+ apologise.

+ explain vty you cant meet.

+ suggest meeting another day.

Wire 35-45 words.

You cant go to sports practice after school
‘Write note to your coach, In your note, you should
+ apologise.

+ explain why.

+ suggest another time you could do this practice.

© Write your answer to the task in Exercise 5.

seven ays ©

24. Unit 1

Grammar
(© Complete the email with at, in or on in each gap.

Hi everybody,

Well here am (1) in New Zealand,
staying with a very rend family).
the town of Westport t's quite a big house and my

bedroom is the second or. ke
i because thee are lots of cupboards to put my things
& and the bed is much bigger than
the one 5) my room

0 home!

a the evenings and

® weekends, the family sometimes.
take me out, though often we just stay

© and watch TV. I usualy go to bed
quit early 10) ig and get up
an. about 730 12)

the morming,

Im enjoying myse alot her, but Um looking forward
10 being home again (13)

‘August 1th

© Circle the correct option in italics in sentences
18.

1 1 hayeq big family and there's always a ot
of Gouseworby houseworks to do.

2 Can you end me afew / alle money until

day?

3 I's very dark and cold here in winter o 1 dont go
fut alot a lo of.

4 The living room Is very big but there s only a tle
a few furniture in

5 These days, Max spends a lot of time / times in his

{6 Thaven't got much / many work todo so I go out
7. Paula ist very well but I think she can eat a few
Falle food now.

8 My parents sometimes invite « te / afew people
Lo have dinner with us,

Quo

Vocabulary and grammar review

O Correct the errors.

1
2

‘We don eat always in he dining room,
ve don't als ent in tive dining room.
Hello, allo Sk if you want to go but
somewhere tonight.

‘Why do you stand here in the ain at his time of
night

Do you sleep ever all morning?

‘Ym never believing anything my brother tells me.
1 every day make my oven bed

How do you often have a bath?

1 get normally home at about half past five

Vocabulary
© Complete the crossword with words from Unit 1.

Across

Down

1 where we keep food cool

1 level ofa building

4 have something
to orina higher part ofa 2 stay the same
Sora a Mgher part of 5 here water comes
from

7 comfortable and warm

8 where we wash the dishes 5 Put things in the right

3 thick warm cover fora bed PCE

10 hole in the side of 7 what we use wo make

11 where people keep their $ Stat fortwo or more
Let people

12 room that leads 1 other

9 rings at the door

25. Unit 2

Vocabulary

© Circle the correct option in tales to complete
these sentences,

1 Many cs Gt pat oer)

2 Wen Fon ke say ear economies
aber

RE vom ico ip ando ot
fad slot fon

à enc wer secondary ecoa he soon dd
Treads tol new fends

5 fomorow were ging opus / aka maths tet
Tal se

6 slate shel olas med the fst
ee

7 have got stool brass im sing / passing
a

Weve decided ium / dy gol on ia.

Grammar

© Correct one mistake with a verb in each
sentence 1-10. (Some have a spelling mistake and
‘some have an incorrect irregular form.)

© page 12 Gama ference: regrets
matt
2. Some years ago traveled o England wit end
called Brune
2 Yesterday woke up very cry because twas
planing to o 1 the bet
3 only pay 5 eres fr these bats
À Last wecken, fund avery god restaurant in
my town
5 ven tothe shopping centre and there baught
tome new ater
6 ‘While my brother was paying foal he e and
Injured i eg
7. My rend Sar bringe her dog schon one day
8 met Holy à very longtime go We were sting
tie same school
9 int ist lesson our English teacher teched us
ome new words or ports.
10 Wepted al ur ing inthe car and we se of
forthe mountain

Vocabulary and grammar review

© Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form of
the past simple or past continuous to complete the
sentences. Be careful with your spelling!
1 Carolina fh... all) asleep when
she mas doing. (do) her homework.
2 was a beautiful day. The sun

(shine) and the birds (sing.

3 Yesterday, when I (have) my
dinner, the phone (cing).

4 My parents (choose) this
School because it (be) near our
house

si (see) an advertisement fora

Job inthe supermarket while
(buy) some milk.

6 My rabbit (escape) as
(clean) its cage
7 At (think) German
(be) difficult but now Fike it
story class, we (ead)
(write) a
Short text
9 Thanks a ot for inviting me to your party. really
(enjoy) mysett.
10 The children (laugh) when the
clown (appear.

© Complete these sentences with used to or didn't
se to.

mt ply the piano now but when I was younger
1 ad de play it
2. Thave lunch at school now but at primary school 1

3 ive close to school now but when we lived in
Tokyo we

4 My brother is now a really good student but when
he was younger he

5 Mr Puy doesn’t give us much homework but when
Mrs Garcia was our teacher she

{6 Martin never late for school but before he bought
the alarm clock he

una O

26. Fun time

Starting off
© atch the verbs inthe box with a) o form
leisure activites, Which are shown in the
pictures?
‘colesting ding ng going
Weng. ping ing seeng

sending sing Ec
on ling... a boat

A frends

: dancing

à ina balloon

© unusual objects

‘ computer games

A the interact

a tent messages or emails
i ir

i underwater

O What's the best way to spend a day off Put a-jin
order, starting with the activity you most like (or
would like) to do. Compare your answers wi

partner,

Listening Part 2

© Before you hear the recording, read the
instructions in the box below and look at

questions 1-4 on page 27. What kind of
information, eg. a place, must you list
Match a-d wi

fort

b atime
the speakers opinion
à frequency

QA Listen to the recording and answer the

questions.

+ You will hear a man talking on the radio about
four ways of spending a day out

+ For each question, put a tick (/) in the correct
box.

O ims

27. 1 The train leaves Fort Wiliam at

Ans
B 10.20.
€ wo.

2 Go Wild adventure courses are not
dangerous because

somebody is always holding you.

D
O
ao
A you have to wear safety equipment, []
a
o

© only adults can goon the couse.
3, Passenger onthe boat rip in Wales
early always see
À sharks. [m]
B whales D
© dolphins. D
4 What does he speaker say bout the
hocalrbaloonAghts?
A The route never change.

B They are ale oo short.

ooo

© There are no fights in winter.

© Complete questions 1-7 with expressions from the ,
recording using these words. Exam advice
+ Before you listen, look at each question and decide
‘what kind of information you need (eg. dat,
resul, an attitude to something, et).
3 | * When you fist near the recording, listen for deals
| toned st yom be TE ‚about this kind of information and choose the best
2 what ave Hue opening 2 answer
3 How much is the admission 2 “+ Listen careful the second time to check thet you
are right.

laico ahead ie

SER

us ged fer money?
$ Wat fine i tha re 2
sii da Vocabulary
6 De they gie you gend ney 7] Negative prefixes
3 1 it best to boo 2 {© On the recording, Spencer Watson mentions ‘four
unusual ways to have a great day out. Make these
© work in pairs. Decide which ofthe four setivities adv negative by writing im oran on
from the recording you would most like to do. the left.
‘Then ask your partner about other intresting fi far, healthy
ways of spending a day out (e.g. sightseeing, correct, dependent, active
visting a museum or art gallery. Ask some ofthe possible, pie. probable

questions from Exercise 3.

28. @ Ada im, in: or un- to these words and complete
the sentences

‘Greet fomsl kind patent tay ie |

1 The express tain i faster, but the
route through the hil Is more beautiful
2 Lalways put everything in its place, but my

brother's room is very
3 Teenagers often use
when they talk to their fiends.
aus 10 say that somebody else ist
ood at sport
5 is completely
Kind of ish
6 When we arrived at the theme park, we were
to start going on the rides,

language

hat dolphins are a

© complete these sentences with information that is
true for you

11 think its unhealthy 10.0
2 Ws unusval for meto.

316$ impossible for me to

4 Think is very unlucky to

5 think ts quite unfair to

6 dont want 10 be un because

© ms

Reading Part 4

© Look at the pictures in the newspaper report and

answer these questions.

+ Would you like o be on the boat in the fist
picture! Why (no?

+ How old do you think the boy in the second
picture is?

+ Do you think someone of that age is old enough to
be out at sea on their own?

@ Question 1 in Reading Part 4 is usually abo
the purpose ofthe tex. Quickly read the text and
this statement, Use your own words.

© Look at options A, B, C and D. Which is closest 10
your answer in Exercise 27

‘To warn young people to take care at sea
To describe a great achievement by a boy
To encourage teenagers to take up sailing
To explain how to become an expert sailor

"To the musi ofa ste band and accompanied
by dozens of small boats, 14-year-old Michael

Perham sailed into Antigua (Jamaica) yesterday — and

became the youngest person to cross the Atlantic

alone. After an amazing 5,600-klometre voyage lasting

sixcand-a-half weeks, Michal’ achievement beat the

previous record set by 15-year-old Sebastian Clover.

Looking smart and relaxed in a white T-shirt and

Baseball cap, the teenager got off his $-metre boat
called Checky Monkey ~ and walked through the
huge crowed waiting for him on the Caribbean island It
feels fantastic being back on dry land - really brillant?
he sai. Im looking forward to a comfortable bed and
great dinner. dont care what tis, enjoy eating
anything tha’ not out ofa can

‚The ide forthe voyage began when Michael was

U and he saw a television film of Sebastian Clover
crossing the Atlantic Fascinated, he later attended a
talkby Sebastian and told his father, an experienced
sailor, that he too would ik to break the record. Me
Perham agred to teach him how t sail and he soon
realised chat his son had the ability and the courage to
ur his ream into reality. Three yeas later, Michael
‘was ready to set out on is great adventure,

29. © Read the text more carefully and think of answers @ Look again atthe parts of the text that gave you

to these questions. Which paragraph gives you

the answer to each?

41 What did Michael say when he arrived in Jamaica?

2. Why did Michael decide 1 sail across the Atlantic
Ocean?

3 How did Michael fel during the voyage?

© Now look at the multiple-choice options
for questions 1-3 above. For each question,
decide which of A, B, C or Dis closest to your
understanding ofthe text.
1A. He preferred being at sea
He enjoyed sleeping on his boat
He wanted to have a good meal
He liked opening tins of food

He had a conversation with Sebastian
His father suggested the idea to him
He wanted todo the same as Sebastian
He was already an expert sailor

Occasionally he was alte frightened
He missed being with other people
The time seemed to ass very quickly
He was sure nothing could go wrong,

He insisted he
df afraid
vile he wa tea and
ted never fl ike ving
up The hardest thing
vas being rom
tel
Micha There wer
ties when the tp
seemedto goon forever
and you are ight in
a en
cc key there
sarah danger but
preted handing
‘emergence’ In fat the terager had to deal with |
tebe storms, shar and problems with the boat
‘which ner ended the ecordattempt

‘Bu the amazingly confident 14-year-old
D. reminded everyone how young he reall is when
Ie sale My next project int such an adventure. After
als time away, ve goto get on withall the school
‘work Ie missed!

Adapted rom the Daily Mail

the correct answers to questions
the same order as the questions?

Are they in

Exam advice

* Quickly read the text to get the general idea of
what itis about
For each question, decide what the text says
about it before you Took at options A-D.

+ Choose the option closest to your understanding
ofthe text.

© Discuss these questions with a partner. Give

reasons for your answers. Begin your answers

with the words given.

‘What kind of record would you like to Break
XA fixe

‘+ What dificuties would there bet
“There would be

+ How much time would you need for training?
ZA need

+ How would you fee you succeeded?
FA fuel

Grammar

Verbs followed by to or ing

© page 121 Grammar reference: Vers flowed
Bio org

infinitive after verbs

We can use ing

such as begin, stat ke, love, hate refer and
continue with litle difference in meaning, e
lt began to snow. began snowing, but with
other verbs only one form is possible

© Look at the underlined verbs from the text.
Which are followed by a verb ending in -ing, and
which are followed by an infinitive? Complete the
table,
1 Yi enjoy eating anything
2 Mr Perham agreed to teach him
3 hei never fl ike giving up
4 the trip seemed to go on forever
5 Ta practised handling emergencies

leary age

Fan ne ©

30. Now add these verbs to the correct column in the
table.

adit afford mod decide expect Toney
Anh hope lear manage mind miss
“promise suggest wart would ike |

‘can you add more verbs to each column?

@ © Some of these sentences contain mistakes
made by PET candidates. Tick (/) the sentences
that are correct, Rewrite the incorrect sentences.

1 would ike to learn dancing the ‘Samba’
would lia to learn to dance He Samba’.

2. We decided catch the tain,

3 really enjoy tobe her

4, Fever forget to visit the Statue of Liberty last
year

‘We hope to go to the same island again next ear,

Do you fancy to come with us?

1 must remember fo phone Carlos tomorrow.

When we finshed o at went to my hause.

1 forgot asking you about your family.

10 Do you remember sailing ino Cape Town?

s
6
7
A

© which two verbs in sentences 1-10 can be
followed by verb + ing and the infinitive, but
with a change of meaning?

© complete questions 1-6 with either the -ing or the
infinitive form ofthe verb. Then ask your partner
the questions.
Y Where do you want. 49
Mayen sar 9
2 What kindof musi do you enjoy
(ten o) a home?
3 Wat ae yon planning
at

(go) on

(do) at the

44 Where do you fancy (go) this
evening?
5 Do you ever forget (bring)

anything to the lesson?
6 What would you lke
the lesson?

(do) ater

© ums

@ Tell your partner about something that you:
1 ant afford to buy

Sonat afford Le br a mon comput
Zelmntigiote, À

Arie olas week

Ste planning todo om Saturday

Sant str doing

‘st remember 1 do tomorrow
wilh doing soon

Soul forget odo next weekend
vaya hte ding

realy ove dong

Vocabulary
Phrasal verbs

© pogo 12 Gamer teene Past

phrasal verb ue 7 apse cocoa ema

© Read the entry from the Cambridge Learner's
Dictionary and complete these example sentences
‘with the three phrasal verbs given.

1 Em trying to the total cost,

2 Thope this money will the
3 Could you the children while Im.

e

pas ind phrasal verbs inthe text about

‘Michael Perha with bese meanings, then

answer he question blow

1 le us, ship ee (Paragraph 21
oe nn

2 feling happy about something tha ging to
‘pp ragt 2

make (meting become (Paragraph 3]

Star ourney (Paragraph 3)

Stopping alg someting bear you have

cond u Paragraph 4)

Gu

6 continue (Paragraph 4)
7 take action (e. to solve a problem) (Paragraph 4]
8 continue doing (ajo) [Paragraph 5]

Which tre ofthe phrasal verbs consis of three
words!
+ Which one is separated by other wordst

31. © Underline the phrasal verbs in sentences 1-6, then match them with People’s hobbies

‘meanings a-f

1 You can catch up with everyone \\ a took part with thers
elseif you run fast

2 My sister took up singing: she's | D registered to do
gota lovely voice something

3 {want to learn Chinese © stated doing a hobby
so 've put my name down ata
language school

4 My friends were all playing 4 started a journey
cards sol joined in, to.

5 Some children enjoy get to the same level as
stamp collecting, but go others
off it when they get olde.

6 Wesetoffearly and took theten stopliking

clock ferry

{© Work in pairs. Fil in the gaps withthe correct form of phrasal verbs
from Exercises 2 and 3.

Chris: Hi, Ava, Are you and Megan going away on holiday soon?

‘Ava: Yes, on Saturday. We want to (1)... SeL.0£É... very early in
the morning,

Chris: Are you going tothe coast

‘Ava No, we) beach holidays last summer. There
were too many people. We've decided to (3)
skiing instead. We're oft the Alps

Chris: Do you know how to ski?

Ava: Ex nt relly. That why Im going to (4) my
name for lessons

Chris; 1trted once but found it really dificult After three days I
(ol and went home!

Ava: Well, the lessons (6) until lat in the evening,
every day 0 I should improve quickly. Megan a good skier and

Ave got aft to lear, but Im sure ean (7) het
Ym really (8) trying, anyway!
Chris: Ves, Im sure you'll have a great ie,

© A Now listen to the dialogue to check your answers.

32. © Complete the table about people's hobbies with these words.
[backpack ke Bruch camera camper colecion |

colecior cook cooker _cycist heimet instrument |
musican oven pint painter photographer tent

e ee ++}

painting ] I
photography ]
© Workin pairs, Which other words go withthe hobbies above! Make @ (a, a
oe weds ot i bale a A Listen again, and fill in the
alist (8. chess: indoor game, black and white squares, queen, missing words in sentences 1-8.

move)

1. OF eh about
© choose ne o the hobbies from te ab and describe tt your going hing?
artnet but without saying what iti called. Your partner has to 2 Welt thin td
ess what itis. Then change roles Pr
Da ar uit ed nm nt nd ar pt pong mor ing
ap your tent, you fight a fire to cook pr Food or use à little gas 3 Perhaps we uy
ala water spor
ds 4 Vink we co
[rires
Speaking Part 2 5 Arie, dont

wege roekel

6 Lehink ta be
10 do something less
dangerous
7 So we do that,
ent
8 Yes, 2 orita
9 Listen again to sentences
1,3, 5 and Sand answer these
‘ questions
2 + Which words have the
: Strongest sess?

+ What kind of information do

OR Two teenagers, Olivia and Daniel, are taking about what they then wens er
‘ould do in Weir fee time. Look a his ist of hobbies, sen 1 the
recording and answer questions 1-3. Now practise asking the
questions, stressing these

EE reckcinbrg | words

1. Which hobby/obbies des Daniel sugges © Listen again to sentences 2,
2 Which does Olivia suggest? aa i Practise bike these,
3. Which do they decide to take up! sing these ple ne

iy 10 suggestions.

33. © Work in pairs. Continue Olivia's and Daniel's
discussion, suggesting more hobbies. Use some of
expressions 1-8 and give reasons why you would
or wouldn't like to do them. Remember to be
polite!

‘© Do this Speaking Part 2 task with a partner. Talk
for atleast two minutes.

You and a friend have holidays laiee this year
but you still don't have any firm plans for two
weeks of them. Talk together about the diferent
Kinds of holiday you could have and about the
things you could do. Here are some pictures
with some ideas to help you.

Writing Part 1
(© Study is example of sentence transformation
and answer the questions.

don’ have enough a

1. Which words) inthe fist sentence do you have 10
changer

2. Why would the answer afford buying be wrong?

3 What isthe correct answer?

© Correct the mistakes in the answers to 1-5, and
say what is wrong in each case. Underline the
words you have to change from the first sentence
tothe second.
11 want to have plano lessons.
to play
plage. piano,

2 Allthe water in the lake is frozen now
Answer: All he water in the lake... as. turned
3 Lets leave the house very early inthe morning
Answer: I suggest … set ost. very early in
‘he morning
4 I be a good idea to go horse riding
Answer: Why... ne dex. go horse riding?
5 1 cant wat to go sightseeing in Rome.
Answer: Im looking. Formard fo go. sightseeing
in Rome.

Answer: want to learn

© Study the frst sentences in each Writing Part 1
‘question 1-6 below. Which word(s) do you have to

change? Underline then
1 Yim always happy when Lgo on holiday with my
fai
always enjoy... going en... holiday with my
family.

2 Everybody likes staying in bed late in the morning.
Nobody wants up eatyin the
morning.

3 Usually my sister suggests going to the beach
My sister usually says, How to the
beach?

4. This summer im going o start playing beach
volleyball
Fm going to take ‘beach volleyball this,

5 also want to have sailing lessons.

Int sail, 10.

{6 Summer holidays always seem 100 short
Summer holidays never seem to go
enought
(O For each question above, complete the second
sentence so that it means the same as the first, using
Ro more than three words.

© Write a paragraph about what you do in your free
me. Try to use each of the following

+ three verbs followed by ing and/or the infinitive

+ three adjectives with negative prefixes

three phrasal verbs from this unit.

© in small groups, compare what you have written.
Ask other students to check for mistakes,
particularly with the points suggested in Exercise.

Fun ne ©

34. Starting off

© Work in pairs. Choose some of the holiday
activites inthe box to label the photos.

@M Abi went to Zanzibar, an island near
‘Tanzania, Africa. Listen to Toby asking Abi about
er trip. Write down

ELE,

ich act dl you ey ding mest?

2 oe thre ay aces youd tl ite to ty?

© Work in small groups. Talk to each other about
your holiday activities.

Reading Part 3

Exam advice

+ Underine the important information inthe
‘questions and he text.

+ Write the question number next 1 he information
you have underined inthe text.

© Work in small groups. Look at the photos
he text about an unusual holiday in Borneo and
discuss which of the activities from Starting of
you think you can do there

© Read these ten sentences about the holiday in
Borneo.

1 Borneo is larger than any othe sland
in the worl

2 Temperatures rare fall below 20° €
on Borneo.

3 For the ist part of this trip you wi
sleep in te ety centre,

4 Youll be able o try watersports in
‘the South China Sea,

5 There is an airport in Suka

6 The animals inthe Sepitok animal
centre are all sick or injured,

7 Ns impossible 10 get near an orang:

8 Orangrutans only eat meat

1OOOO08

9 This Borneo holiday includes a free
trip to Mount Kinabal

10 You will have an opportunity to buy
its after the sightseeing tour,

ooo00oo0oo0 000+

ooo

35. © Work in pairs. The important words have been — @ Check your answers with your partner. If you
‘underlined in the first two sentences of Exercise have a different answer, look atthe text again
2. Decide together which words you would together.
‘underline in sentences 3-10, then underline them,

© Work in small groups. Answer these questions.

© Read the text to find out whether sentences 1-10 youd you like 0 goon this holiday to Borneo?

are corrector incorrect. Ifthe sentence is correct, Why (not?
ick (/) box A. If itis not correct, tick (/) box B. «Take turns to el each other about a special
Underline where you find the answer inthe tex. holiday you have had. Decide which of you has

hha the best holiday.

ES sono
4

en ES ae
Er ARS Ms
pap pro A
M, che en

he heart of this city ond take you on understand and observe. 1 d -

(Cina Sea where you ean o swimming youhave spent he
or moraling nis wor ble water, mori watching wid

a

Our word (3)

36. Vocabulary

Travel, journey and trip

© © PET candidates often make
mistakes wah travel pare
nd rp, Look at this extract
from the Cambridge Learners
Dictionary

Common Lerner Er
raval, amy tg?

Tre cn te ie ed ih
as hc Pa,

Ar Ens ae much ap:
{travel rev mt

suey o aca weno ta
Troncos plan
e e sto te a om
Dean pora?
Prenons

A my natos vta pco
toa un rear me
ata
2.6 00 Sean

9 O Circle the correct option in
ain semen 1-3 writen
ty PET candidates
1 y fer ent Paris om

Deines may CD)

2 Pee mon sp ro
mern or wo people ying
ins Ares tote

3 Wemnppe / lt around
y co an ong some

a Peet gt bac rom Gree,
nasa pode el

5 Ir ml lid liso
Has wey nervous at
cra oe

O uma

Grammar
Comparative and superiative adjectives; (nod) as... as
© page 121 Grammar reference: Comparative and superatve ches
© Work in pairs. Look at these sentences about the island of Borneo
and say if they are true or false,
1. Borneo is bigger than its neighbour New Guinea,
2 Sukau is the most important cit in Borneo.
3 Mount Kinabalı in South-East Asa
4

Rain is more common between October and March than the rest of
the year

¡O sentences 1-4 above show ways of comparing things. Look atthe
sentences again and complete the rules with the correct sentence
number

|

pl comparaive that
cae cops is es ra
wegen ar cee ete HENGE)
o
ptt
een needs hemo pa
se eee onen one mnt

fag sentences a). 2. and)

bbbbbbiy
:
:
&
i
3

tes often make mistakes

© © Work in small groups. PET can

the form and spelling of comparative and superlative aj
Complete this table correctly.

regular (deep [deeper (than) (the) deepest [add er or est
‘safe safer (than) (te) safest m
‘noisy olsier than) |) y changes 01, add
bigger (han) (2) Co
‘more beautiful |(3) o
(than) z I

ener (han) [A
jworse (than) (6),
fartheror |(6)
further (han)

DO Correct one mistake made by PET cane

tes with the form or

spelling ofthe comparative or superlative adjective in sentences 1-6.
bigest

In the centre isthe bigest market in Europe.

‘Tis town is more quiet than the town L used o live in.

‘Thats the worse joke hate ever heard in all my lie

1 was so hungry that decided to goto the nearst restau

Big ites are much more etter than the countryside,

‘Tunisia i the hotest place Te ever been to,

37. © Work in pars. Talk about facts 1-12 below and complete each using
a comparative or superlative adjective made from one of the words
in brackets (Make a gues if you dont know the answer)
1 Asiais bier. han Afric. (ig/ small)
2 Russia is hé largest. country inthe wold (are)
3 Themosquto | Creature nthe word. (dangerous)
‘
5

Orangutans are than dogs. (intelligent / stupid)
‘An African elephant is than a blue whale
(heavy / ight)

6 The howler monkey is land animal, (noisy)

7 Thesea horse is. ‘sh inthe world, (low)

8 The Great Dane is. “dog in the worl. (al)

9 Nagoya train station in Japan is station in the word
(ig)

10 Nemo 33 in Belgium is pool inthe world. (deep)

1 Antarctica is than the Artic. (cold / warm)

12 The Amazon rainforest is than the rainforest in

Borneo. (lage / small)

© (7 Listen to Alyssa and Fergus discussing the facts and find out
how many of your answers are the same as theirs.

(© page 12 Grammar tre Abt ie, ct

© How different are these places and animals? Use a bit, a little, much,
fr or a ot and the word in brackets as a comparative adjective to
write one complete sentence for 1-5.
1 George is 2 metres tall. Fred is 1.98 metres tll. (ta)
Serge isa bit Inller than. Fred
2 Mount Everest, in the Himalayas, is around 8,850 metres high. K2, also
Inthe Himalayas, is around 8,611 metres high. (high)

3. Arica, Chile, gets 076 mm of rain per year. Death Valley in Arizona,
‘USA, gts less than SO mm per year. (dy)

4 84 million people travel through Atlanta International Airport, USA
each year. 67 million travel through London's Heathrow Airport
(busy)

5 The sperm whale’ brain weighs about 78 kg. A human adults brain
weighs about 1.3 kg. (heavy)

© Read these sentences about Borneo and
‘rang-utans and say if you think they are true or false,
1. Borneo is not quite as big as its neighbour New Guinea.
2. Orangutans can move more quickly inthe trees, but on the ground,
humans are as fast as orangutans
3 À female orang-utan can grow tobe as large as à male orang-uta.

© Look at the sentences in

xercise 8 again and answer

these questions.

1
2
3

o

What expression do we use 10
say things ae the same?
What word do we add o say
things are diferent?

Does the form ofthe adjective
(or advert) change?
page 122 Grammar reference:
(Nod as. 38

For each sentence about

inimals 1-5, use (not) as …
15. to complete the second

‘sentence so that it means the
same asthe first. Use no more
than three words.

1

a

Orangutans are more
intelligent than dogs
Dogs are notas

intelligent ns. orang ans

African elephants have larger
feats than Asian elephants.
Asian elephants’ ears are not
African elephants ears

Goats belong tothe same
family as sheep but their hair
is straighter.

Sheep belong o the same

family as goats but their har is

The mosquito isthe most
dangerous creature inthe
word.

There is no other creature in
the world

the mosquito.

1d expected dogs to be more
intelligent

Dogs aren't

1d expected

Our wont @)

38. Vocabulary
Buildings and places

© Work in small groups. Use some of the words
below to label the pictures

galery bridge depen
fountain toeret cafe
poleestaton port
Stadium tours ofce

store fectory
market monument
shopping cent

Town hal youth cid

{@ Take turns to ask and answer questions about
some of the places in Exercise 1

A: Is there a department store in your town?
Bs Yes, there's one inthe shopping centre,
‘A: How often do you go there?

Bs [often go here on Saturday afternoons …

© These adjectives can be used to describe places.
Write the opposite of each adjective. (Sometimes
more than one answer is possible)

1 crowded 8 interest
Ben D ae
3 high 10 expensive
3 modera in no

5 y 12 deep

$ beaut Bir

7 ively M y

O uma

Grammar
Big and enormous (gradable and non-gradable
adjectives)

7 page 122 Grammar

ference: Big ndenoemous

vee

[somo] [mern] [enormous

© complete the rules about gradable and
on-gradable adjectives using quie”, very,
absolutely or really.

{iis

b

a
ange acs etn

> enn ween
oras
per

ote ade mirent ie

Ve can sa

omas bar nomaly
0

orestenely

do tall lo lo lo od da bb

© page ao rnc gabe joues ner

@ wie ine grade adjectives for these non
frat actives. (More han one answer is
fometines psec)

1 enormes à 5 tre
2 tiny bi 6 fini

3 tating 7 scans
a am

{© @ PET candidates often make mistakes with
gradable and non-gradable adjectives. Circle the
in aies in sentences 1-5.

1 lesa very /

2 Rwasa quie

3, ve gota dog which is very / absolutely enormous,

44 ‘The weather is absolutely / quie hot here, but at
hight gets cold

5 really lke this chicken dish es very / absolutely

wonderful place in my country.
Teal great movie, You should see

39. © A Listen to Selma talking about where she lives. Read these notes about Oymyakon. Decide what
Note down her replies to these questions. Information you think is missing from each space
1. Where do you come from? (number, date, noun, ver, adjective, et.)

oa senior eii dj

© Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions in

Exercise 4, trying to use very, quite, absolutely Oymyakon, East Russia |
and ratty with gradable and non-gradable RU a |
adjectives. fal N pes =

Winters ean be (2) months long

Listening Part 3 In tat 100 years, te changed in Oymyakon except or

arival of)

Fiodor Amosow= (4) person to Ive in

Oymyakon

Young people would ik:

+o

+ Internet café to meet fiends
+ disco with music
Ewan MeGregor traveled there by (6)

Exam advice
+ Before you listen, read the notes carefully and
‘think about what kindof word is missing in

‘each space.

+ The notes follow the order of the recording
+ Don't wory it you dont hear the answer the
fist ime = you wi isten to the recording

twice.

© @ You are now going to listen 10 a radio
programme about Oymyakon. For each question,
fil in the missing information in the numbered
space inthe notes above.

© Work in pairs. Before you listen again, compare
your answers and see if you can help each other
‘with the missing words.

© Work in small groups. Look atthe pictures and
answer these questions about Oymyakon (also © (9) Listen to the recording again and then check

known asthe Northern Poe of Cold Sour answers with you teacher.

rin © work in small groups. Imagine you ive i

2 Wich wo ec Js ti place do you O Work In smal grup, Imagine you ive
tink

3 What do you think the connection between + Do you ik ving in Opmyakon! Why (00?
Holywood cr wan MecrenandOpmakent > What would you change about your own?

44 ‘What do ou think fe i ke therefor young How could you tract more out 1 Your wnt
people

ur world

40. Speaking Part 3

© Work in small groups. Look at the map of the

world and the five photos. Match the place names
from the box below tothe correct photo. Explain

your choice of place.

noto (must be Bangkex floating market, Thailand:
with Leis of ead in Hie

because T can see
proto.

Bento tontnamerketTraiont
‘ikkaduwa Beach, SiLarka Marakech, Morocco
‘The Great Wal, China. Machu Pichu, Peru

© Discuss these questions in your groups.
+ What do you know about these places?

+ What can tourists do in each place, do you think?

© A Listen to Laura deseribing the photo of the
Bangkok floating market. Put a tick (/) next to
the things she talks about.

place) weather []
colours [] 504 OD

caes E] activites D)

uma

imectdy O)

wanpon [E]

06) Listen again. Complete Laura's expressions.

1-3, then answer the question below.

1 Inthis photo 1 sa see... à lot of bouts,

au a traffic jam.

3 The water really dit

ai ts a market in the morning.
u Somewhere in Asa,

5 There à ot of fui.

6 Oneach boat, a person,

7 On one ofthe boats, there
somebody wearing a colouriul shi

si ei rain

+ Why do we say ook tke in Question 2 but look
(without ik) in Question 31

Exam advice

+ You need to talk on your own for about a minute
about a colour photograph

+ Talk about everything you can see, including the
place, people, colours, clothes and weather.

+ Don't forget to talk about what the people are
doing.

+ Imagine youre talking to someone who cant see
the photo.

© Work in pairs. Using the expressions in Exercise

4, take turns to describe one ofthe other photos.
‘The listener should close their book and not look
atthe photos.

41. Writing Part 3
O Read this Writing Part task and answer the
questions that flo.

+ This s part of letter you receive from an English
speaking fiend,

As part af school project have to write
about an important ety in your country.
‘Which city should | choose? Can you tell
me about this city?

+ Now write @ letter to your fend
“+ Write your letter in about 100 words.

1. What do you need to writet
2. How many words do you need to wie?
3 What information should you include?

@ Work in small groups. Choose an important city
in your country and decide which of the things
in the box you could write about. Then think of
some adjectives to describe each one.

uléngs — museums shops stree
A

© Kirsty lives in Durban, South Africa. Read her
answer to the Writing Part 3 task.

Dear Ox,
As you nou, He ed
Durban ll my Ae why
dont you rite abou my
ly? Us one of the get

cts in Sth fin
D fc nl

À sti ML pl te Durban
Pr fs port

People say that it’ the but port im Af. Dzban is on
the cst coast of South Afic and has the ‘Golden Ma —
group of beaches which are never too cred and they
ae fantasti for surfing. There are absolutely fascinating
mains modem shopping contes and ational mares,
00. The weathers rat cause the sun shines
sinter I hop ths i enough information.

Lots of,

Kirsty

© Work in pairs. Look at the writing checklist. an
you answer yes to all the questions? Why (no?

Writing checklist
‘Does Kirsty answer all the parts of the question?

Isher answer well organised?

Does she open and close the leer in asultable

1 Babe connect ern with word ke ad,
because and which?

5. Does she use a variety of structures (tenses,
‘comparative adjectives, ec) and vocabulary?

6. Does she write about 100 words?

© Underline the expressions in Kirsty’ writing that
you could use in your own letter. Then check
i you have underlined the same expressions as
your partner.

Exam advice
+ Read the question carefully and underline the key
words.

+ Answer all the parts ofthe question,

+ Make sure you can say yes othe questions in the
writing checklitin Exercise 4.

© write a rough copy of your ete, using Kirsys
letter as a model

© Work in small groups. Read each others letters to
find out if you can answer yes to all he questions
inthe writing checklit,

© Write the final copy of your own letter.

In preparation forthe PET exam, itis useful to
‘write rough copies of your Writing Parts 2 and 3
answers. our teacher and other students can then
help you to improve your work before you write
your final copy. However, inthe real exam you
‘won't have time to write a rough copy = just write
quick notes before you write your final copy

our wont @)

42. Unit 3

Vocabulary

© Fil in the gaps by adding im, in-or un- 0 the
word in brackets.

1 was impossible... (possible t see anything
in the fog
2 You can't run 20 kilometres in one day if you're
m.
sis (tar) o charge children the

same price as adults.

4. Petrol is very expensive now, so big cars are
becoming, (popula.

sus (healthy) 10 cat 100
much and do no exercise.

6 You shouldn’ use (format)
expressions when you write a job application.

7 People became (patient)
‘when they had to wait ouside the stadium.

8 That old bicycle fs. (Gale) and
nobody should ri

9 Heavy snow is forecast, so drivers should avoid
any (necessary) journeys,

10 In colder counties, many animals a

(active) during

O Match the beginnings of sentences 1-8 with their
correct endings a-

he winter,

1 Tim going to put my names, a up painting as a

hobby
2 Wereallrellylooking b with any problems
Tike that
3 People who like art often Me down for
take swimming
lessons
4 You must work hardto d_ out very early in
catch the morning
5 Im sure that you can deal forward to surfing
6 Inthe next game, you can up for not

join ‘winning the race,

7 Ws along walk, 0 need to g in and play in our
8 Getting second prize didn’t up with the rest of
make the class

O ums

Vocabulary and grammar review

Grammar

© Complete the text with the -ing or the infinitive
form of the verb in brackets.

tm planning () te ge... (go) away on
holiday next week, but there are stil so many things

1 need (2) (do) before we leave |
want 3) (829 some new clothes
and I feel like (4) (89) shopping

right now, though I cant afford (5)
(buy) everything Fd like (6) (have,
So ve decided only (7) (ook or)
the things really must take with me. fm also
hoping (8) (see) my frends before
1 go, 0 I've suggested (9) (spend)
Sunday afternoon together. And 1 must remember
ao (buy) some more credit for my
mobile this afternoon, 1 forgot (1)

(do) that yesterday and 1 can't imagine

aa (be) away from home fora
month and not sending a single ext message!

O Circle the correct option, a,b or €.

1. While fm away, a ne ... my cat.
looking for D € looking at

2. My brother has a wonderful... of ol coins
collection beollecting € collector

3 Tove going out to sea and... dep under the
wate.
asurfing bsaïling e ving

4 My brother i a very good He makes some
lovely meals
a cook beooker cooking

5 wantto learn to play the piano, or another
musical
a object bequipment instrument

{6 The castle charges a lower admission … for
children,
af bles value

7s more fun o take in à game than just
watch i
atm bpart e practice

43. Unit 4

Vocabulary

© eva as writen this eter about her home town,
Heltah However, se has made git mistakes
wii adjectives = she has used the opposites!
Correct the ltr by changing the underlined,
adjectives 1 ther opposes. (More than one
answer Is sometimes posible)

ae oF
iin lichte hcp) es
lyn Fan aa aie
iced neat aaah uta ter
french arr un Fra by

‘he haat moth Lat Ferry wa (li,
‘amperes to -18° flor thecal,
Fas cry at lve hopping on he
mar pesto ol the cy ote orto oe
the amare eqs at peter toca,
{Sea (tin daim store Tete toa he
un Ph re teste
(Para Hh hr 00 bid come ot hen
recone) stoned the ere cen
rot mitad pende dy tera

Vi om come art
Vieta ro oo

Lotion,

ten

© Choose the correct option in brackets to complete
these sentences about record breakers

1 At around 3,600 metres above the sea, La Paz,

MS Sen ue aa
(D loves wides)
2 Theil Tower is ler the

Empire State Building but the Empire Site
Building is taller. then / as / than)

One of Copenhagen most popular tourist
attractions is the small Little
Mermaid statue. (absolutely / very / fat)
Mauna Loa, Hawal, is

any other volcano. (more / far / very)

lange

Vocabulary and grammar review

5 The cyclist, Mark Beaumont, took just under 195
days to around the world by bike.
(travel / trip / jour

©]
One ofthe words largest is
in Dubai, United Arab Emirate. I has over 1,200
shops. shopping centres / department stores /
makes)

Grammar

© O PET candidates often make mistakes with
‘comparisons. Correct one mistake in each of these
sentences.
taller
He was tater than me and more handsome 100.
2 This cinema is more better than the cinema in

Enfield

3 Idon't like he countryside even ft is more safe
than cites,

4 Like living in the ety much more that the
countryside.

5 The restaurant had bigger windows as my school
sports hall,

{6 The food here is much more expensive then in my
county,

O Read these sentences about a holiday. Complete
the second sentence so that it means the same as
the first, using no more than three words.

1 1 thought the journey was going tobe realy
terrible,

The journey wasn't as … ad as 14
expected
2 This years hotel was nearer to the beach than last
years.
Last year’s hotel was from the

beach than this year's
“The restaurant in our hotel was more popular than
any other restaurant in own.

‘The restaurant in our hotel was the

Of all the activites, {liked going snorkelling bet
liked going snorkelling

any ofthe other activities,

Y have never visited a place as hot as this.

place Ihave ever visited,

une O

44. Starting off

© Which picture shows each ofthese emotions?

anger fer hoppness jealousy sadness ARE YOU?
@ Do the quiz and match an emotion from the box
with questions 1-5. 1. sadness

The film you are watching has a very sad ending.
What do you do?

acryalot byounevercry ceryalite

2

You are ina café when somebody spills your drink,
and doesn’t say ‘sorry’

What do you do?

2 say nothing o them b tell them it's OK
shout at them

© Look at the key on page 173. Do you agree with
‘what it says about you? Why (not?

Listening Part 4

© You are going to hear a teenager, Ben, talking to.
his sister, Erica, about his best friend, Liam. Look
at the first part oftheir conversation, then answer | y
the questions below.

You have broken a tooth, so you hae to goto the
Erica: I've got feeling you're upset about dentist. What do you do?
something. What i it
Ben: Well, Liam moved away with his family
Last year and I don‘ think things are as

look abit nervous say how afraid you are
€ say you like seing the dentist

good now. A
Oh, Im abit surprised. I seems to me

you spend half your time on the phone to | Your exam results are much better than you
im, or writing him emails and texts and | expected. What do you do?

ses 2 scream and jump around b smile a lite

os |
E
ee

1 Which words do they use to give their opinions?
Zhe got a feeling,

2 Which other word? do you know for giving
opinions?

© ums

45. © A Listen to the rest ofthe conversation. Decide if each sentence is

correct or incorrect. If ts correct, puta tick (/) in the box under A

for YES. If iis not correct, put a tick (/) in the box under B for NO.

2
3
4
s
6

© Match the underlined expressions from the conversation 1-6 wit

Erica thinks Ben should see Liam more often.
Ben enjoys travelling by oad 10 see Liam.
‘According to Ben, the train costs too much.

He says that Liam wants to visit him at weekends.
Ben says hat Liam and he ae s

good frends
Elia is sure that Liam knows how Ben feels

their meanings af

© do you think you can still be good friends with somebody when

Liam moved away
you and Liam actually
gel together

you're upset about it wants very much
b

unhappy or worried

A

O00000

have a good relationship

D

O
D
O
DO
D
h

1 don't think he's keen.on doing. d make (someone) remember
a (Something)

we geton really well, © went 10a different place olive
you need to remind him meet to spend time with

you live a long way from each other? Talk toa partner about it. Use
‘opinion expressions and some ofthe expressions above.

Grammar
Can, cout might and may abit and possibly)
© pogo 122 amma erre: Can, col gh may

© Underline the verbs for ability and possibility (modal verbs) in these

Cab and passt)

‘extracts from the conversation between Erica and Ben, then answer
the questions below.

Whenever can, Erica.
And Liam could get on, to.
He might not realise that

Which of these modal verbs Is negative!
Where doesnot go?

What i the shor form?

What are the negatives of the other two modal verbs?

QO These sentences contain
mistakes with modals made
by PET candidates. Say what
the errors are (e, wrong word
order, wrong tense, ete.) and
correct them,

1. We ean to goto the cinema
ext weekend. wadal are
followed by fie infinite
without 40

2. Tknow it may seems strange.
Sorry but tomorrow Fm not

can go.

4 What we could do?

5 Here we can doing a lt of
sports.

6 You will might see them in
December

7 Ws could be quite boring for
you.

5 We could met at 8 clock near
the cinema.

© Read this email and complete
the rules below with the
‘underlined words,

Hi,

Fm sory bt or think an go ot on
“Thursday. maybe busy al evening on
Friday, to, so Saturday night be beter.
‘That pe fim ison ate cinema and it
‘aud be realy good - your avr actos
ini cual met you er at about 730,
Lat me know what ou tink

Byer now,
Lauren

1 Weuse or
for ability.
2 Wewe :
for possiblity,
with no real difference i
meaning

Feeling (8)

46. © choose the correct modal (can, might ete) in
Kylie’ reply.

on reset ney Geo
tone noma nn Aso) cou eu sou
en eae a
(8) mightnt / can't wait to tell you about it!

m.

kyle

© Work in pairs. Tell your partner about things you
‘normally can and can't do during the week. Then
say what you might do next weekend.
In the week 2 can't get ap Inte, but com see
muy Friends at sehool. AP the weekend 2
meet moy fiends in town, or 3 might go summing.

Should, shouldnt, ought to, must must have to
‚and don't have to (obligation and prohibition)
© pave 12 Gomer rte Soul. st og

To must, mustn't, have to cont have to (hlgahan and
protien)

a 8

© We use should or ought 10 to advise someone.
In the negative, skouldn is more common than
oughént. Match pictures A and B with these
1 "You shouldn't go out tonight
2 "You ought to get a new Tir

© us

@ Give more advice to the people in the pictures,
Use ought to, should and shouldnt.
“You should comb your bain?

© Match pictures C-F with sentences 1-4.

“ou ave to be 1810 ride this”
“ou must make a nose, children,
Ws Sunday - you don’t have to get up:

© Now match the modals in ialics in sentences 1-4
above with their meanings a-d below.
snot necessary to do it
you're not allowed 10 doit

O
a

a

© its necessary todo it (because i's
à rule oF law)

4 is necessary todo it (because the
speaker says so)
© Complete the sentences using must, musert, have
1 or don't have 10.
1 les stil ealy We dent have fe ge home yet.

2 Your hands are dirty You wash
item.

3 “Wea secret, You tell her what
sal?

4 “The clubs fre. You pay to get

5 You can’t get married, You bes;

6 "No, can't wait You decide now!

© Quickty read the text on page 47 and choose the
correct ending for this sentence, A, Bor C.
“The purpose ofthe text ist:
A advertise an Interne site for young people.
B advise young people on Internet set.
€. tell young people not to use the Internet

47. @A Circle the correct option in tales for 1-7
below, Then listen to the recording to check your

Internet stes Ike MySpace, Bebo and Facebook are
a great way for young people to keep in touch with
friends, but there are things you (1) (oui / ought
do to stay safe. On some sites you (2) dont have to
{I mustn use your eal name you dont want to, 0
invent a name for yourelt On most sites its a rule
that you (8) ugh to / have fo give an email address,
but this (4) doesn’ have to / must be your normal
fone — you can use any address. You can write lts of
interesting things on your online page, but something
you (5) must / have to never do is put your house
address or phone number In fac, you (6) shout
1 don't have to give any information that could let
Strangers know your identity, because onthe Internet
you never know who is looking, Remember, to,

that you (7) dont have to / must put your fends!
personal detal on your page, or you could put them
in danger So the message is: have fun, but take care.

‘© Think about your everyday life. Tell your partner
about somethin

1 you have to do at school or work
have fo arrive on Fine

you mustn't do at school or work

you don't have o do at weekends

you must do this week,

ou shouldn't do but sometimes do.

you ought todo but probably won do.

Vocabulary
Adjectives and prepositions
OO in these correct sentences written by PET
Candidates, undeline the preposition which
mes after the adjetivo
1. My father was very angry with me.
2 Inver tied of watching th i
À He was very sony about wat hopped

© Work in groups. Complete the table with the
prepositions about, of and with.

afraid ashamed, jealous, proud, fond
o
Ibored, disappointed, impatient, saisid
(a
Id, nervous, crazy, sure, depressed
ee lo

© can you think of any other adjectives that go
with these prepositions? Add them to the table.
Remember that some adjectives can be followed
by different prepositions (eg. sure of, sure about).

© Write the correct prepositions in 1-6, then answer
the questions about yourself. Say why.

thing you feel sad... about à

2 Is there anyone you sometimes get angry

7
3 When you were a child, what were you

aaid ’

4 What do you sometimes get
bored

5 tether hing you seine ts
nervous ?

6 What, in your life, are you most
proud B

‘Adjectives with -ed and -ing

© page 123 Grammar raeronco: Aectos with ed and ing

© Quiekiy read the story Love in the air on page 48
and answer these questions.
+ Why did the man ask the airline to help?
‘What happened in the end?

(O Look at this extract from the text. What
Diletve does uset How does the spalling
change from the word in brackets?

For many people the fight to Australias long and bring

© The extract could be rewritten like this, What -ed
adjective does it use?

Many people fel bored on the lng light to Austral

© Answer these questions about both extracts.
1 What isthe fight to Australia often lke?
2 How do people ying 0 Australia often feet

(O Fil in gaps 1-12 in the text with the correct form
‘of the adjective. Use-ing ii describes something,
‘or ed i i tells us how someone feels about it.

renos O)

48. Love in the air

young man félin ove wth anar

passenger on along stance fight and
then goth rine to hl ind hr
Formany pope the ihto aurais NANNTE
‘slong and)... bring... Dot) bt not for Abi and Calum Daves =
because thats et yes met She was sting net ome a Calma
a {cl taking then we goto ea el We cated
le way lo Syey and 5) (rise hou quit
the time went Everyone se o the plane was asp, but aus. We dt el
@ (to att
But tr te ight erased hed gto gether hone number wa rely
o (tapes) he sis | contacted he ne To ones,
vos quie 6) {enbarsss) bought hy right be
(y) (me) but tink hey fet sory forme. are mer seat
ruber, and ates”
Abe to, was fing ad was). (array) wih mys or
rotgeting is number she sad though was aso at)
(app e cit ask me trie. ou he wast ely 1)

(res) n sang me opin, Sols)
(amaze) en he ne phoned sk mate o cl alu. as so
(a (ech) rat poned him he same day and e had our fest
ae trat estad, We gol marte and wee ver happy together:

© Write three pairs of sentences using adjectives from the text.

11s relating to listen to must
2 always AE related whew 2 play my fvcurite songs.

@ 6 You will hear four people talking. Listen and match speakers
4 with emotions a-d.

Speaker a bored Speakers cannoyed
Speaker 2 bamazed Speaker 4 disappointed
‚© Tell a partner about the last time you were:
+ annoyed + surprised
+ tired + disappointed
‘Then ask your partner to describe situations that were:
+ exciting + frightening
+ embarrassing + amusing

@ vows

Reading Part 5

© Read this paragraph. How
would you answer the question
atthe end of the text? With a
partner, think of some possible

In counties around the word the
number of people who say they
enjoy lies going down. From
the United Stats to China, more
and more adults, teenagers and
“children say they are depressed
‘th ten times more people in the
USA now experiencing depresion
than y years ago. A the same
time, people in mos countries
have far more money tan

their parent or grandparents
generations had, We're richer
than exer before, so why aren't we
happier?

© Work with a partner. Look at
the pictures then answer the
‘questions below.

‘Which of these things would make
you feel very happy?

+ Why?

What other things make you happy?

+ Do you think we can learn how to
feet happier?

49. © Quick read the text How to be happier without filing in any gaps,
and answer these questions, according tothe text.
1 When do we usually think about our happiness?
2. When should we think about the things that make us happy?
3. What may happen if we often do this?
(O Look at a-d and the four possible answers (A,B, C and D) to each of
10 below the text. Which questions test:
a modal verbs 2 .
1 adjectives and prepositions .
a

words with similar meanings
adjectives with Ang... ?

Exam advice
For each gap, decide what kind of word (o. adjective, modal, adverb,
et) you need by looking atthe four options. A,B, Cand D are always
the same kind of word,

© Read the text and choose the correct word, A,B, Cor D, for each
space. There is an example atthe beginning (0).

How to be happier
Ourhappiness does not depend only 0) À
What we have, say scientists. What we (1)
we have is Justa important. This is why the ich
often seem miserable bt people with very te
(2)... be much happier with their ives,
Ai how rarely we think about how
lucky we are. Most af us have go heath,
homes and fiends. We dont notice how good
lite normally is uni were fing sad(@) _ someting. But we dont
(6). to wait for something negative to happen.
Instead, we (6) be grateful ll the time forthe good things in our
lives, We can do this by wring down five of them (7). night. For
example, something that we own, or he people we are fond (8)
By repeating this every day fora month twill become a(S)...
People who do this ae healthier, more successful and more satisfied
00)... thir own tvs.

y cx D by
B © wonder Doubt
8 € do D need
3A amusing B © surprising D embarrassin
4A ou B © along D among
SA mt B © would D could
GA ought BE © should D might
Tamm B cal D some
SA for A © from Dio
SA habi © use D form
10 À into B © under D with

© Which good things in your life
are you grateful for? Think of
as many as you can, and write
down the five most important.

Vocabulary
Adjectives and ther opposites

© Match adjectives 1-5 with their
meanings a-e.

1miserable=, abador —eheerfut
harmful
2nervous | bgives a lotto
ater people
Segative |e very pleased
adeighied | a worried or
afraid
s generous \ e very
‘unhappy

© Now match 1-5 with their
‘opposites from the box.

cher depressed
mean. poste relned

© These adjectives describe
experiences, Put them into
pairs with opposite meanings.

Verl fenasie fanny
‘ordinary serous strange

cul Fantasie

© Now match the adjectives from
the box with situations 1-

1 Somebody tls you the
best joke you've ever heard
Fay

2 Youhive a problem. You can
Solve but you must think
carefully

3. You lose your wallet or purse
with ll your money in it

4 Like everyday, you're standing
atthe bus stop.

5 You hear a noise in the dark,
but you eat see anyone.

6 By chance, you meet your
favourite fim star.

ro ©

50. © Work in pairs. Tell your partner about awiul, © Work with partner. Do the exam task together.

funny, fantastic and strange things that You could choose up to five ofthe suggested life
sometimes happen. events below.

H's really auf when people talk about you ‘Bion et: N
behind yo back. |

‘Make the dscussion longer y asin the or
candidate how they fe what happoned nex. ic

Speaking Parts 3 and 4

© Work with a partner. Choose a picture each, A or

B, and say what you can see in it. Think about
how the person felt while they were there.

Your photographs showed people in situations
that caused strong feelings. Now Ii like you to
talk together about important events in your
Lie, and how you felt at the time.

‘moving house or changing schoo!
making a new fiend

taking an important exam
receiving a special present

being frightened by something
doing something for he frst tine
being very surprised by something
doing something very well

being very angry about something
hearing or seeing something funny

Writing Part 3
O Read this sentence from a letter that a friend sent
you

So ana wal yor soute nay fing,
and hy do yo hei?

Which ofthese points should you put in your
reply, do you think? What else should you
include?

‘Where you go o relax

How your bes friend relaxes

What might be a good way to relax

When you usually relax

How you relax

How you relaxed when you were a child

@A To see if you were right about their feelings,
listen to the people in the pictures.

© 6 Listen again and complete the questions.

1 How you :
2 What inthe :
3 How long you
4 What your

to that

uns

51. @ Read this reply from Olivia. Which of the points from Exercise 1 @ Read the instructions for the
‘does she include? exam task, and follow the steps

below.
Hi Nathan,

Thanks for your later - i was great to hear from you.

How do 1 lie to relax? Wall what 7 most lite to dois 90 into my
con and read an interesting bock, particularly at weekends. Y
really Ike being here because d's So warm and cosy, and I can
listen to my fasourite music. I put a siga outside the door saying

"Do not disturb so nobody comes in. I don't even answer phone
calls!

* This is part of Tete you
receive from an Englih-
speaking frend
In your next eter, please
tell me about something
exciting you tke to do.
Why is such good fun?
+ Now write alt

a “answering your friends
So that’s what 7 do to feel relased. How about you? Write soon. eae
Se ee Ne + Weite your letter in about
AU the best, 100 words.
tia

Exam advice
Moke your writing more

© Which of these expressions would you use in a letter o a friend? interesting by using adjectives,
‘Where would you put them? Tick (/) the suitable expressions and Speck strong ones tke
write Bor beginning or for end amazing or crazy (abou.

1 cht nein act,
a ine, ihres nis. Vookowarto ing 2M notes about where when
one corsa Maleta lala a
‘Althe best. ‘Thisisjusta quickletterto say... Yours sincerely, 3 Plan the order for your points
‘Nosed margas Dur Se. Demo pane
A A Te
oc ia et Woo, ons expressions one ea
Aa nest links from Exercise 6.
on

© Join sentences 1-5 using the linking words in brackets. Start with

the words given,

1 can go tothe sports centre quite ofen, I's near my house (a6)
Lean ge fo he sports centre gute often as i's near my hause

2 There are so many good films. never get tre of going to the cinema,
(because)
Trever

3 often go out inthe evenings. | don't have much homework o do.
(since)
Since

4 Waterskiing ls really exciting enjoy ita lt. (because)
enjoy waterskiing

'5 Tim on my PlayStation® every day. Ive got some really good games.
Go)
Te

reins ©

52. © Work in pairs. Use some of the words in the box:
10 label the television sereens with the type of

programme.
‘advert corten chatshow — comedy series
documentary quiz show —reaiy show

9.6 Listen to Lucy and Ben talking about four
ent programmes. Put a tick (/) next to the
types of programme they talk about.

© Work in small groups and
questions.

iseuss these

1 How much TV do you watch? When do you watch
Tw

2 What's your favourite TV programme? Why?

3 Do you prefe o watch TV or do something else?
Why?

Reading

© Work in pairs. Look atthe page from a Hong,
Kong entertainment guide and find one example
of each of these things:

Fight Planet 5 Alm

1 martial arts
‘demonstration

2 musical 6 comedy cub
3 concert 2 unusual circus
4 play 8 nightclub

@ ue

Leisure and fashion

O Sivie and Kat wou
what they want
swer the question below.

is a
bel

N camote ren. They au
jax ot sant to hear
mate mus, They ave ot

+ Why have some expressions been underlined, do

you think?

80 out. Read about
font want to see and

© Read the entertainment guide on page 53 to find
out what
‘where you find the information in the guide. Why
do they not choose the other seven options?

53. Prince of Mandavia
A University JM (Eoeeh win subtiesin
Spotlight Cantonese)
ane Cartoon Jul Ma does pt
together wont toe the next Pince of
(pest show fo Mandat te vants tone
Hone fone normal ite ke send,
Come andsee MM okey elephant and bear =>
DS BI When ost comes tomando, BN Y, nette Mies
Sent sore can ends os ter curry
panda from enemies? aras muse
jols Tats fl bycreron'sfvcurte bor,
recall et oor
Er Sy cee e sews
scans or student, Som 6pm, Sp, 10m & 120m.
Get 21, 10pm & Sot 2,11 Free parting for every two od
ped Seat fen ta teks

Wal youve at heard of Bob
Marley Dis Jockeys Doctor Jupiter
and Master Moon pay their
records fortis reggae disco, Come
‘on down fora great evening.

ub 999 Sot 3pm -Ite
‘Admission fre. (Over-18 only)
Short wok from publ ronsport

G Fight Planet
You haven't seen anything tke

this before. Expect some amazing.
action a Thal Kekboxers come to
Hong Kong, Battle Fighters include
Matt Monkey" Bare and Paul
Tiger knowles, Entertainment for
audiences ofall ages. Souvenirs wl
be onsale after the how.

Stor Hal Parking for ables
customers ony. No tickets fer

cor performance. few tickets
valle for 1 pm.

B Kids Rock D Liala

Satin the year 2306. Rock androl D no lage ten or animals her, just
is no alowed and young people a mix of gymnasts, dance, theatre
are told what to think and do. and muse ala tes the story ofa
band of ive musicas play more young woman’ journey. This show

than 20 pop songs. For the next À opened this weckin a very special
‘month, Hong Kong audiences will venue and has already received
have the chance t ee ths show. very postive reviews. Suitable for

ones Tee, som, stil stats
2pm & 8pm, Sun 1pm & 7 pm The LALA Theatre. Tues-Sun 7pm
Limited parking onsite Easy acess | ond 100m. 55-m ferry ide rom
Doy publ transpor Hong Kong, then shuttle bus

Found in Hong Kong
Mostly muse and definitly good
fun. Usten tothe sounds oa very
unusual orchestra. Dressed up as
strange animals, the musicians
have replaced their instruments
‘with everyday objects found in
cans and boxes. Not tobe taken,
seriously = be prepared to laugh!

H Best Friends

Setina iy school, the English
teacher hast teach» group of
hui students est rends
takes a serious look tte role
ofthe madern teacher and ake
tether a teacher can make
Friends with their students,
Nothing diferent about this story
but highly recommended for
Cuturol Centre Sot pm 8.8 parent and thelr tenage children!
om. Cor park nearby Tickets stil

‘valobie. Easy ces by public
transport. Gift Shop open during
interval. Under-8 not admite,

De
4 The Academy. Shop open during

intel Tue-F1730 pm Sot 230
‘bm & 8pm. No poring valle
anti further nie

Leisure and sion (©)

54. ‘© Read the information about the people below and underline the

important words.

‘Teenagers Martha and
the Hong Kong Futures Show with ther
patent because they all love science

Fiction. Martha and Ari love live music,
especially reggae, but thelr parents want
to see a muses

© Read the guide again carefully and decide which
‘event A-H would be the most suitable for each
‘group of people 2-5. Underline where you find
your answer in the guide.

© Work in pairs. We learn that Martha and Artie
love reggae music. The word reggae is used in
event F= Reggae Nights. Why is this event not the
correct answer for them?

© ums

Al and Ed are university students
‘who want o have Fun in Hong
Kong tonight. They cant afford to
spend very much money but they
like listening 0 good music.[_)

Lily (19) and Ken (18) want to see
something with thee Syear.old cousin,
Mal, whois mad about animals, Lily
‘wants to drive, but she doesnt want to
pay for parking,

Lara (16) and her mum prefer
something funny to serious drama.
Their Might home tomorrow is at Sam
so they need 0 goto bed early. Lara

stil wants o buy some presents before
they leave.

© Find four more examples where words in the
descriptions of people are repeated in the guide
but do not el us the correct answer,

© Work in small groups. Choose one event from
the entertainment guide that you would all like
to see. When you are ready, explain your
choice tothe rest ofthe class.

55. Vocabulary

© A Listen again and complete these extracts from
Going out their conversation, then answer the question

below.

© Work in pairs. The words in the box appear in the

wide. Look at the guide again and try to decide Have you y
ieee 2 Thavent the circu show Lata
admission audience eral the 3 Ive ala,
performance revew subes venue aie reading the play.

© Now match the words to their definitions 1-8 from"

the Cambridge Learner’ Dictionary o see if you
decided on the correct meanings in Exercise 1

1 performance..noun ating singing, dancing oF

playing music to enteriain people

noun the money hat you pay to

‘What tense ls used in all fur extracts?

© page 12 Gamma ae: Msn par at
sey ade

© Work in pairs. We often use the adverbs yet,
already or jst with the present perfect. Complete
these rules below by writing yet, already or just
in gaps 1-6.

2
enter a place

noun he people who sit and watch
a performance at à theatre, cinema, ec.

4 ad done with,

audience 2 Bis
5 foun à port ina newspaper, Sy aeistotalkbout tings harhappenedashort
‘magazine or programme that gives an opinion =e er
about new book, Alm, et. Dre ihe
6 pra noun words shown atthe 3+ Meuse tis to say someting ms ave
Booms nenscrteison ent pain II sommes
7 RES rn UK (US intermission) a 2. vendeur
short period of time between the parts fa Pay. A Seen
performance, te. Sens int noe)
a ‘oun à place where a sports game, IQ. These avers somal goin me nie she
músical performance or special event happens 72 Legancebetwcenbove ane pst pale
© A Listen to Liam using some of the words from 3% ot air
Exec to give his opinion enone af the events “3. cor green
inthe guide, Which event doeshetalkabaul? 3

© Work in small groups. Take turns to describe one
‘of the events in the entertainment guide. Can the
‘others guess which event you are describing?

Grammar
Present perfect

OR Listen o Tom and Evan planning a night out
together in Hong Kong. What do they decide to dot

|

© Harry has not been in contact with his English

speaking friend for a long time and decides to send an
email. Complete Harry’s email using the words given
in the present perfect.

‘ory vert witentoyoufrsolengbut ve hada tof exams
Ie gotsomuchtotelyou

Any eter andherboyiend just get marié

sister and her beyfremd ka just got married
2 na fina emjob/ get

3 8uthe/start/acauseincomputing

‘4g mam jvst/ win’ pzeinaphotoyraphy competion
'you/see the new Kung aim yet?
1/ateaey/see/it/twee tines. es!

na about yo? Yin / your exams / yet?

Leisure and tin (E)

56. © page 124 Grammar reference: Since and or

OO PET candidates sometimes make mistakes
‘with since and for. Look at this extract from the
Cambridge Learner' Dictionary and complete the
sentences that follow so that they are true for you.

Caron Leamer Ero

shoe eto?

hen yout ot eg ei fn iene
‘ia ew ica 1997,

en astas a we pl ne uo o
ETES

—)

1 have lived ere since
2 Ihave been at my schoo! for
3 Ihave had my watch since
a has been my Engl

teacher or
5 Thave played

© Work in pairs, Use how long to ask each other
questions about the sentences in Exercise 5.

ow ong have you Ind here?

Present perfect or past simple?

© pops 128 Gran: Peer poeta pos

roe?

O Read the Grammar reference section: Present
perf or past simpleton page 12, hen pot he
ters in bracket into the present pret or past
Spl ocompleeventences 17
1 ste second mel ment en. no) my

homework

2 you (read) this
months Surf magazine yet)

3 Tm not going othe theatre. 1 (see)
‘that show three months ago

4 Vin worried about Emily. (oot

ear) from her recent
Our football ream are playing beter now. We only
in) twice last yea,
6 You look tired. What time
(go) 10 bed last night
7 How many exams: you
(ake) since the beginning of this

you

year

O ums

Q Work in pair. You're going o read about DJ
Jupiter or the Kickboxer, Lewis Young. Write at
Teast four questions about thei ives, Use the
present perfect of past simple and some of the
question words in the box.

what why when where ow
hho long. how many mes
tudent A, turn to page 173 and read the text

about DJ Jupiter. Student B, turn to page 174 and!
read the text about the Kickboxer.

sing the questions in Exercise 2, take turns to
ask each other questions about what you have
read. Ifyou don’t know the answer, make a
sensible guess.

Vocabulary
beon/gone, meet, get 1 know, know and find out

O Read these dictionary extracts.

cone Lame Er
Pia

Gon tte ep Sent
a |
a e y sal
eee, |
DE |
|
e

foe ob Wo ey vette
er

ee oto tno nom

en met umso pu otero. |
Vi js gt mn ars len nen ben
ORNE

tt kane

ps
ee a da ps

on arnet

Fono one?

over anoto nori?

ow ot ou?
Toknow sem mans ad ae man aa
sone.
es or aka at pr
Tod ut oma mann ar nen mano in

srs we any nn y data pay.

57. © Work in pairs. Circle the correct option(s) in tales for questions
1-6. Check your answers by looking atthe extracts in Exercise 1
again.
1. Have you ever (A) gone abroad? Where have you ben / gone?
2. Have you ever made a friend on holiday? How did you frst meet /

Know each other?

Have you got a bestfriend? How long have you known / met them?

Imagine al you fiends have ben / gone on holiday and you are on

your own. What do you do?

5. Do you enjoy knowing / getting 10 know new people! Why (no

66 How often do you use the Internet to find out / know information?
Have you used it this week? What for?

3
3

© Work in small groups. Take turns to ask and answer the questions
in Exercise 2.

Listening Part 1

Lost propery office

© Work in small groups. Look atthe picture of the lost property office

ata summer camp. Use the words in the box to talk about some of
these items.

buten colar coton fashionable leather leng/short sleeves
‘idfeshioned pattemed plato pocket roundneck
Sleeveless stiped ight Vineck woolen

There n Vonesk suenter on He fable

© @ PET candidates often make mistakes when describing clothes,
Correct one mistake in sentences 1-6.
colourfal
1 Most ofthe time, 1 wear a colour shit, ight black Jeans, and my
favourite boots
2 My best friend always wears besutifuls clothes.
3. The bride wore a long and white wedding dress
4 Not long ago 1 bought three new fashion shins
5
6

At weekends, of course, I wear jeans and Thi
Yesterday 1 Bought some brown shoes and a blue trouser.

© Work in pairs. Read the
questions carefully and
underline the important words.
Decide what each picture
shows and what the difference
is between each one.
1. Which is Mark's sweater?

DEM

0 :0 en

2 What has Mary lost?

SEX

40 sQ en

3 What has John lst?

ale

40 sQ <O
4. Which cats Barbara talking
about

40 50 eO

© A-Ariisten to each
recording twice. Choose the
‘correct picture and put a tick
(4) in the box below it

© You are atthe summer camp
and you have lost some things.
Describe two items from the
lost property office picture to
your partner. Can your partner
find your lost items?

Leisure and fin (E)

58. Speaking Part 4

© Read the instructions forthe speaking task
below. What wo things will you need to talk
about?
Your photographs showed people going out.
Now, 1d like you to talk together about what
you like to do at home and what you like to do
‘when you go out.

@ Work in pairs. Look at statements 1-7 and decide
which you should or should not doin this part of
the speaking exam. Put a tick (/) or a cross (X)
in each box in the You column.

You

Jon &
Wan

1 Listen carefully to the
2 Talk o your partner about your

likes dislikes opinions and

experiences od
3 Change the topic to something

completely differen. od
4 Ask your partner about their

likes/distkes, opinions and.

experiences. od
5 Look at your partner and show

you're interested in what they're

saying, oo
6 Try to speak alot more than

your partner. oda
7 Worry if you can't think of

anything more 10 say.

© @ Listen to Jon and Ivan doing this task. Which
of 1-7 do they do? Put a tick (/) ora cross (x) in
‘each box.

@ume

@ Look at this extract from the recording and
decide if statements 1-3 below are true or false,

Jon: So, van, what do you ike o do at home?
Do you like watching TV?

Yes, Love watching TV. We normally

swich on the TV after dinner and watch

film, a football match ora documentary.

‘What about you? Do you like watching

sims?

1 Both Ian and Jon ask questions.
2 ans answer isto short
3 Ivan completly changes the

opi of the

(© Look at more af an and Jon's questions below

‘Write down your fll answers thee questions

1 Do you he watching Sst Ys but prefer
en End oes Ms
te I Er

2 Dd yo ee ne asta mach as night

3 ow en do you o te cinema

5 Doyou like mses?

© A Listen to Jon and Ivan again. Are thelr
answers to questions 1-5 similar to yourst

O Read this Speaking Part 4 task. What two things
will you need to talk about?

‘Your photographs showed people buying
clothes. Now 1 like you to talk together about
the type of clothes you wear during the week
‘and the clothes you wear at weekends.

© Work in pairs. Make a list of some things you
could talk about and some questions you could
ask your partner.

59. (© Change pairs. Do the Speaking Part 4 task in
Exercise 7

Exam advice
+ You wil not have tie to prepare your answer.

+ Use full answers to develop the topic. but don't
changeit to something completely diferent

+ Toke tums to speak by asking your partner
‘questions.

Writing Part 2

© Work in pairs. Look at the photo and imagine this

Js your aunt’s cat. What happened to the vase?

words.

© Read these two answers and decide which you
think is best
1

Dear Aunt Kath,

‘Thank you very much for sending me some
money. As you know, love science fiction fms
and so I think Im going to buy a new DVD. |
hhaver't seen all the ‘Star Wars fms yet.
Yours,

Bettina

© Read this exam task and underline the important

Dear Aunt Kath,
Money is very ie - thank you very much. will
buy a new game from my computer. The cat is
much more bad than my small brother. He break
something. | have a strong headache fora weok!
Yours,

Katia

© Work in pairs. Look at the Writing Part 2
smarking scheme on page 136 and answer this
question.

‘What mark do you think the examiner gave each
answer? Why?

© Now try this Writing Part 2 task.

Exam advice

+ Read the question carefully and under
important points

+ Make sure you include all three points in your
answer.

© White between 35 and 45 words. I you writ less
‘than 25 words you can only get a maximum of
2 points. Ifyou write more than 48 words, your
“answer might not be so clear and you could make.
more mistakes.

+ Open and close your answer in a suitable way, eg,
Dear and Yours.

the

© Work in small groups. Read each other's answers
and decide if you have all followed the exam
advice,

Laure an tion @)

60. Unit 5

Vocabulary

(© Circle the correct prepositions 1-10 to complete
the letter.

Hi Fran

Surry taken so long to ep You ak abst cur
ende hera 0 her wha happening, Aa no
you inn vo apporte (D oon rene
am renle ooh wert harder now Bh
Shes geting tied (2) abs oon staying athe
tine Se vu Sesto 9 ot nthe ving 00
the must he gen ery bored (2) wth on above
Iie Mes very kon (@) 0 on wh oa
adie ite proud (6) on wth of the two gale
he cord ses Saturday, bu he can lay ext
ak an neo sad (6) aout ot wth hat. Kay.
Jos mgt remember canyon wh about
mate an has amaye mando be a singe Mal,
and hs asta ero ng ih them at a concert
no Fay She ey nero (8) on/ above! ih
Singing infront ofl hose peopl, bu don think
She hod ve frena (9) win of! ong
Tre tar tat ome paolo lb quite fes
(set on above hall ha al fr now

Loto flore
amie

@ This text contains a number of adjectives ending
in ed and ing. Find and correct five mistakes.

When Z was tying my room lst, Sunday, I found somo
surprising tings mong all he Borebevarcice boots
rom my primary stool days, are was something
‘amazed: my dry, from when 7 was eight years old. Tt
was reali intrestad to read my thoughts from back
on, ough at tines 1 ole bi embarrassing, tee
Por example, I was stil very frightening of Ue dark
in those days. I was alo anis to read ho excited
was about being nine seen 1 thought I would be
realy grown up the

© wm

Vocabulary and grammar review

© Complete the crossword with words from Unit 5.

Across Down
3 not generous 1 unhappy

4 frightened 2 something you often do

7 feeling 5 wanting what someone else has
9 terrible 6 feeling or showing thanks

11 should 8 opposite of positive

2 fortunate
13 like alot

10 pleased with what you have done
]

Ï

Grammar

© Complete the mini-conversations with the correct
‘modal verb in italics.
‘A: Do you think Matt and Libby are at the café?
B: They can / (ia) be there, but Im not sure
‘A: Do you like going tothe swimming pool?
No, Lean’ / might swim,
Fe got abit ofa headache,
[think you must / should take an asp,
: Could / Might you run for an hour without
stopping?
No, fd be 100 tired after 30 minutes!
‘Are the buses to the city centre expensive?
No, you mustn't / don't have to pay if you're
under 16
‘The weather's not looking very good now.
No, [think be can / might rain later.
What do I need to go to the USA
You should / have to take your passport.

61. Unit 6

Vocabulary

Vocabulary and grammar review

Grammar

© Complete this text by writing a word from the box © © PET candidates often make mistakes with
in each space.

ch dey an 1230 and oer
(Io ure. The shew sts abo
ur it a sr 7

@ Circle the correct word, A, Bor C, for each space
in these sentences.

1 When Igo out with my frends, ke

wearing „Fnswenable__ clothes,
Afashion Bashlonabl) C-fshioned
2 In my country rock stars wear
jeans,
Aatight Brights right
3 My best friend often wears bright shirts and
skirts,
Acolourful Bcolourfull € colour
4 tins my best fiend when 1
started primary school
Ame Bknew got to know
5 Were going to Casablanca 1 get to
the city.
Aündow Bknow meet
6 ve visited Pars but I havent
EuroDisney.
Agoneto Bbeento Cknown

the present perfect and the past simple and their
common adverbs. Correct the mistakes in sentences
12.

1 Ae bought some clothes last week.
[My cousin has ved with us sine thre years ago.

1 haven't seen him forages because he's gone 10

Dubai a few years go.

4. We've gone o the cinema three times this month
Lets do something ese,

5. Already Ive been to few shops to look for new
shoes.

6 still can find my watch. looked frit everywhere
in my room,

7 Paris te best place Ive never ben 1 for clothes.

8 lost a beautiful par of loves which my mother has
given me or my birthday.

9. With the money you sent me, 1 will buy the World
Cup Tshirt which just came int the shops,

10 Were planning to se a film tonight, but we didnt
decide which fm yet

11 We also have a wonderful cinema in my town. I has
opened sx months ago.

12, Write soon and tell me what happened to you
recently

© Read these sentences about living in a big city.

‘Complete the second sentence so that it means the
same as the frst, using no more than three words.

1 started living here about three years ago.
ve lived here...... fer... about three years.
2 This ie the first time ve lived in such à big ct.
1 in such a Dig ety before,
3 joined the local gym in June.
Ave been a member of the local gym
June,
4 1 met my best friend Farrah when I joined the local

gym.
my best rien Farrah since

1joined the local gym.
5, We saw the new Xmen film on Saturday and again
on Thursday.
We've already the new men fm
rie (on Saturday and again on Thursday).

une ©

62. Starting off

© Work in pairs. Describe the pictures using the
words g/l ety, wind/windy,
tlouds/cloudy, sunshine/sunny and sorm/strmy.
How do you think the people in each situation
fect

© complete the weather forecast for pietures 1-6
‘with these expressions.

owing cenigrade cold depress foggy
freezing fast gale getmet hot _ighinng
showers soma temperature hunderstom.

A ot lane ca tae os
also quite leid ony
2 The ke already high t's going to be

avery ‘ay with maximum of 40
3 There are probably going to be
soon. Some people are going to
4 Thereisa ai se, with strong winds
from the west, causing high waves.
5 Theresa noisy inthe mountain,
with Brie turning night into day.
sus this morning, «5°C, with
on the ground. À heavy
Fs forecast fr ite.

O vows

Out and about

© Which of the weather condition
think are extreme? Which are mild?

Choose two different kinds of weather from
pictures 1-6. Tell your partner how each makes
you feel and why.

2 don't Le thnderstomas because they make me
feel ners.

Listening
© with a partner, look atthe exam instructions in

Exercise 2 on the next page and multiple-choice

questions 1-6, then answer questions a-e.

a. Whats the main speaker's name?

b Who isthe ther person?

© What isthe topic?

What do the questions ask about the speaker?

© What kinds of weather are mentioned in the
questions?

63. OR Follow the exam instructions.

© You will hear a woman called Chloe taking
10 en inteviewer about her hobby of
photographing extreme weather conditions.

+ For each question put a tick (/) in the correct

© in pairs, study this extract from the recording,
and answer these questions
+ Which of questions
+ How do you know?
+ Underlne the parts ofthe txt hat ell you why

6 does this extract answer?

rot one option is correct and why the others are
‘wrong.
+ Are these all close together in the extract?
Exam advice + Are they inthe same order as options A, B and CP

+ Before you listen, quickly read the instructions

pi A O
a Interviewer: That must be quite difficult. How.
+ When the recording is played, listen for reasons do you get good pictures?
Mo D
Se Dane

expensive, or particularly modern
“ve had mine for many years =
And | avoid using digital ones.

1 What does Chloe say about he weather in her
county?
A [ts cold in the north
5 [On changes quit often

{© Would you like to study extreme weather
conditions close up? Tell your partner why or why

© [its always sunny. ‘not.
2. She started taking photos of bd weather when
“oe Vocabulary
Hm Extremely far quit, rather, realy and very

© Study these extracts rom the recording, then
‘complete the rules about adverbs of degree
(extremely, fairly, et.) with the underlined words.

© Dat universi.

3. To photograph lightning, she uses
A [Ja digital camera
B [Jan expensive camera.
© [Jan oi camera

A Where does she take photos during

undersorms?
A [standing on a hit
8 [from her apartment

it can be quite different
des mally fascinating

‘that must be quite difficult
ds ther dangerous

© [sii in her car 2 me
= s extend nd
5 These days, which does she most ke Te iets ofdearee use
photographing in winter? = nabs an SEE
A [_] frozen rivers and streams 3 meters foi and. nt
3 erm wi ew 3 e
terns formed by rst cat atest
© [pantera formed by 6 B Denen, a
6 What dos she often photograph when its windy? Im weer btw ages
Ale I Siereniscannenn cone
5 Queer =
© Deus

out and about (O)

64. @ Talk to your partner about your country’s
weather in different seasons. Use adverbs of
degree with words like wet, warm and windy.

Lan winter its firs sunny but i's extremely
er y Y

Too and enough
© page 126 Grammar reference: Too and enous

© Look at examples 3-4 with 100 and enough, then
circle the correct underlined option to complete
rules 1-5.
a. is often too dark to photograph them wher i's
story
had enough time to buy an umbrella before the
bus arrived.

© Teas a hot July day: There wer too many cars and

there was to much note
44 was autumn, but he weather was mild enough
or us to have a pent

If

Res e

inte enges aoe to wens sches

Same |
sey

ive puto sre fre ace ln flor
A A

e ao mt ele une
Veen may dir coute cote
ste capes hve enough meas as machen
ore Man ou nee sant

ay puto ater fre cou bu oe
ese ect ote flowed es
‘re fomoF ever

lodo dato ol lo lod lla do do lo

|
|
|

it

9.0) Too and enough can be difficult for students.
Tick (¢) the sentences 1-8 written by PET
candidates which are right. Correct the sentences
‘which are wrong
1 That the way lke it: not too hot and not too

cold, Y
2. We didnt have enough money for to buy new
3 Tie too much because ls a nice place.
3, 1 gave her enough money for get not only one, but
5 1 can buy it because i's 100 much expensive.

© ur

66 In was hot enough t spend the whole day ln the
7 Inthe summer I ike wearing a Tshirt
because is 10 hot for wearing trousers

Spring has begun but itis not enough warm yet to
walk in the il,

nd aski,

Grammar

The future: WA going to, present continuous and

present simple

© page 125 Grammar rence Hs espressng te

© A Listen o this conversation between Mia and
Owen and fil in the missing verbs. You can use
Short forms like 5 (6) 1 ui) and (am)

les getting abit ate, Owen,

Yes, but look atthe rain! Im hoping it
QD step... soon, though I don't
‘think there's much chance ofthat.

Mia: — No, the weather forecast said i's a big
storm so it @) for hours
What time do you have to be atthe
station?

Owen: 16) Jason and Mark
there a 8.3, inthe café near the main
entrance. The tain (8) a
sas.

Mla; ES quite a long walk to the tation, sn
A And is 815 already. Look,
16) you in the car.

‘Owen: Thanks!

© In pairs, match the verb forms in 1-5 above with
a. fortimetables and future dates Leaves
b for decisions a the moment of speaking
© for things that aren't certain, eg aftr Y think
4 fr future arrangements between people
+ for predictions based on evidence, and plans

65. © Put the words in the right order in questo
‘Then answer the questions in complete sentences
1 will / think / cloudy /it/ do / tomorrow / you /
bat
Do you thin it will be cloudy tomorrow?
oy thing HU be st,
2. your friends / next week / you / when / seeing /
3 this evening / ae / where / go / going / you / to?
4 your holidays / begin / d / this summer / date /
what
5 job / think / get / you / when / do / will / you?
6 the Earth ge hate / scents / going / say
Lis do?
7 atext message / will / next send / you / when?

© complete the replies to 1-7 using wil going 1,
the present simple or the present continuous
1. Which colour jacket do you want to buy?
Eve already decided. tm yong Le bury a black
2 Have you arranged to go 0 the deus
Yes, Eve got an appointment.
3 This suitcase is too heavy forme
Gwe tome. 1
4 Cant you stay afew minutes longer?
No, must o. shall past en andthe st rain
at eleven.
5 Wout you tke something o drink!
Yes, plese
6 Would you lke to come out this evening?
Fm sorry, but ve already go plans. 1
7 Do you think il be dey aer ont
No, lok at those black clouds.
© What would you say in each of these situations?
Tell your partner.

1 A end invites you o 2 party but you already
faves coloco srry it Ea
gig ton cmt win ions Y

2 oficinas sigo ih or computer
god os an oh

a Someone ats you about the depart tine of
your go New York,

4 ein sal os and you noice the wind ie
gui song

Sou sean atin and you're the only person
therewith amoble phone

6 Someone ass you what bec you wan say
Ei

© Study texts 1-5 more carefully

© Look quickly at 1-5 below. What kind of text is each?

rad sign

=o

MAIN ENTRANCE
no parking

Tes Danvlatking
From: unknown sender

Registerwithustorectve
regularupdates byemailon
ur gecialafes: Rights to
NewYork, HonpKongand
Sydney!

Passenger ferry
strong winds
‘take care when boarding

d match them with
purposes ae blow: Undeline the words nthe texts
whieh tel yu he purpose.

Dto mos of danger

¢ wayvhayormad |
O
. im)

eto inform and advise you

66. {© Look at the frst question in Reading Part 1 below
and decide:

1 what kind of text itis
2 what is purpose i.

Now do the same with each of questions 2-6.

© Follow these exam instructions.

+ Look atthe text in each question.
+ What does it say?

+ Mark the letter next tothe correct explanation
=A.BorC.

Exam advice

Look atthe information around he text. There may be
{pire ich ip you to understand wy
xt was written and who it was written fr.

A

Lifeto and
ocr out

of order. Please
toPassport
Control.

vo wil ned wo walk patas ge tote
Pie
0 You mus go though Passport Control nthe

second Nor.
© You can use the stars or take the ft
second Nor.

Tony Ticket agency
thonea. Rack concert
at exhibition centre
instead of sports hall.
At same time, | think,
but call then to
check.

Jee

The time thatthe concert starts has changed
‘The concert will take place somewhere ese.
Joe will eal the agency for details of the

Quo

a

forage 13%
‘iden only
buyer must

End ime: 54 mins ,
Item location:
North-west

A The seller wil deliver the bieycle o the buyer.
B The bicycle is suitable for teenagers or adults,
© The owner ofthe bieycle has never use it

‘Do ot take these tablets for
mare than three days without
your doctors advice.

A You should take the tablets every day until you
feel much better

1B You must not take the tablets without speaking
to the doctor fs

© You must ask the doctor if you want to take the
tables for a week,

Path forthe use of horse riders, cel

and pedestrians on

A Motor vehicles are not allowed on this path
B lll people using this path must go on fot.
© Riders are requested too slowly on this path

Tos Monica
From: Carmen

usttoet you know that our bos eaves 750
tomorrow morning. nat 220,Sohaw abou aling for
mehereat 230 instead of 002

Carmen wants to
A meet Monica ata different place
B goon a later bus with Monica.

© change the time they are meet

67. Vocabulary
Compound words
O Match the words in A with the words in B to

form compound words, Then match these with
definitions 1-10.

A (beck cross quest guide itch
over ral sat sgn sut

Prepositions of movement

© ep 123 Gamer rn: Posse more

© A Read this telephone message about travelling.
around a city and fil in the missing prepositions
(in, off etc). Then listen to check your answers.

Ti Leon: Toby oro. Im eal pleased youre

B book case hike house night

eek post road roads seeing

‘book that gives Information about a place

bag with a handle fr carrying clothes, et.

place where two roads meet and cross each other
Bet fee rides by standing next tothe road

tracks that tains travel on

bag that you carry on your back

sgn by the road that gives information

during the night and until the morning

small cheap hotel

visiting interesting places

10

9) Complete the letter with compound words from
Exercise 1.

‘Next week Im going ona fantastic Journey: across
Austria Um flying to Darvin, nthe north ofthe
county and rm gong 0 stay (D wernt
there. My @) says ts quite an
interesting ety sof think spend he mora
doing some) Tove
by tio, so then Fm going o take the new
ol to lic Springs, right in
{he mide ofthe country. linda hotel or
© forthe night and the next day
ging to (6) down the mai road
n taking all my things ina) so
{hat dot have to carey à heavy (8)
moy hand, About 200 kilometres south o Alice
Tireach 3 6) where there's à
0) that ays ‘Uluru 247 km: Uluru
¿lso known as “Ayers Rock one ofthe most amazing
Sighs in the wor

ing

coming t our new hause next week. The quickest

way here's (1) bp tea tothe cy centre, which
takes an hour andi usually (2) … me Then
you can get (3... the number 68 bus to Edge
Hil geting (0)... by the stadium. From there
its about fifteen minutes (5)... foot. Or ifyou
dont

ke walking you could Jump (9) à
tax! and ask the driver 0 take you tothe new ats
in Valley Road. When you et (7)... 8).

‘the tx, youl se the main entrance in font of
you: See you soon!

© Use words from the message above to complete

bbbbbbbbbbbwbbbbsbbebbby

these rules,

on —

Tenures a

“ ‘or onto when we board them, and
pete

ds ote nd

po

ec notoria

z ‘or into, and.
Sjenclewe en

sue era ne sise

poly Rennes

anne same

ete

Stoners

a ore tue wma
AS

Sao geri

e nue

pr

=

us ri lane

ouandatout @)

68. QO Tick (9) the sentences 1-8
‘written by PET candidates
which are right. Correct the
sentences which are wrong.

1 Ljumped into my car. 7

2 got into the train

3. Could you come a time,
please?

4 She sad Come with me’ 1
followed her and we got on
the car.

5 Fim going to stat lessons this
Monday, bu L can't o on bus

6 Vie just wanted o get off the
plane.

7 Then we headed back home
by foot

8, She Bally got into the plane.

Speaking Part 2
© @ List to students Ingrid
and Mike discussing the best
ay to get across the cy, and
Answer the questions
1 Tick(¢) the means of
tango tk about

bus helicopter
taxi bike
boat trom

2 Which two do they decide 10

@ Look at expressions 1-8 from the recording and complete them with
these words.

about another because heen tke

1 why ae you Keen on E
2 wel a oO
3 Hmm & a
4 my : oO
5 for thing a
6 for i oO
7 so wa ins ln
8 what I'd most to dois Jun

© A Listen again to check your answers, then match expressions 1-8
‘with a-d below by writing a letter in each box.

a. asking for reasons D giving reasons
© asking about preferences d Stating preferences

© Listen and repeat these extracts from the recording, What do

you notice about the pronunciation of the underlined words?
1 why are you keen 4 sail down the river

2 wel far one thing 5 we can ride o the harbour
3 is going ro be really hot 6 halfanıhour

© Talk to your partner about the diferent ways of getting across your
town, and decide on ane or two means of transport to travel from
one side othe other. Use language from Exercises 1 and 2.

© Do this Speaking Part 2 exam question with a partner, Talk for at
least two minutes,

summer holidays seeing as much as possible of your country.
Talk together about the different means of transport you
could use and decide which you are going to use,

Here is a picture with some ideas to help you.

Yo and tend esc |
|

69. Writing Part 1 © Now do a wing Pas
exam ta

‘When you are writing, ry to think of different ways of saying the same |
thing. For instance, instead of sil down the river we can say go down

= Here are some sentences

the river by boat. We cll these parallel expressions. about the future climate
+ Foreach question, complete
© @ Read this discussion and rewrite the underlined expressions 1-7 the second sentence so
using the words in brackets, Then listen to check your answers. that it means the same as

the fist, using no more than

Pat: Do you think people in 2020 will still tires word

() e mea! ard eras (ot
reir: Non au ling eat vite O maha

1 Teil be tao warm to live in

ie immer ee! willbe ing marmot
Late It won't be. to
Pas Ac wee 0) a (ose) ten some pai ae won
Kelly: Yes, lagree. And cars cause (4) extremely high levels of 2 In some countries,
(G9) pollution, especially in eles. think a temperatures will rise à ot.
PRE Ol FFE Fe ve
ee Ine
ne Soe ne due counts
ie (oy 3 In ose places. Kv e
Fe vu carenado? com od al tne
Infact e trae do a, ina pcs he sun
iow al he
© Study the first sentences in each Writing Part 1 question 1-6 on the time
Sight Which Mr ran common pars pren 4. Bren inthe mounts it wi
Une the word or phrase: Roses tenia
B ior sa

ces 5 However, the weather will be
+ Lock for a word or words in the fist sentence with a parallel even wetter in Britain,
sve Sen mer ta Bai

+ Tenlckatte second snonceto seis ural reson fis |g a. arica ie

E the coldest place in the world

“+ You may want to write tin pencil fist to check thatthe completed
sentence means the same as the first sentence.

‘Also, Antartica wil still be
than any
other place inthe world

© Think about the future climate
in your country. Which parts
‘of it will most feel the effects
of climate change and in what
‘ways? Write four sentences.

‘out and stout @

70. Starting off

© Work in small groups. What do you know
about the famous people in the pictures and their
families?

@ Circle the correct answers in the quiz, then check
Your answers on page 174. Are you surprised by
any ofthe answers?

Reading

@ Maradona is a football coach. Whois the other

© Work in pairs. Read this extract from the sports coach in the quiz?

Cambridge Learner's Dictiona

© Look at the text ttle and photo on page 71. What
do you think a life coach is?

BCT a mc
AAA E _) O Check your ideas by reading paragraph B What is
a lie coach?

71. (© Read sentences 1-10 about the text, Underline the
most important words in each sentence.

1 Syivana has à very good relationship
Al her daughter, trina

2 Life coaching was fat used to help
hlldren decide on their futures,

o8

3. Simone Waltz used to workin radio

10

4 Jem wants to doa degre before going
to Africa

5_Jem's parents would lke him todo his
degree in another country.

6. One teenager used singing to help her
study and she got nearly perfect marks

7 ina would be happy to g to any
‘university.

ao ga

8 Irina has always been Keen on keeping
fi

9 Mo Ahmed has worked wit children
younger than six

10 Some of Regina frends in her new []
schoo lay basketball

© Work in pairs. Look at the paragraph headings
in the text. In which paragraph do you think you
will find information about each sentence? Write
the correct letter (A-E) in each box.

@ Read the text 10 decide if each sentence is correct
or incorrect. Underline where you find the answer
in the text. When you are ready, compare your
answers with your partner.

In Unit 7 we looked at parallel expressions. In this
part ofthe PET reading pape, the sentence and
‘the text often use diferent words and expressions
‘whieh have similar meanings

© Work in pairs. Look at the words and expressions.
you have underlined in the sentences and the text
and find four more parallel expressions.

U have a ged vlationsp > go on well
2 Re le des Y

Life coaches find success
with young people

Tv san a huge france in ina since she started aking to 2
le coach ays hr mother Syvona. Let o ey well ih ina
ut ou cart way takto your mothe about everything. Talking
to someone we listens ut ena cos fly member very
important”

‘Bhat ie ate coach?
‘alte proves because he train wäh ach Alt coach an
“lo guide out success. Ale coach encourages out think not
‘ny about what you wont, but lso bout how ou are going to get
FE Until now, We eoaches have Relped ads fr example business
cuts wha nee o make decisions or parents who want some
ie on bringing uo tel ehren. Now t's in tur of sr young
people.

Lt coach Simone Waltz
Simone Welt, former ra producer et u her fe coaching
company Pe year o "offer tenagers à place to tl to decido
‘nthe future pans and sor out problems says al. ems
parents are delighted wth what Waltz has done Jem has got à
‘ace at university to study medicine but Reha decided to take
Dart in a vue project m central Nia ist. Yes, we were
‘surprised ut em stil ery young. This experience arand wi
Falo hi grow up before he goes o unveray

fe coach Tara Newhouse
Tara tos the story of 1 year-old who was fang in science
thay und av she leant est trough music. Once she made up
songs to lear y ehe achieved 99 per cert in er tests Tra has
also helped San cier. ina, who wos not sure she wanted
to goto university Now she hope to get int top university. na
row els more canin abut evrything She as even taken up
reis or he st time near

life coach Mo Ahmed
‘Mo Ahmed has cosche cien as young as fe years od na
‘be somethings spe a learning muliplicaton ables — asking
‘hem now theyre gon to doit Row are ty going to mak fu?"
1 ns lso epa tenager Regina who was Pag problems
making frenó when se moved to anew chen They talked
deine about the things Regina real

‘Tis met (E)

72. Vocabulary
Phrasal verbs

© Work in pairs. The eight phrasal verbs in the box
below appear in the text, sometimes in a different
form (eg. bringing up). Underline them in the
text and try to decide what each verb means by
Looking at the complete sentence.
find out gotonwith grow up
sortout take wp

0 Work in pairs. Replace each expression in
lualcs in sentences 1-8 with a phrasal verb from
the box, so that the meaning stays the same.
Remember to use the correct form of the verb.

(© page 121 Grammar reference: Phrasal verbs.

‘rng vp

1 Emoved to Athens when began my degree but

pea
1 eme oder in a smallville nar Thessaloniki

with my parents and two brothers

2, When I was very young, my aunt looked after me
uni was old enough to look after mysel.

3 T would lke to have a life coach o help me deal
with my problems.

44 When Fm older, 4 Ike to start my own fashion
design company:

5 1 Rad t choose another sport, would start
playing basket

6 1 have a good relationship with my oder sister, We
‘often go out together

7 ET didn't know an answer in an exam, I would

8 If discovered that my parents were reading my
mail, wouldn't get angry.

© Rewrite the sentences in Exercise 2, where
necessary, so that they are true for you.
1 owns born in maple but grow up im Rome,
head city Pal, Oo"?
© Work in small groups. Compare your sentences.

Find at least three things that you have all got in

O uno

Grammar

Zero, frst and second conditionals

© page 126 Gramma relance Zero, Sst and second

‘anion

© Work in pairs. Kristian is fifteen. He would like
10 goto drama school to train to be an actor but
is parents want him to stay at school. What
advice would you give to Kristian?

© @ Kristian is talking to his life coach, Mo. Listen
to the recording and answer these questions.
1 Why has Kristian’ dad contacted Mo?
2. What two pieces of advice does Mo give?
3 in your pinion, will Kristian become an actor

©A Listen to the recording again and complete
sentences 1-5 with the verb in brackets in the
correct form. Use short forms (FI, wor, etc.)
where possible.

11... need... (ned) my parents permission it
1 {rant 10 o o drama school,
200 al school until Em
eighteen, i (be) too late.
3 you (wand to be an
(have) to start your tea
carly age.
si (have) to give up football if
(go) to classes after schoo
su (study) at drama school
1 (have) enough time for
‘everything.

© Work in pairs. Look at this conversation between
Kristian and his friend Josh, then answer the
‘questions tha follow.

Kristian im thinking about joining the drama
club.

What? (6) Ifyou ain the cub, youl have

10 give up football and you're our best

player.

Kristian: know. (7) Ihe drama club met on.
‘Wednesdays, could do both.

Josh:

Josh:

But the club doesn't meet on Wednesdays
‘What ae you going to do?

1 Does Josh want Kristian t join the drama club in
sentence (6? Why (nov?

2 Does the drama club meet on Wednesdays
according to Kristian in sentence (7)?

3 Do both Josh and Kristian talk about a real
possibilty in (6) and (I?

73. © sentences (1-7) in Exercises 3 and 4 are all
‘examples of conditionals. Conditionals are often
divided into three types. Match sentences 1-7
"with the types of conditional a-c below.
a Typed (Zero conditionad: [3
This expresses things which are aluays or
general true.
If snows, our dog ges very excite.

» per (Fest contitonad: [1] O O
“This express ral possiblity in the fire

Ive snows on Saturday Il make a snowman,

© Type2 (Second conditional: [-] O] C]
This is used when the speaker is not thinking
about a real possibilty buts imagining a situation
¿har wil probably no happen.

Ait snowed in Jay, would go skiing on the beach.
© Underline the verbs in each example in Exercise

5. What form of the verb do we use in each
conditional type?

© When do we use (and not use) a comma in
conditional sentences? Look atthe examples in
Exercise 3 again to help you.

© Work in pairs. Look at this example situation and
Iswer the questions below.

rain at the weekend
HE it rains at the weekend, DIL go to Hue

1 Why have we used the frst conditional here?
2. When would we use the second conditional 1 talk
about rain?

© Now look at situations 1-6 and write one sentence
for each, using the first or second conditional. You
‘will need to think about whether each situation is
real possiblity or not for you.
You:
1 lose your mobile phone
2 see a friend cheating in an exam
3 get good marks at school
4 find a ot of money in a rubbish bin
get lost in a foreign country
6 get alot of homework fom your teacher

A 2 ese my bile, ZI pet very anneped

D Work in pairs. Write a question for each of the

take turns to ask and answer the questions.

tat will you de i ins of tha mad?
wont ply fetal in te par

© page 26 Gamma Wher rs

O Work

© Complete these rules about sentences wi

When, if, unless + present, future

pairs. Look at the pictures below and say
If each teenager will definitely call home.

unless or when,

À Rues |
7 for things we are sure will
3 reco

> me u
eus has
3 {general has the meaning of /
Se

=“ oe

O Read sentences 1-6 and circle the correct option

in tales.

1 Y wre again soon if /(GÍED) finish my exams.

2 Lvwouldn't be able to wre very wel if/when |
broke my right hand

3 Well mise the bus if / unless we run,

4, Paula play tennis tomorrow if unless tains

5 My uncle cant hear when / unless you shout.

6 They'll come to your party if/ unless their parents

sy they cant Thisis met ©

74. Listening Part 3
Exam advice
+ Be carta wt pelin, especialy ou are oven
the apeing ofthe word inthe recording orita
very commen werd, eg. Monday
— |
© ©) Listen to the recording twice and for each
Question, I inthe missing informatio inthe
umbered pace

Vocabulary
Describing people

© Work in small groups and answer these
questions.
1. Where are the extras in the photos?
2 Have you or anyone you know ever been an extra?
3 Would you like to be an extra? Why (no

@ You will hear Vanessa from Extras Agency talking
about being an extra. Before you listen, read.

ssing in each space (es.
number, date, noun, verb, adjective, etc]?

DELLE LLL,

Extras
2 appear reds

2 y Hangs in 0

+ suqrere spots event, ete

Are ins made in my oven?

Fina out by lacking at Hoe (2)

What au age?

Ne ini Ak parents fer permission it under
o

hat ave dvectors ang for tthe

O

© @ Fim director, Darrilus Massi, is looking for
en an actor for his latest film. His assistant Marti
momen telephones an agency and speaks to Harry. Look
(N I yenes la at the pictures and listen o the recording. P
oma 17 tick (7) next tothe actor Marti chooses.

2 have interesting)

© Work in pairs to complete the mind map on page

ee poe
ea Kim
Se nd a eo IR NS

road shouders cuy dark far
ne con Leet vera ere ‘good-looking grey long medium height

Phone Vanessa (9) este moustache pele pan red car short
vinmertensertnscen À Sim sah we

Die

75. describing someone |

vo

wa

© Harry from the agency describes one of he actors
as honest and reliable, Write the opposites of
these character adjectives,
1. ha-working kg
2 smart 8b
3 row
4 man

O Add wr
adject

rude
calm
confident

s
6
7
8

im- oF dis- to make these character
negative.

friendly

pleasant

sm patient

honest reliable

© Ada ful or Less o these nouns to make
adjectives. Watch your spelling!
wonder
beauty

cheer
hope

+ ts hopeful the opposite of hopetesst

© Add -ist to these nouns to make adjectives. Be
‘careful with your spelling.

Nationality: Finn

Turk oo Brit
Swede... Scot
Behaviour: self id. fo
baby

© PET candidates often make mistakes with
adjective order. Read the rules at the top of the

Page and correct one mistake in each of the
‘examples a-f that follow.

bw

Rules

gres ey sterne on nd de
het eects tte
ae
cia rr git
Fee era
nenne af wachen e ge
nade ie ett eae
joy hn ma
get
de em owes
pn
o cc
Nery pose ha esrb she or ie et
gos
eine red th hi
rem gente

ite baat

lobo lole bb tists lolol la la bled

|

Speaking Part 1
O Work in mi
alphabet
table,

© Listen to the recording and check your

. Add the other letters ofthe English
the correct place in this pronunciation

© @ PET candidates often make spelling
‘mistakes, Listen to the first part ofthe recording.
You will hear a single word followed by a
sentence including this word. Think carefully
about spelling and write down the single word
you hear. For example:

Recording: Fr. Eve bought a present for you
You write

Recording: Four. My dog i our yeas old.
You write: few

© @ Listen to the second part of the recording and
‘check your spelling of each word.

© Work in pairs. Student A says the words on page
173 10 Student B who writes them down. Then

Student B says the words on page 174 for Student
A to write down.

ise met ©

76. Grammar

Exam advice So do land nor/neither do I
Eme one lern mt be

a ia]

nda oe

er en

rise ae fa serena eon Joe

ee: vay

© page 127 Grammar reference So do andnerineiher dot

© A Listen to three extracts from a PET speaking
test and complete the table below. Be careful with
the spelling of the students’ surnames.

© @ Listen to and read what Ken says and circle
he answer on the right which is true for you.
Complete the phrase where necessary.

‘My name's Ken.’ “Sots mine” :

m1 yearsold’ ‘Soa I? Really? Im
Ive got two brothers So have “Ont Ive gor
ive in Taipei So dot” ‘Do you? ve
1 dont like football’ "Neither/Nor do” real like
went tothe cinema.’ So did went

haven't been to Paris’ “Nlihr/Nor have 17 ‘have, went

(96% Zosia is from Krakow, Poland. Listen to
Zosia and answer appropriately using one of the
phrases on the right from Exercise 1. Be careful!
Zosia does not always use the same verb as Ken

and her sentences do not follow the same order.
@ A Listen tothe recording again and answer

these queso ny names sn! "Uy sels Dri!
1 Do you think the candidates answer thei ast "En from Krakow "El not Lin from Málaga,
questions well Why (a? Spain!
2 What does Eduard say when he doesnt
anderstand the examiners question? © Work in pairs. Take turns to say a sentence about
3 Does the examiner repeat the same question to you. Your pariner should answer using a suitable

Eduardo phrase.
© Work in groups of three. Take turns to be the

‘examiner. The examiner asks each student the

first four questions from the table and chooses

‘one Question 5 for each student

77. Writing Part 2

© Work in small groups. Read the extract from the Cambridge
Learner's Dictionary about punctuation and answer this question.
‘+ Which ofthe uses are the same in your language?

capital letter} the fis eter of à par

Brain.

+ for countries, nationalities, languages, religions, names
‘of people, places, event, organisations, trademarks,
days, months, titles: Portugal, Africa, Rusia, et;

+ for ttes of books, films, etc: Matrix Reloaded

‘for abbreviations: OPEC, AIDS, WWF

fal stop UK
[period US

the end of a sentence gong or a wall
+ sometimes after an abbreviation: Marton Rd. / Mrs.
White / De. Evans

“encon ems in at Fo some peas, butter sugar
and eggs.

10 show a pause in along sentence: They did want to
nt before Id arrived, but was an hour late.

‘when you want to add extra information: The woman,

for possessves: Pauls bike
+ Note: words ending in“ don't need another“ added:
James house

Ihyphen

io jin two words together Blue lack

Remember: we also use a capital ter or Ihe personal pronoun J,
eg Hove sing (not Howe sin).

@ © PET candidates often make mistakes with punctuation, There is.
no punctuation in sentences 1-5. Rewrite them to be correct
i am keen on tshirts trousers and jackets
ill send a present to marina hope she likes it

‘cant come to your english lesson on monday

1
2
3 say hito your sister see you soon gar
3
5

my blanket lke a penguins skin lis black and white

© Work in pairs. Read this Writing Part 2 question and underline the
important words.

© Read Pablo's answer (he is.
Myra' cousin). Do you think
his teacher gave him full
marks? Why (not)?

Hi hoes,

La ry happy bese youre
Con Tata ith hr bat la
tye alg ear y fart
Dl epoxi to you ete Late
tlie etait wih in
desa

Fable

© Now read what Pablo's teacher
wrote about his answer.

Yeh meld al te
fonts and prune cones
Tas pt pls al
Nowe cm pu ou Ea
rn fede
wr ntl th ling
ad puto.

AMIA
© Underline the three points in

Pablo's answer and circle the

words Pablo uses to connect

these points. Correct Pablo's

five spelling mistakes and his.

five mistakes with punctuation.

© write your own reply to the
‘exam question in Exercise 3.

© Work in small groups. Read
‘each other's answers to see if
you have included the three
points and if you have made
any mistakes with spelling or
punctuation,

sis met ©

78. Unit 7 Vocabulary and grammar review

Grammar

© Complete sentences 1-8 using 100 or enough and
these adjectives

1 teas nearly midnight and it was … He dark
to see anything.
2. like to wear those shoes but they aren't
for me. Im size 44,
3 Put the heating on, pleas. Is not

in this room.
4 You cant skate on the ake. The fe ent

tobe safe.
5 Tmust go to bed. Im tostay

awake any longer.
{6 Youre only 16 so you're not
to drive car on the road.
7 Put a sweater on. Ws
outside in just a Tshirt and jeans,
8 Treally liked that computer but it was
for me to buy.

© Circle the correct option in italics for each
‘conversation 1-6.

‘A: How's Ande these days?
1: she 2 go have a baby

Az Hove yor go ny plans or tight?

Bs Mew met Im meeting Ryan a9 Bock
‘A You lok rahe ed

Bs Ve, ini ME / oo bed er
A

E

re

E

À

»

What time do you have to go home?
: The timetable says the ast bus leaves / i
leaving a midnight
‘My computer has just erashed!
+ Don't worry. Hm going 10 / I it
‘The scores now England 0, Brazil 1
+ Brazil will / are going o win,

© ur

Vocabulary

© Match the beginnings and

sentences.

1. It’s much healthier to
won

2 Weleftihe terminal and
got onto

3 The driver
got into

1 passenger

‘endings of these

a the car and drove
to the airport,

b train instead of
taking the car.

the train before
you get on,

44 Inbig cities, many people ‘à. foot than to sitin

goby

2 car ora bus.

'5 You should let other people € the car and put

setoff

Air hands up.

6 The police old the men tof the plane, after à

set out of

sixhour delay

1°89 @ Complete the erossword with words from Unit 7.

ar
|
ie FT
[
Across Down
6 goby boat 1 like à bus, but on ras
7 underground railway 2 get onto à plane

9 what winds do
11 opposite of wet

13 very strong wind
14 opposite of extreme
16 boat or passengers

3 rainy,
4 when the sky is covered
5 between cold and warm
8 tripin a plane

9 bicycle

10 between hot and cool
12 go by bicycle or horse
15 very col, frozen solid

79. Unit 8 Vocabulary and grammar review

Vocabulary Grammar

(O Read this text and choose the correct word for each space. © Complete these conditional
sentences, using your own ideas.

ANGELIQUE KIDJO 1 If didn't have to go to school,
alacena a re tna 908 34 pl Fetal lt dy
as The African Queen, is one of ‘she left for Paris, France, where 2 Id be extremely angry if
‘the greatest female singers (2) ‚she studied both Jazz and Law. She 3 If go to bed late,
the world. She couldn't decide between being a 4 TL found a dog,
‘was born in Cotonou, Benin, West lawyer or a musician but thought, 5 Lofien get embarrassed if.
Africa, and she (3). “Lwilll make a bigger difference 5, Unless i zane,
‘in Cotonou with eight brothers to the world (8) 7 UM Save peru it
and sisters. Her uncles, aunts ‘become a musician’ and so she SSR a Kom,
A ee | ee
dan arms Sores mel Eo Dee
@. inaveryopen husband, who is musician and en
A a oi
ce a seca
‚she was six years old. Angelique live in New York with their teenage. “
ren) ua ee won
‚languages and sings in French, ‘Goodwill Ambassador for UNICEF 1 My cousin Tobias lived in
English and two African languages: (10). ‚2002, helping Roasted. Auatıla mail| he mes
Fon and Yoruba. to bring education to children all ner
By the 1980s Angelique realised, _ Overthe word, in particular in fy cousin Tobias.
(ass Gh eig pires 70 up in Innsbruck,
2 et ae short and his airs
1A told B called © named D Gown curly and red.
sau ec an
Rinne us
4A setup B sortedout C broughtup D grown up 3 He loves playing chess and I do,
SA on B off € out D up a
en Ge es an ces a
eave won't leave E
7A bue B dense € wie D woot mue
nn a ee pa summer if he doesn't have to
PRs o ames Summer be dos
10 A for Bin € since Dago ‘He'll come and visit me this
@ © Per candidates often make mistakes with punctuation and a
‘pling Comet one misa neachofthefalowingsensncs. 5 Men mans,

50 he won't travel by plane.
the had more money, he
by plane.

I'm busy all week except friday
only go shopping FT have to becouse most ofthe shops are
expensive.

When I woke up, 1 did'nt have breakfast because it was Late
We had a party for my sisters birthday Last Sunday.

My favourite place to eat is atypical italian restaurant near here.
ve just received your letter. You ask wich films I ke best.
When I'm at home, l often were an old Tshirt and jeans.

Lam so surprise by what he has done. cannot belive i

1
2

80. Fit and healthy

Starting off Acre
he qui Bes

mea you don't like to lose,

8 ramos

iHow/fitjandjactivelarejyou7) pene os

‘Take this short and to find out © You say No via You
Caan | realy dike running,

© Answer questions 1-8

‘A Som, but don't know how much | should do.
B At oast 90 minutes à day more have tne,
Asie as possible.

A Go fora ide on
your bie, or go out
toca ak
B Chat onthe
computer wih your
fiends.
Text your trends to
suggest meeting up ina café

Sie

À ok up te tas
B nnwpbesters
na vá a
fren a

watching TV
rollrblading, playing
footbal, or doing

another sport À Im exhausted,
B Im so eo fino,
lam abit out ofbreath

Ce |

A never À slow and red al ho ime
B 4 times B fin, but love o have a bt more energy
© most days © ful of energy all the time

arn

81. © Look at your score on page 174. Do you think you
should make any changes to the way you live?

Listening Part 4

OR You are going to hear two young people
talking about health. Read the frst part of their
conversation, then listen and fil in the missing
words which show agreement or disagreement.

Kelly:

‘They keep saying on TV things like
‘today’s teenagers are unfit and
‘unhealthy, and just dont bel
Jason: (D) ‘There’ allthis stu
aboutus not getting enough exercise
because we're watching TV or playing
‘computer games all the time, when in
fact nowadays everyone is mad about
sports.
el (2) ‚but certainly
2 lot of young people are doing active
‘things. Perhaps more than older
generations did

Kelly:

© In pairs or groups, think of other expressions that
show we agree or disagree with somebody. Which
are polite, and which show strong disagreement?

© A Look at sentences 1-6, then listen to the rest
of Kelly and Jason's conversation. Decide if each
sentence is corrector incorrect If iti correct, put
a tick (4) in the box under A for YES. If it is not
correct, put a tick (/) in the box under B for NO.

A 8
YES NO

1 Kelly thinks hat peoples diets now
are less healthy than inthe past. O O

2 Jason and Kelly share the same
opinion about people not sleeping
enough

' Kelly believes that cycling to school is
becoming more popular

4 Kelly says that air pollution inthe
cites is getting worse

5 Jason says tat Kelly is often

6 Inthe end, Jason and Kelly agree
about young people's health

oo
O0

BO
BO
OD

Vocabulary
linesses and accidents

0 67 Listen o this extract from Listening Part 4
and answer the questions.
'oughs and colds and sore aoa: perhaps a headache
ora stomach ache
‘How do you say the underlined words?
+ What do they mean?

© In pairs or groups, put these words under the
three headings.
laspiin bandage brise out disease carach
Mu fracture hightempereture ijecion may
medione operation pi plaster plaster cast

© in pairs, write ten short sentences with words

from the table, using the points below to help you.

Remember that we normally use my, your, their,

‘etc. with parts of the body.

‘We form verbs from the ‘accident’ nouns (eg. She
injured her leg; ve cut my thumb),

We use have or have got with the illnesses.
He's go fu; She's gor a high temperature)

+ Vie use have, take or put on with the "treatments"
(e. le had an operation; Joe took a pil fr his
headache; A nurse put a bandage on my arm).

Tell your partner about any illnesses or injuries
you have had (for instance when doing sports),
then say what treatment you had, using.
expressions from Exercise 3 and the words in the
table.

O)

82. Grammar
Which, that, who, whose, when and where clauses
Gefining and non-defining)

© pe 17 Goma
bate a

ference Which, tha. who, whose
S (Going and nn-deinng)

‘© With a partner, read this text about sports
Injuries and cirele the correct relative pronoun in
italics for options 1-8.

‘os pple) wich Aa regla por are
fealty and ten fel api han those 2 who
ose d leo no exercise Car mus be len
though ald the ies) when / which por
casuales xe Ppl tit cute
te ung o ja E oy
in ais o kes Tin E) where dt
involves ding he same execs gin and again can
de sis damage price wale Wr
tary oes, ( when / wich her bode aril
developing ts important mot dt ah O
soon, Everyone should ‘warn up befor ey begin =
posible nthe place) who / where they ae ging
Wore his seal lo ay ety
ice hen / that they rece

9 A Listen to check your answers.

© Complete the rules with the correct relative
pronouns, then answer the question below.

————.

2 ques

=

TS Defining relative clases k
TS ie use dering eave uses o are een
TS infomation bt someone or someting

3 me

3 Ga mo tre
s andl. for tings
= forte

a >> ‘

= 0 forges

2 ©. for possession

FS ecanlewe out arene ponoun ecert osa
8 ioneajerofmedase

>

>

he noise sport can someines cat

+ Which other relative pronouns inthe text are the
Object of the clause and could be et out?

@ us

© Quiekiy read this text and answer the questions.
1. Whatis the problem?
2. What solution does the speaker recommend?

People () be / that wok very hard and

individuals 2) Ives are busy
nother ways, may suffer from kind of stress

o can actually damage ther health.
Oneway) they can ede tess
echo nd time, everyday 9)

‘hey can lan They should ind something

© hey enjoy doing, suchas reading,
ina pce D). they cl comiera
and unlikely tobe disturbed,

© Complete spaces 1-7 with relative pronouns.
© A Listen to check your answers.

(@ Look at the text again and decide which of
relative pronouns 1-7 we could leave out.

© Correct sentences 1-6 by adding a relative

pronoun, if necessary.
ili

1 The TV serie tars tonight is about doctors.
2 People swim Úlor are usually quite ft,
3 That road is a place accidents are common,
4
s

Lucy has recovered rom the illness she had.
The boy tooth hurt went to the dentist

6 Winters the time many people catch Nu

© Work in pairs. Make as many sentences as you
can beginning with these words.
1 Gping tothe dentists something which

Printer mes / 1 dont Lie

2. My Room is the place where

3 Watching sport on TV is something that

4 Sunday he day when

3 À good fiend is someone who

6 A lucky person is somebody whase

83. information abou someone or someting answer the question below.

1 “Doing gymnastics can be hard work, but | want to

À wwe Vocabulary
7S nomdening reiste uses ma | me
er
Te Weusenon-defningreltve causes to © Match comments 1-3 with pictures A-C, then
3
>

be the best”
Din pars, look at this example of a non-defiming 2 "ray enjoy playing basketball its so fast
relative clause and answer questions 1-6. RC PP”
“always look forward to going paraliding in 1
ing school, whic is very heal, is more and summer a

1 What she eave roman! ond io door aay line
2 what isthe relate Sue!

3 What do the comma ee bt ae?

À Da serene ake sn ih he lave
5 neta ou he eae pronount

à Can wee ers bgt sno eng relative

® Make one sentence from 1-6, using non-defining
relative clauses.

1. My arm is better now. {hurt it last week,
My arm, which llar Last week, is better now.

2. My aunt works in the hospital. She's a docto,
My aunt, who is

3 The lake was very cold | went there for a swim,
The lake, where

4. Ricky i my best fiend, His sister is a nurse
Ricky, whose

5 In 2010 the sports centre opened. was 12 then.
In 2010, when I

6 Surfing is popular in my country. all enjoy it
Surfing, which.

© Desing and non efning relative clauses can
be dificult for students. Correct one mistake in
‘ach of sentences 1-10 writen by PET candidates.
(Sometimes the mistake is with punctuation)
1 He farm hs swimming poo! thet we can sin

Or Hor Fam bas ing pot That ne cam

Fam sing my mother who

Be as son, at about my age

The ls book that ead twas The Lord ofthe

Ringe

Fe meta gy, who's name Is Dani

Main Bra tat oa enuf county.

"Thais al what can tel you

‘There re many places ae very beautiful

"et everyone whose 1 know.

"have to got the apor which tis quite far rom

ec and batty @

84. @ Look at comments 1-3 again. Which verb - do, @ In pairs, ook for patterns for which kinds of
80 or play - do we use with each sport? Write the sports often go with which verbs.
= OO PEF candidates often find it dificult to put the
right verb and the right sport together. Correct

the mistakes in sentences 1-6.
1 1 prie hrs ing wie à week.
| 2 Youcan mate a oto sports and actives.
3 In winter you can make snowboarding.
_____i_ 3 We have done ble tennis
© Aaa these sports tothe table, 5 At frat, we made oerobls.
diia boa ing UN Sa 5 We played windsuring
Fecal, gut leehockey. gna umi With a partner note down as many sports as you
ing. squat suing” smog eis vote | © With ap ny Ba AE es

can that are played in these places.
(coat om pieh cing sadn wack |

(O Look at the words in the box and decide if they are clothes or equipment.
‘Then think about which sports they are used in and complete the mind map as for racket.

“bat board boots des met net net anes

© Complete expressions 1-3 by matching the verbs from the box with the right nouns.

‘beet daw lose score win |
1 bend... a player or team

2 a goal

3 B or a match or game

Duo

85. Reading Part 5 © Read the text again and choose the correct word,
AB, Cor D foreach space.

Choose your sport

Everyone knows that exercises good (D) À.
he body and the mind. We all want eo (1)
fi and look good, but too many of us take
(che wrong sport and quickly lose
Interes So now feness experts are advising
people to choose an activity (3)... matches
their character
For instance, those (Ke to be with
other people often enjoy golf or squash, or
playing fora basketball, football or hockey
(5) M though, youre happier on your
‘wn, you may prefer £0 (6)... jogging or
swimming.
(Do you ike competition? Then try something
lige running, or à (7)... spore such as tennis
Won the other hand, (8)... sn Important
0 you, then actives like dancing can be an
enjoyable (7) without the need to show
youre better than everyone else.
Final think about whether you find it easy
o make yourself do exercise Is, sports ke
‘weigh training at home and eyeing are fine. If
not, book asking holiday, Taekwondo lessons, or
© Which of these words would you use to describe ‘tennis (10)... Youre much more likely o
the sports in the pictures? do something you've already paid for!

pave ind Doce tan |

@ Work in pars, Discuss which kinds of sports you 0A B cum D
prefer to take part in and why. TA keep Bhawe Ch D
@ Read the text Choose your sport. Ty on gaps ZA in Bm Cou D
1-10 without looking at any of options A,B, Cor 3 A when Bt Chow D
D. Use these clues to help you. AA Be Gwinn À
1 Which ver often goes th the adjective ft? saum Dem Chad Y
o maga A GE make Dim
3 Which eave pronoun can we use with things?) 7A bat B board OD racket
4 Which relative pronoun can we use with people? A beating B gaining C winning D knocking
$ nn NT bt A ua o dalla € vn D se
6 Which verb goes with jogging and swing? WA track Bring court, D gym
7. hat des a tenis player use to hit the Dal
8. Which verb means doin beter than le others?
3 Which noun means someting tht ests your

abi
10. Where do people play tennis?

rand hey ©

86. Speaking Part 2
© Listen and compete these expressions that
show agreement or disagreement
1 You may beg But

2 Fin not really about that.
3 ‘agree with you.
3 Léon think because
5 Thats not the Tee i
6 dont agree at

7 That's

8 think so

Which of expressions 1-8 do we use to do the
following? Write the numbers in the boxes.

a agree? E Q
disagree strongly? []
e disogreepotiely? [] [] O
© A Listen again. Underine the stressed word(s)
in each expresion from Exercise 1
ven ay be ra, bl
© Listen again and repeat stress
Words a in the recording

the same

© In these final parts of conversations, the speakers
make a decision. Complete the sentences with
‘words from the box.

agreed bath glad iden

50 then ing whet
Ar Yes, that a good () ide... Lets do
that, (2)
B: Right, we're (3) That's

a well do,

A OK, we (5) like the idea

© Shall we do that

B: Yes, thats the best (7) to de. rm
Q we agree

© A Listen to the recording to check your answers.

© @ Listen again and underline the words which
are stressed,

Exam advice

{tis important in Speaking Part 2 that you talk fly
about a the options, before reaching agreement with
our partner on what decision to make.

© ume

{© Do this Speaking Part 2 task witha partner. Read
the instructions hen think about these things:
+ ‘which kind of spore would suit your personality
whieh you would enjoy most
© Which would be best or your fines and heath

‘Talk together for atleast two minutes.

Your friend and you would like to
a sport, but you are not sure
Talk together about the different sports
could do and decide which you are 9
take up. E

7

Writing Part 3

© In Writing Part 3 you have to write a story or
leiter. Look at these instructions and answer
‘questions 1-4.

1. Do you have to write a letter, or a story?

2 Do the instructions give you a le, or the fist
line?

3 Should you write inthe frst person (I or the third
person (he/she/tg?

4 Which are the key words?

87. 1. Last month / ent stowtoarag un Conada with my
friend Lucy, who iS a champion snowbosrder. / was feel
nervous when we reached the top becavse it had star
10 stow beau ed 1 cout see much

2 Lucy set of dest, bet by the time / followed she had
disappeared. 1 went don taster ond taster and | thor
1 00 her go oF +0 the right, 50 | torved right, +00
Bor soon | come +0 some eitts ond had t0 Stop / was
‘rented Had she gore over the edge?

3 / quoted ond shovted, and suddenly Lucy wos there
1°4 gone the wrong way brt she'd heard me caling ond
eventually she'd Round me. fet sate at last

@ The story on this page has three paragraphs, Read © We often use the past perfect to form longer
it and decide whieh paragraph: sentences in stores. Join the sentences using the
‘words given and the past perfect.

a. describes the main events
icy hoes le lat 9 sprained my ankle 1 dda go for fins timing,
o M essing bene gran
€ tells us about the inal event, oO

2 walked all the way home, elt ited.
+ explains what really happened o ren)
introduces the story, saying who did what, 3 The match started. arrived atthe stadium.
where and when DO By the time 1
44 Heft my trainers at home, cou’ ran inthe

Past perfect race

© page 128 Grammar reference: Pas perfect a1
pag pet 5 1decided 10 get took up squash.

© We use the past perfect when we are already Alter!

talking about the past and we want to say
something happened earlier. In pairs, look at this
‘example from the text. Then do questions 1-3,

‘was feeling nervous wien we reached te top because
tt had started to snow heavy

© With a partner, ook at these instructions
for Writing Part 3. Ask and answer the four
questions in Exercise 1.

1. Find five more examples ofthe past perfect inthe

2 Whats the question form ofthe past perfect
3 What is the short form of the past perfect?

Exam advice
Try to use a range of past tenes to tel your story.
including the past simple, the past perfect and the
past continuous

© Write your story in about 100 words. Use three
or four paragraphs and include similar points to
those in a-f in Exercise 2.

ander ©

88. A question of taste

Starting off

© Work in small groups. Talk about how the types of food and drink
have been organised. Then add three more types of food or drink to
each.

© Discuss these questions.

2 hat ae your aout pe of od and dat
à Rae nn sons sa ia
Reading Part 2 D

© Work in pairs. Look atthe ile of the guide on page 89, the headings ead
and the pictures. What do you think you will have to do in this
Reading Part 2 task?
@ The following five groups of people would like to have a meal in a
restaurant. Read the descriptions of the people and underline what —
the people would like and what they wouldn't like.

1 Jasmine and her class want to take ther teacher out for a
‘meal inthe evening, Their teacher prefers to eat fish, They
‘would tke to eat somewhere with interesting views and
that isn't too expensive [

A 2. Jack's parents want to celebrate their summer wedding
anniversary with the family next Tuesday. They hate being

with other groups of peopl. The family normaly orders

steak, but Jack would ke 10 try something different. | ]

‘Sara and her friends ate in Spider Mans Web last week
They would ik t ry another character restaurant
this Thursday They arent keen on fish and can afford
anywhere expensive. [|

Jon is staying with an English-speaking friend and his
family The family Would lke to take thee visitor to a
restaurant with special views on Sunday. Jon would prefer
o cat meat rather than fish or vegetarian food, []

Emele's family always have lunch out on Sundays and
love foreign food. On this occasion they prefer to book
somewhere they can eat alone as fami

aves Sweden for a month on Monday ||

89. © Beiore you read the text, think
about how the details you have
‘underlined in the deseriptions
ofthe people might appear i
the text. To help you do this,
answer questions 1-5 below,
without reading the text.

1 Jasmine is looking fora
restaurant that 00
expensive and Sara car afford
‘anyuhere expensive. What
words do you expect to readin
the description oftheir most
suitable restaurant?

2 Jack's family hae being with
other groups of people in à
restaurant and Emelie’s family

want 1 eat alone asa fry
Can you think ofa solution for
‘hem?

3 Sara and her friends would
like to ty another character
restaurant, Can you think
af another two possible
characters for a restaurant?

4 Jon's English-speaking family
and Jasmine class are looking
fora restaurant with views. Do
you think a restaurant inthe
Basement or inside a shopping
centre will ave special or
Interesting views?

5 Emelies family love foreign
fod. Where are they fom?

@Read the text and decide which
restaurant (A-H) would be the
‘most suitable for each group of
people (1-5)

Eight unusual restaurants
ice Enjoy ourSnedh fa

fs hing place
for spies You'll

fed the password to get into
‘our large dining room where you
will share Long tables with other
spies, Reasonable prices for a
‘ange of chicken, meat or ish
dishes.

Located Sm under the sm the

lorca Ren

Unis Revtencsat ibe seid
en.
end our eier gust can ile
der coc Lo ome ES

y our el

range of rela
food from the ot

Calera our ft
anniv
treat dicount
Notopen for

lunch on Monday

© The Ninja Castle
Discover
the world
ofthe ninja
which has
been designed asa ninja castle
Its conveniently located inside
‘the shopping centre with private
rooms for smal groups. Not
cheap but you can enjoy Japanese
fish or meat dishes, Closed all day
Tuesday.

D Thelce Room
‘Situated inthe basement of the
‘Winter Place, The ce Room is
avery special restaurant. The
tables, chairs and walls are made

lishes with a cup of hot soup.
‘Openin winter only. Reserve our
smaller rooms for private partes.
Dress warmly

E Food forall
“The dining room is arranged
around an open Kitchen o you
an chat tothe many guests and.
watch our chefs as they prepare
variety of vegetarian dishes,
‘There's no list of prices, just pay
‘what you can. And if you find you
‚dont have enough money: you
can wash up, Closed Thursdays

FF Hoor 100
Enr amazing ants over they
fiom the 10th Tor at thet ofthe
Sar Halling as world imo ce,
Maro Louis, prepare fod forall
tastes, Whine tro priate doing
Ra

Floor 100, expt top fod top
rics! Open Monday to Sadi

Gch oF
At Lights Off, you and ou other
guests iin completely black
dining room where you are guet
‘ond served by bind individuels
aho have been specelyWoined
to sore meals in he dark. Your
thvee-coure menu includes a
orten, Ah or vogetrien main
course and a desert Price range
mid

H The Enormous Steak
Vase the cette Enormous.
St ke Morahes Me Pa.
‘hoot astesk nd cok yourslonthe
Rage dors Yuden ave tower
shout the weather tere ti abre
fortonatchthestnals fromthe windows.
pene bt recommend

A question of ase ©)

90. Grammar
Commands

© pape 18 Grana: Cormerds

© 10 eating Part 2, you read about some nasal

restaurants, Listen to Ihree short recordings. In each
recording, a waiter is giving instructions to some
guests. Where isthe waiter? Write 1, 2 or 3 next to
the correct restaurant AH.

A Top Secret q Food forall a
B Undersea Restaurant |] F Floor 100 o
€ meninjacaste | © Ligue oi Im}
D ThelceRoon DJ H The Enormous Stak []

@ A Listen to the recordings again. Complete the
‘waiters’ instructions 1-6 with a verb, then answer
the questions that follow.

Pat. on these gloves

2 Children, the walls please!
3 your friends with you next time,
4 but your enemies.
s your steak tothe barbecue.
6 the grill
+ What form of the verb do we use when we tell
à hat 0 do

b what nat to do?
Des the form of the verb change when we talk
10 more than one person?

© work in smal groups, Imagine you are valero
At gts Of. Remember that your guest eat in à
dark dining oom and can't see anything. Write six
instruction to guide them
Conn in vaga this dm. Don wry guido
rte yew tbl. ee

© change groups. Take turns to give your Instructions

to each other. Keep your eyes shut when you are the
guests.

O mn

Vocabulary
Course, dish, food, meal and plate

© © PET candidates often make mistakes with
the words course, dish, food, meal and plat,
Read these extracts from the Cambridge Learner's
Dictionary.

EEE ere
‘Fah imeem crap
TOO om rom ein em

late Irma. man ac es rpc

@ Alicia wrote a letter to her friend, Lee, about the
food in her country. Complete Alicia' letter using
courses, dish, food, meals and plate

Du Les
Font Edo Tre
enon fee vas
o 5
Enter erp et,
‘oh epa, e Mee
tres

rn oho
es ae nan mn
a nen afore cas
Eine) eee case
err ray ltt hor on rec, Lo are
e are ml aso san
ae a der y mau ©) “
“Prec woes ofan ma ice

91. Listening Part 1

© How much do you remember about Listening Part
11 Circe the correct option in tas In sentences,
1-5 in the Exam round-up box.

Exam round-up

ln Listening Pat

1 There ao fre CD estos.

2 You must ead och question carey and ook
atthe free for accompanying pictures.

3 Youtsten to short/long recoding foreach
question and puta ok (7) mth box under the
correct picture

A You ville to ech rearing one ie

5 The fist tie you hear the recording, dont we
anything tt tk the cores! box Then,
a you sen forthe second ie, chek your

© Work in pairs. Read this first question
from Listening Part 1 and look at the three
accompanying pictures.
1. What did Jamie buy?

ses

© What do we know about Jamie's shopping trip?
Complete these sentences,
+ We know that Jamie buys a (1) tube. of
Jools... and a (2)
{Pictures A, Band ©)
Wie don't know ¡Jamie buys a (3)
(Picture A) ora (4)
either of them (Picture B)

OO Listen to the st part of the recording and
Dut a (7) next tothe correct picture

© 4 Listen to the second part of the recording, Is
your answer still correct?

Picture ©) or

© Work in pairs. Read the rest of the questions from
Listening Part 1. Underline the key words in the
questions, then look at the accompanying pictures
“and think about what information you will need
to listen for

o

2, What will they tke tothe party?
eye
O a D

3, What time i he boys appointment?

QO

4 What id the gi buy online?

5 What is the fre git today?

© Listen to each recording twice and choose
the correct picture by putting a tick (/) in the
box below it

A question of ase (E)

92. Vocabulary

‘Shops and services

© Rea this extract rom the Cambridge Learner’
Dietinary and answer the question below.

Fairaresser pesos ome wa
(Scans pe Ru at pi tr un

we use an apostrophe s (3) with both people
an places of work?

© Work in small groups. Label each picture 1-8
with the correct word from the box.

‘butcher dentist doyceaner garage,
“hardester lary postoffe

malt

airdresser.

Fre

© Which of the words 1-8 in Exercise 2 can also
‘add ' when used for the place?

© In which place from Exercise 2 can you do these
things? (More than one answer is sometimes.
possible.)
1 make an appointment
2 buy something
3 borrow something
4 book something
5 have something repaired
6 complain and ask for your money back

© Listen to three short conversations and write
down where the people have been.
1 2 a

© Listen to each conversation again. In small

groups discuss what you think Layla, Lewis and
Caltum should do next.

@ vivo

Grammar

Have something done

© page 128 Grammar reference Hove something done

© Work in pairs. Look at these extracts from the
recording and the rules about have something
done,

Layla; {normally have my haircut at Gabrielle,

Lewis: Were having the scooter repaired.

Vicki: We had this dress cleaned last week.
Rues

When we tl about an action somebody does fo us,
we can use have someting done For sangle

Layla does ot eut her oun pa she ashe haircut
Get something done eg She gots he hair xis also
possible, arasualy in informal situations on

bbobbbbbbs

@ Read this extract from the Cambridge Learner's
Dictionary and the sentences about Vinnie and
Ginny, then answer this question,

+ Who is the slob?

OD mn rt stoy por

My cousin Vinnie My neighbour Ginny

He never has his haircut. She has her har cu every
three weeks,

He has his meals cooked She always cooks her own,

for him, meals.

He's cleaning his nails She's having her nals

swith a fork, done today

He had his at cleaned She cleaned her fat before

last year Tun,

He had is car washed She washed her scooter

three years ago. {his morning.

93. © Use the sentences from Exercise 2 to complete the table.

present simple | Ginny cooks her own meals (9) Vinnie

present continuous | Vinnie's cleaning his ails with a fork | (2) Ginny

past simple ned her flat before lunch (5) Vinnie

© Here are some more situations where people have something done. Look atthe illustrations
and write a sentence with the words given. Check you have used the correct form of the
verb have by looking atthe time adverb (now, tuo weeks ago, et)

1. Sophie / hair / cut / atthe moment We / photo / take / once a year
de is having her hair out af the moment Our grandma / hair / colour / every three weeks
2 1/bike /repait/ two weeks ago 1 cant send an email because we / our computer /

3 John / bedroom / paint / now ‘mend /at the moment
BOY of 11 has
een told hee
10 to school after

© Work in small groups. Ask and answer questions about the
things people do for you.

| your photo taken?

How often do you your hair cut?
have | your teeth checked? a
‘When did you last your computer mended? rd

| your beson ane pad 20 for Jack ave ia
head decorated with the Nike

Vow often do you have your hair owt? Jogo, eight stripes and a star.
LL have my hair ou every Sk weeks. The teachers at Sale High School
de ‘have ordered Jack to go home. He will
only be allowed back at school when Jack
has his head shaved agan. Mr Bienkharn
pair. Read the extract from the Cambridge Learners Sad: To send an 11-year-old boy home
Dictionary and discuss this question. because of his ars ray, Some ofthe

+ Do yu think Jack and his mum have good tase? Why jap? ls tthe school have pink hal and some
» nee pave wed Le. ‘of the teachers have their hair coloured
regula a wel’ Dave Wiliams, the
Halndrssr says Ste ike this are very
— popula, especialy as alo of fotballers

have their ha shaved like this

© Read this short article about Jack Blenkharn and underline five
‘examples of have something done.

© Won i

TOO mon in ay mae acai ome

‘Adapted from Manchester Evening News

Austin ota (E)

94. (7) Listen to Natalie describir
Speaklng Farts masse

©. Listen to tree short conversations. Ekaterina, Mateos and ue
Ruben are staying with English-speaking families. Circle the e ee
everyday objects they ask fr.

SA
==> <=

pictures using expressions from the table. Can your partner guess.
‘hich object you are describing?

What isi What is it made off [What is I used for?

Isa kind of Is made of IVS used Tor ng

I's some (metal/pastie/ wood
glass, et)

© Answer the questions in the Exam round-up box.

Exam round-up

How much do you remember about Speaking Part 32 Are the flowing

‘sentences true or false? I you think a sentence i alse, write what you

think is correct

* The examiner will sk you to talk on your own about a colour
photograph for about a minute.

2 Ita good idea to imagine you are describing the picture to someone,
‘who cant see it.

3 You should describe the places, weather, people, everyday objects ete.

4 You should also talk about how the people are feeling, why they are
‘dong the activities and what they might do afterwards

If you dont know the word for an object, you should point at it.

{© Put a tek (/) next to the
things Natalie describes.
he place
the weather
what the people are doing,
What the people ate wearing
everyday objects

© Work in pairs. Take turns
to describe one ofthe other
photos. Listen to your partner
and put a tick (/) next to the
‘things your partner describes.

95. Writing Part 2

(© Before doing Writing Part 2, answer the questions
in the Exam round-up box.

Exam round-up

How much do you remember about Writing Part 27
Complete sentences 1-7 with the words and phrases
from the box.

‘between connect included open and dose
speling three under.

1 Read the question carefully and... enderline,
Important points

2 Make sure you include the
your answer.

3 your ideas with words like and,
because, which, et.

4 Watch your punctuation and

sWrite 35 and 45 words,

Make sure you your answer in a
suitable way (eg, Hl, and Best wishes).

Read your answer one more time and check that you
have al three points, written to the

right person, et

the

points in

O Work in small groups. Look at the following
three Writing Part 2 questions and underline the

important information in each.
1

‘You are going to have pizza with your class to
celebrate the end ofthe year but ou have forgotten
to ask Ryan to come too.

‘Write an email to Ryan In your email, you should

+ apologise forthe late invitation

+ invito Ryan

+ explain where you are going to eat.

Write 35-45 words.

You plan to go toa shopping centre ina nearby city
during the school holidays.

Write an email to your friend Paula. In your emal.
you should

* invite her to go with you

+ explain why you want to go there

+ suggest a place to meet

Vite 35-45 words

You stayed at your cousin's home over the weekend
and you've just realised you lt something behind.
‘Write an email to Alex. In your email you should
+ thank him

describe what you let behind
+ suggest how you can get the object back
Write 35-45 words.

© Remember in Writing Part 2 you may have to
thank someone, explain, invite, apologise or
suggest. For questions 1-5, complete the second
sentence so that it means the same as the first. Be
careful with verb forms,

1. any a ro tive you ee
AA
before. Frog

2 Tan to ave my hair cut Thats why FI
froth hoping ete
ke og te sopping cen

Tanto ve my hair cu.

3 How about coming we? Wel ave gres ime
Wed you ike co Well have
treat tne

a iy dent we meet ouside he aten
ur Sue he tn

5s very kindof yo tote meo stay. ad
totum
Thankyou very mich or
a tof fon

© Underline the words in Exercise 3 which are used
‘to thank someone, explain, invite, apologise and
suggest.

© choose one of the Writing Part 2 questions and
write your answer. When you have finished,
make sure you can answer yes to these five
questions.
1 Have you included all three points?
2 Have you connected your ideas with and, bt, ee?
3 Have you checked for mistakes with spelling or

punctuation?

4 Have you opened and closed the email
5, Have you written 35-45 words!

© Work in small groups. Read each other's emails.
Can you answer yes to the five questions above?

A question of use @)

96. Unit 9

Grammar

© Match these beginnings (1-6) and endings (a-f),
then add relative pronouns from the box to form
‘complete sentences.

nat when when where who whose |

‘Sond is the day when 5 rel at home,

cut his hand
tennis is played

Y relax at home,

took place were exciting
husband i very il
people catch Mu.

Sunday ist

eday>) a
Mens \b
Vier irene Ne
a
‘

James is the boy
À court isa place
‘That's the woman

@ Put the words in the correct order, starting with
the word that has a capital letter. Add commas to
form non-defining relative clauses.
1a swimming champion / ls / Zara / only 14 /
is/ who Zar, whois only ys À Swimming
champion,

2, we play tennis / the weather / good / In summer /
when / is

3 won / the best player of all / was / whose /
Stevie / team

weile / alot of pollution / ls / where / In the ety
centre / there

better now / who / My brother / an accident / is
feeling / had

6 a team sport / on a court / which / is /
Volleyball / is played

© Complete he text using the past simple or the
past perfect of the verbs in brackets.
My first tennis match

AA en colas Saturday marin) (be)
realy olay est rel math a be emis cu

9. race] al the previous week and
realy) (eh god, espcaly as
(O) cng) my ay anes,
When) (a) thm owed nto
the court. Ind ta the grass (6) tel
very we ast) (i) a et the ight
Bele, at tha () (ot ee impor.
eck ie er layer, (bel ate
Inte because he (10) e) hi ade

Vocabulary and grammar review

Vocabulary

© Circle the correct option in italics in each of these

sentences.

1. Shes have to wear Bo) boos traine
do keep er bands warn

2 Last week ws coughing and had a real hurt /
sare red voue

3 Infos night's football match, Brazil won / beat /
tre ie United Sute 60.

4 FU at my arm le dl, othe medicine /
rune / patent a the hospital ut a bandage ont

Nowadays, many pope tate ha ase go an
Injection fo top them etching Qu

6 Thos practising hing the Dll with a Dasebll
acer at / Ban

2 gas good a joins /eymnasts atte,
are th og Jump and 100 mete

8 Itthavea headache usualy tae a edie /
pal amen with à gas of water

9 ‘tefl of my bike, haa big black bai /
fa diese ony lee

10 he wo boxers walk mo the ring / pitch /
Cour, both hoping to become Word Champion.

ae, but 5 sonas he aed we (1) u...

ar ea LI ae) |
at he past (3) gt
roger payes ani an (1 be)
sure hal au má

Sen hong (5). ia)

nth wet aan (16) (a
1m. on) ese at

(9) (ét my ane ut ad at
asthe end fe me... (o

Fesplalforan Xray, ard fortunately 20)
(ot broke) Bt ater at ne D
(vex) my y trans again

97. Unit 10 Vocabulary and grammar review

Vocabulary

© Complete sentences 1-5 with a suitable verb, then
answer the question below.
1. You should..mave/bee. an appointment to see
the dentist i you have toothache
2 Ifyou are not happy with something in a
restauran, you should to your
3 Ifyou are organising a meat for a group of fiends,
you should remember to ‘table in
the restaurant,
4 You dont ned to buy books, you can
‘them rom the library.
5 You will save time and money if you learn how to
broken things yourself,

+ Do you agree with this advicet

© Wei isa student from China. He has written a
letter to his English-speaking friend, Freddy,
about restaurants, Correct nine more mistakes i
the letter. Then write a suitable reply.

Par Fred,
1 vas pleased o exe yor eter: am realy
Interesting in resturants. You know I'm Chinese
and he Chinese or. Chines fod are very kind
My favourite food is chicken and all kind of ehioken
‚food. | think chieken are quite good in a Chinese
restaurant That ls what moy thin. hope you oy
with your meal next Saturday. Please write and tell
weal abt it

Yours,
Wa

Grammar

© Complete these sentences using the correct form
of have something done, Use the correct tense and
an objec, as in the example (his ca).
1. My uncle didn't have time to wash his car before
my cousins wedding, so he had his car washed
atthe ga

ir but it looked
atthe

3 Iwanted to have a nie photo for my passport
sol by a professional
photographer.

4 We live on the ninth floor and we can't clean the
windows ourselves because is dangerous. Once
a month, we bya
‘window cleaner

5 When the car broke down, my dad tried 0 repair it
but he coulda’. In the end he
at the garage.

66 When I was a baby I drew all over my bedroom
walls, My parents were Both working and
couldn't pain the walls themselves. So they

by a painter.

© Here are some sentences about Bella party.
Complete the second sentence so that it means the
same as Ihe first, using no more than three words.
1 The hairdresser eut my hair before I went tothe
par
Thad mi
2. When I got tothe party Be
coat in her bedroom.
When got 0 the party, Bella said,
your coat in my bedroom!”
3 se unt he party nit,
leave untl the party finished.

4. really enjoyed Bellas party.

Hair. eut before I went to the party.
a told me to put my

1 really good time at Bell's
party.

5_ You should go to her next party.
I ere you, 80 10 her next party

uni ©

98. Starting off

© Work in small groups. Match the animals in

dalles with pictures A-H, then decide whether
statements 1-8 are true (1) or false (F).

1. Tigers can swim very well. T
2 Polar bears are ef handed

3 Kangaroos can't walk backwards

44 Osrices bury their heads in sand.
5. Lions sleep up to 20 hours a day

6 Elephants are afraid of mice.
8

ur

Bats ant se anyt
Bears can run as fast as horses,

Quin

O Before doin

Conserving nature

@ in which continents, countries or parts of the

world do these ercatures live naturally?

© Think of two more statements about animals and

ask your group if they are true or false.

Snakes are completely deat. T

Listening Part 2
© what do you know about india? What kinds of

‘wildlife is it famous for?

Listening Part 2, answer the
questions inthe Exam round-up box.

Exam round-up

How much do you remember about Listening Part
2? Complete the folowing information wth these
‘words and phrases,

instrcions key Kind one ortwo own
Second similar si tee twice

Begin Listening Part 2 by studying the
0). instractiens. to get an idea ofthe topic.
There will be (2) speakers and you
will hear the recording (3) There
aro) questions or unfinished
statements and you must choose one of

© possible answers. Before the
recording is played, look at each question and
decide what (6) of information is
needed. Also underline the (7)

‘words in the question or unfinished statement and
‘options A, and C. Then ste for expressions with
© or opposite meanings to these.
Toy to think of your @) answer for
‘each question, then decide which option is most

tke it. Check your answers the (10)
time you sten.

99. © Study questions 1-6 for Listening Part 2 below.
For each question or unfinished statement,
underline the key word(s). Then do the same for
‘each of options A, Band C.

© @ Follow the exam instructions. Listen for
‘expressions with similar or opposite meanings to
the words you underlined to help you choose your

= You will hear a young woman called Lucy
king about her trp to India to see wilde.

+ Far each question put a tick (/)in the correct
box.

1 What does Lucy say about the hate?
AL] The had was very uncamfortabe
8] Her room had a wonderful view
CG] tes ona way rom the park

2 The guide knew where he tiger was because
AL] ne had seen it tom the cr
BC] another guide was watchin it
CE] other animals had noticed it.

3 Luey got onthe elephant by cimbing
AL] wp aladde.
BC] a nearby tre.
CL] onthe car

Won they fist saw the ige, tas
AL] resingaftera meal
8] steering onthe ground,
CL] !ooking for food.

5 Lucy fl sole because she believed that
AL] tigers in India never attack humane.
8] the iger would not attack the elephant.
CL] this tger was tooo tobe dangerous

The tourists were slowed to
AL] set outof theca.
80] ‘feed the monkeys
CC] photograph niger

Vocabulary
Suffixes: on, ation, «ment
© Look at these nouns in italics from the recording.
and answer the questions.
he advertisement ad.
“alter some reparations
in our deco
1. What the ver form ofeach nun?
3 Which sul doe each noun have Which noun is
url?
3 Which noun drops the ter‘ rom he verb
form Why!

@ Work in pairs. Write the noun forms ofthe verbs.
in the box and then put them into three groups
with the endings ment, ation or ion. Be careful
with any spelling changes.

© Underline the stressed syllable in all the nouns
you wrote in Exercise 2, then decide if you can
see any patterns.
admiration — annoiincenet

‘© Complete the newspaper story on page 100 with
‘the noun form of these verbs.

© A Listen to the recording to check your answers
lo Exercise 4,

© @ Listen to the answers and repeat them with
the correct word stress.

Conserving nature @)

100. Scientists use rubber, ducks
in Arctic experiment

NASA scents are ang to get useful
(0. xferation about global warming from

Ah latest Arc ruber

ducs. They have put 90 ofthe os no holes in

2 Grenland lacie, a huge massa ce moving in
the) ofthese They hope that
icebergs and lees o ce with the ducs inside wi
rl and then be found by local people This wil

tel the scents à about the (0

of his lace, hy thi faster In summer, and is

o with global warning, Each duck has
the words Science experiment and reward ni with
210) into to ater languages. There
is ao an emal address and an 0) ©
vite to NASA Sofa, to Ue () orto
scientists, nobody has ema. Du hey eleve the

o of big reward wl bring resus

So, ify nd a NASA rubber duck on beach nea ou,
it could be à cause for (10)

Grammar
The passive: present and past simple

© page 128 Grammar reference: The passive: present and
pas simple

© With a partner, look at sentences A-D and
aser questions 1-6.

‘A Tigers very rarely attack people
B People are very rarely atacked by tigers.
© The guides allowed the tourist to take photos
The tourists were allowed to take photos.

11 Which two semences are ative and which two ate
passiver

2. Which two sentences describe an event in the
past

3 Which two semences use a form of be and the past
participle of the verb?

4 What isthe subject and what isthe object in A
How is B diffrent?

5 What is the subject and what isthe object in Cr
How is D diferent

6 What information is in senten
sentence DP

eC, but notin

O Now decide which of these rules describe active
sentences and which describe passive sentences,
Write

for active or P* for passive next to rules

TT

ales
We often see tin formal ets (eg newspaper
ert each. ef)?
We use this alot when we ae speaking oF wing
ioformalleer, tores. ef
“ae we Mis an mear moceinerested in heaton
tano or hat iit
sie we ti hen we say bo
We cana y noun iis inportant to say wh
raat it bat we often eme i our

or mar date ation

© Complete sentences 1-6 using the words in
brackets and the correct passive form of the

present simple or the past simple.

11 The mountain road is net. sed (not / use) in

2 When was the, island disetred.. (the island /
discover)!

3 Sometimes, birds (see) fying
as high as aeroplanes

4 The young zebra (chase) by a
angry lion, but it escaped,

5 What time (crocodiles /
feed) today?

6 The shark (not / notice)

‘until it was very close to the boat,

© Min the passive, we normally use the ‘weak’
forms of the words are, was and were. Listen and
practise saying sentences 1-3,
bal
1 These are known as the “Spring Gardens
Iwo]

2 The lowers were planed in March

Pa
3 The gras was cut in April and May.

101. © Rewrite these sentences to make them passive. Do
not use by in any of the sentences.
1 They catch alot of fish here
tot of Fi ave cast here
People saw two giaffe near the tees
Somebody wrote a poem about this waterfall
‘They grow rie in the east of the county.
One small cloud hid the moon.
‘They don’ allow cars in the National Park
Fire partly destroyed the forest.
Nobody old us about the crocodiles in the rive.

© (7 Listen to the recording to check your
‘Then repeat the sentences, paying special
attention to the pronunciation of are, was and.

Reading Part 4
© Read this essay written by a Geography student
and match meanings a-h with underlined
‘expressions 1-8.
a. fuel that is used in cars z
à ment ven ll
© things hat are thrown away
à using less electricity, gs, et.
© changes in the Earth's weather
f big container where empty bottles
are put
8. power from the sun
using materials again

CO Oooo

Th wile wat el the efes of) ciate care, 5 we ol eed 2 do who we
a te pret ing serine wore There in ences poy cate by the
sa of aol end) perro, (3) nes cnsercton sport. We cond is fr
store, by eng abe spot nomad of the cor hep the hang tered
oon nd akg ave the gt re aca oF when nego at) Ren, o,
ls sera) ose camarera eto be token to he (6) batt ban, ranpapere
and magaresclete, on firent kinds of) nih lace in spare bogs. We
a dls he as oa wate round he ou, o party sy eres
sang (8) dr ne o hat or wate Mas o ese re gute era mig, ba
segona does em, hey matt no © fire

Conserving nature

102. © Quick read the text Inernational Climate
Champions and answer Question 1 (on the right)
only.

© read the second paragraph of the text again and
{ink of a possible answer o Question 2. Then
find the underlined words that share ideas with
cach option A-D, and write A,B,C oF D next to
cach. Then answer these questions.
+ eh opin is correct?
2 Why are the others wrong?

© Read the third and fourth paragraphs and
underline the words that match each option
‘A-D in Questions 3 and 4, Then decide which is
correct,

© Quickly read the whole text again and decide
your answer for Question 5. Why are the other
Options wrong?

What do you know about Reading Part 47 Answer

‘these questions.

1 Does Question Y always focus onthe writers
purpose?

2 Do Questions 2, 3 and 4 usualy focus on fact, or on
opinion and attitude?

3 Does Question 5 normally focus on detal, a on the
general meaning?

4 Should you begin by reading quickly through the
text, or the questions?

5 sit best to think of your own answer to each
‘question before you look at options A-D?

6 For Questions 2-4, isthe information you need
for each answer usually in one paragraph, or in

different parts ofthe text?

Own

1 Whats the writers main purpose in this text?

A 10 give details about how to become a Climate

Champion

B 0 explain why the Bar climate is changing
so quickly

© 10 say what some people are doing about
climate change

D 10 el readers what they can do to preven
climate change

2 What does rene say about the sea?
A The water near the island is now dirty.
B Many types of fish have disappeared
{© There i ol and gas under the water
D It can provide power forthe island

3. What does Ding believe about climate change?
A Its certain 10 get much worse.
B Ale pollution does not cause it
© tis wrong to blame China for it
D itis caused only by rich countri

4 Sophia thinks that young people should
A. publish their own newspapers
B change older people's habit.
€. follow the example oftheir parents.
D avoid taking about politics.
5, What would one of these Climate Champions say
toa friend?
A Ws great being a Champion! Vin the only
one from our country, but we all want to do
Something about climate change,
B I've made speeches about climate change and
‘met Champions from the 12 othe countries
Te even been to a meeting in Japan!
© Weare the Champions! There ae alresdy three
of us from every country inthe world, and we
have alot to say about climate change.
DD I work with other Champions, telling the world
about the dangers of climate change. Some of
us ae teenagers, but people realy listen o us!

(© Work in small groups and answer these
‘questions.
+ Would you li
Why (noo?
+ Do You agree with Sophia that teenagers can
change older people's attitudes? I you agree - in
What ways can they be changed?

10 be a Climate Champi

103. International Climate
Champions

‘The International Climate Champions (CC)
project began in 2007. gives young people of
school age a chance to speak publi on climate
change and to encourage action to reduce ls
effects. Each country involved selects three
teenagers to be Climate Champions, who take
par in local and international avis.
Climate Champion Irene Sanna lives onthe aan
land of Sarina. rene s interested in solar
energy, and alo believes that Sardinia should
(D use the waves around is consta.
produce lecricity, That would reduce (2)
the need to import ol and gas for lighting, heating,
and cooking. Energy conservation is our future.
We must make plan o save () … our coast.
‘which stil has no pollion. We must protect the
(9. animals binds and sh in danger from
bal warming, And we must recycle”
Chinese student Ding Yinghan is che Being
Climate Champion. Ding fel eis unfair co say
‘that ust one country = his own - is causing climate
change. He sys the air pollation that leads co
global warming comes from many part ofthe
‘world, including poorer countries that are now.
growing more quickly. He believes the only way o
Prevent the situation getting even worse ifr rich
and poor countries co work ogether

Sophia Angels, a junior student in Lake IOC Kobe

‘Acrowhead, California US Champion. She's
“guns young people's general lack of interest

in politics and feels they ned to discuss the
problems chat really matter to their generation.
She has written about che need fr action on
‘world poversy and her articles have been published
in her local newspaper. Sophia strongly believes
‘that climate change is an important issue for her
generation. For her, changes inthe way teenagers
‘behave are an important way of influencing choices
‘that are made by parents

In 2008, the Climate Champions attended

the International Conference of Environment
Minister in the Japanese ety of Kobe. Ar present,
13 countries are involved inthe ICC, and more
‘countries are expected to join soon,

Grammar
‘Comparative and superlative adverbs

© page 129 Grammar reference: Cor
mes

ENANA,

1 these pases use energy more ef ciently Hno the
ok ones aia

€ the only may te prevent te station getting even
verse than tt mrendy
4 of ll ine ight bubs this one shines mest rightly

1 Underin three examples of comparative adverbs
and one example of a superlativo adverb,

2. How do we usualy form comparative adver

3 Which comparative adverb in a-d doesn't follow
this rue?

44 When we compare two actions, which word
normally follows the adverb’

5, How do we usually form superative adverbs?

@ In small groups, complete the table.

the) nest cave bully

ed nest ens,

Ge) hardest

Conserving nature

104. © complete sentences 1-6 using the comparative or
superlative adverb form of the words in brackets.
1 To save pero, people should drive
more lon (low)

2 Young people are working the

to stop global warming. (hard)
3 You can buy food

shops than in supermarkets. (cheap)
4 Of il the fuels we use, coal polltes the air the

Gad)

5, Wind power makes electricity

than ol or gas. (clean)
6. Because of elimate change now rains

than used 10. (heavy)

in small

© Work in pairs. Do you agree with statements 1-6
in Exercise 37 Discuss your opinions with your
partner.

Speaking Part 4

© with a partner, look a the people in pictures A
and B and discuss these questions.

+ In what ways are they wasting water?
+ How could they reduce this waste, do you think?

@ A Listen to Jake and Lily talking about this
topic, What three suggestions do they make for
saving water?

© (7 Listen again and write the exact words Jake
and Lily use to give examples. Write one or two
words in each space.
1 Inthe garden, fe instance
2 you water them at two o'clock,
3 a bucket of water and a sponge,
4 Allthose things

‘washing machines
If you don't have much to wash,
a few plates

Quin

is best

dishwashers and

© What other ways can you save water in the home?
‘Tell your partner about them. Use expressions
from Exercise 3 to introduce your examples.

Exam round-up

What do you remember about Speaking Pat 4? Cute
the omet opin 1-8 in aes.

Part ofthe Speaking test usualy lasts about

(D Ge) ve minutes andthe topes (2) connected
wi diferent om he subject of te photos in ar
When you speak, you should (9) gp 10 this op

7 change to another tp and tak aba yur wm
experiences, as well as things you tke and dont

ie. Try to use ony the present tens a range of
tenses is important when you ar taking to your
arte to ()ntrupt alo take tums and when
theyre speaking, you shoul show you are

(9 sen to not intrested in bat ey e saying
Help them to keep aking by (aking forme
leis and ther opinions! conmenting on her
grammar ar pronuncia, and when is your tun |
(repas eng os sy ge reasons and |

‘examples to support what you say and fee.

© Work with a different partner. Do this exam task,
talking for about three minutes and giving plenty
of examples. The advice sheet for young people
below may help you

Your photographs showed people doing thingsthat |
affect the environment. Now like you to talk together |
about how you can useless electricity at home.

Saving energy:
What you can do
1 Don’ eve hing on stand-by ura chem oft.

Use solar-powered chargers for
your phone and MP3 payer

Use a laptop instead of à PC.
Don’t leave the fridge door open,
Try not to use the i-condiioning

Instead of wrning up the heating
puta sweater on.

Use energy-efficient igh bulbs
‘Turn off the lights when you
gout

105. Writing Part 3

© Look at his Writing Part 3 task, read the letter
‘below it, then answer these questions.

1 Which paragraph deals with each part of the task?
2 Ana has written a good letter, but she has made

* This is part of eier you receive rom an
English-speaking friend,

En your next letter, please Toll me about
ti wildlife in your sound

i iyo fie sina? fe thre
many of Hem?
+ Now write a letter answering our penfrend's
questions.
+ We your letter in about 100 words.

A Thanks for your lle: Ve have sone fantastic
animals here, such as deer, foxes and wales
Sometimes bears sen de the mountains, and up in
the sky there are eagles and storks

B The animal I (te beter of al eugh is be
wildcat. 1s a beautiful creature. Ta come ways i's
(ate an ordinary at, but bigger and with bushy
dad hats back at de end.

© 2 remember seeing one when Twas a chi I was
so ected! Tn ose days you Could find hom
snore easy but now the countryside where they
td 0 lise à covered in holiday homes roads and.
Supermartets. 7 ink that's very sad.

@O Sentences and phrases 1-6 each contain one
mistake made by PET eandidates. Decide what
kind of error each is, and write G for grammar,
V fer vocabulary, WO for word order, or S for
spelling, Then rewrite the sentences so they are

1 tewas.a day very cold.
WO SH mas a very cold dy.

2 really enjoy to be here

3 ... anew film about animals which called "The ite
of animals.

4. à film with plenty of exitement
“dont know whats the name ofthe mountain

6 hope haven't got alot of mistakes.

© Read the advice in the Exam round-up box and
decide if statements 1-8 are true or false,

Exam round-up

In Weling Part you can choose to write a story or a

letter How much do you remember about PET letter-

writing?

1 You must wit an address atthe top. False

2 You should use a wide range of structures and
vocabulary

3, You should use mostly formal language.

2. You should use linking words lke so and because
19 make more complicated sentences.

5. You only need to write about one part of the
question.

6. You should try o give reasons and examples
where possible.

7 You can write ot les than 100 words and ti
get good marks.

8. You should leave time to check your completed
letter fr mistakes.

© Follow the instructions for the exam task
below. Try to include some passive forms and a
comparative or superlative adverb in your letter.

+ This is part of letter you receive from your
English-speaking fiend, Justin

lagar ret ter. eae le about te nds
cf et tot are pop in our court. Wy do
people have te? wich do you thin the
brat pet oa?

+ Now write 8 letter to Justin, answering his

questions.
_ te your letter in about 100 words.

© Work in pairs and give your letter to your
partner. Read and check your partners letter.
‘Where you think there are mistakes, write G, Y
WO or Sp in pencil. Then discuss your corrections
together,

Consering nature (3)

106. Starting off
© Work in pairs. These pictures show differen
says of communicating a message Talk together
Thue what you can sawn euch ene

Work in small groups. Discuss these questions.
1 How often do you text your friends? Ordo you
preter to phone them?
2 What d you think of gratuit
3 Do you believe in ie on othe planet?

Reading Part 3

© Work in pairs. Read these extracts about types of
people, then complete sentences 1-3 with dork,
dude or geek.

What did you say?

the pane Mars

1 Seth always using his laptop He's such a computer

2 Miko's such a good skater Hes a real
3 My uncle ofen drops food on himself, walks into wall
— he can't use = mobile, He à

Ca €

O Read this definition, then think of some examples of
slang that you use in your own language.

‘Tang e ag agg ca

© Read the text ttle and look at the pictures. What do
you think the text is about?

O Read the ten sentences about Martian, the language
from Mars. Underline the most important words in
ach sentence.

1 Most older teenagers in China write in Martian on the
Internet

2 Young people rs started using Martian in Taiwan.
In the film Shaolin Soccer, Zhao Wei comes from

Mars

4 Teenagers who use the Internet in South-East Asia are
called Martians,

5. Software companies are now selling programs to help
people write in Martian

6 Ms Lihas never tied to read messages on Meis
computer.

107. 7. When Mei starts writing things in Martian, she
uses other peoples work,

8. Wang Haiyong allows hs students to write their
homework in Martian

9 Tenager Bi Bei Song conser helo be pto

10 Bei Bei Song approves of Martian,

© The sentence which is underlined in the text Can
you speak Martian? tells us fone of the sentences
in Exercise 4 is correct or incorrect. Which one?

Do you need to understand the word spread to
Know ifthe sentence is correct or incorrect?

@ Read the whole text and decide ifthe ten
sentences are correct or incorrect. Underline
‘where you find your answers inthe text

O Write one word to complete the sentences about
Reading Part 3 in the Exam round-up box on
page 108.

Can you speak Martian?

Do you know
what 30% ‘= =!
‘or Or’ means?
Perhaps you don't
This is Martin.

People say that
80% of teenagers
aged between 15
and 19 in China vse

this language when
they send messages

or chat with each other online. This erary language rt

statin China, though. besame nogularin Taian in.

But where id ne name Martin come from? Wel inthe
comedy fim Shooli Socce which was made in Hong
Kong, an acto Stephen Chow says to actress Zhao Wei,
Go back to your planet Mars Stephen says ths because
Zhao a rather strange person. She ist ely a vitor
from Mars, bt Stephen thinks she so strange and
diferent that he cal Zo a Martian Stephen's words
‘Go back to. Mars are nw so wel own in South-East
Asia that anyone who act strangely theres known 353
‘Morton Site language which tenages in China
enjoy creating is so known as Morton because ss.
strange.

Wy dos many teenager in China use Martin? The
answeris quite easy, realy Teenagers can chat on the
Internet for hours without being understood by their
teachers or parent. Infact his very strange language
has become so popular that people ae buying spa
Software to translate betwen Chinese and Marian

As Li mother of teenager, Me was worried when
she stehe on Me's laptop because she could not
understand the ema ram Meis tends, M explained,
Those messages ae in Matan because eye for me
and not my mum: Mei continued, Martin's notan easy
language At fist, jus copy words from texts which my
Friends have already written in Martin. Ten, begin to
create some word by myself. ak pieces fom Chinese
characters, a some Eng, Japanese or Korean words
and that males the new language!

Wang Harong. teaches, waned that although this new
language can help develop te imagination, this Internet
slang was nt suitable for usen other situations, such as
School exams or homework. fuse to mark my students
work wen they use this language. They know they
should use

Be Bei Song s 15 years ld She doesnt use Martian but
she does’ thik she's
‘ol-fshiond, She explains
that although She spends
hours onthe Internet
‘hating to her end, she
thinks that this language
Isreal sly Were not
‘computer gels who need
to mix tree diferent
languages with eazy
pletures jst tobe dudes.
Martian for dorks!

wat i you at

108. Exam round-up

+ You wil need to decide i ten sentences are correct
ort)

+ Read the sentences frst and underine the
important (2)

+ Remember that these sentences follow the order of
the G)

+ You do not need to understand every

Q j

Vocabulary
‘Speak, talk, say, tell and ask for

(© Read these extracts from the Cambridge Learner's
Dictionary.

‘amon Lerner Eee
speaker ta

amen at ou speak alan: Vo tk

5 pus Fach Seta Fe

sopera

Say caer oxy ype sch

Sa nas so

Tei tear atom as en atin ra ets,
Dans wd a at
Sian om at en

Sa nr od por ate man rar is

gen

ot sty he Hest she

sat

in os ask ih e mes of sage at mess o
en bt pn bt be
ase Ic aro Be homo mt

Note:

+ We also use say with greetings, eg. ello,
goodbye, goodnigh, ete.

+ We also use tel with the following nouns: the
ruth, ae a joke, a story.

@ © PET candidates often make mistakes with
these verbs. Read sentences 1-6 and circle the
correct option in italics.

1 Olga knows how to talk English well.
2 He said / told me o come to 6th Avenue.
3 My new friend can clk / speak several languages.

(O mn

44 My new English teacher asked me to say / tll,
something about my lite.
5 I was Pele who said / told me about this club.

6 Vistas or more information about the new
po

© Write speak, al, sy, ell ask or ask forin the
correct space inthe mind map above, Add at least
One more expression 10 cach verb.

© Work in pairs. Write five questions using some of
the verb + noun combinations. Change pairs. Ask
And answer your questions

De you alas tell the truth?

Grammar
Reported speech and reported commands

False money wo wate my toma po Taye
ug o run.

© Work in small groups. Sandford School has joined
Schools for All which helps build new schools in
Fast Africa. List things the students could do to
raise money (eg, sel old clothes).

QA Listen to some students talking about how
they can raise money for this project. What
events do Scott, William and Gina suggest?

109. © Rewrite Scotts, Williams
and Gina's words in reported

‘speech,

1. SCOTT: Last year we
organised a disco to
collect money.

Scott said that they.
the year
before.

"You can eave out that and say:
Scot said they had organised à
disco to collet money the year
before. The meaning stays the

2 SCOTT: We can organise a
similar event again

Scott said they

3 WILLIAM: We've thought
about organising a
football math.

‘William said they

4 WILLIAM: In my sister's
school, the
students are going
10 play against the
teachers

‘William said in is sister's
school, the students

$ WILLIAM: I doesnt have to
be just teachers
William also said

6 GINA: Today were all wearing
school uniform.

Gina said we
‘that day.
7. GINA: Weil pay to wear what
we want,
Gina said we
what
we wanted,

© 1000 12 amma rene
LE

© Choose two si

© Listen to Tania telting Nina about the meeting and check your

answers to Exercise 3.

© Use your answers to Exercise 3 to help you complete this table.

present simple D past

present continuous | (2)

[present perfect | 6)
Le —

will + infinie |)

isjare going to | @

can a ]

© Use the words in bold in Exercise 3 10 help you complete this table.

today (0 Heat day

[tas year CS
Im (5
we ms

© page 130 Grammar reference: Reported speech: other changes
{© Work in pairs. What do you say in situations 1-4? Complete the

sentences.
1. Ana says: can play tennis; I've hurt my arm? Later you see her
playing basketball.
You sid you couldn't play tennis because you had art your am

2 Thala says: ‘Someone left their MP3 player in the kitchen after the
party Later your cousin tells you that she has lost her MP3 player
“Thala said

3 Your brother is studying abroad, He phones you and says: ‘Tm having
a great time here? Later his teacher asks you you've spoken to your
brother
‘My brother said

44 Lukas says want o sell my bike so can buy a new one! Later your
sister tells you she wants to buy a cheap bicycle.
Lukas said
tions from Exercise 7 and write the complete story in
reported speech, You will need to add some extra information to the
story.
Last meek x wanted to play tennis with Ana but she fold me she
couldn't play because nu)

{D page 130 Grammar reference: Reported commands

hat dd you say? @

110. © In the meeting about the Schools for AU project,
Ruby told the other students to do four things.
Complete the reported commands.

2 Ruby old them
"Be quiet! Jo be gue

2 | close me Ruby told Paul
oo, Pau

3 [ink about te Ruby told them
suggestions!

4 [Dore rrget Ruby told them
the meeting! not

‘@ Rewrite each instruction 1-4 as a reported
command.

Dont forget to phone

4 Chloe's family tld her

O vow

Listening Part 3

© Work in pairs and answer the questions in the
Exam round-up box.

Exam round-up

How much do you remember about Listening Part 32
Are the following statements true or false?

1 Read the notes and focus on the missing words,
2. You need to understand every word in the

recording tobe able to complete the task,
The gaps follow the order ofthe recording,
You will usually need to write one word, so don't
waste time writing alot more.
I you complet al the gaps when you listen for the
first time, dont sten a second time.
you dont hear the answer, leave a gap. i

O

© Work in small groups. Your headteacher has.
asked Gerry Tremain Lo talk to you about Web
Challenge ~ a website design competition. What
‘would you like to know about the competition?
Write at least five questions.

© Read Rahid’s notes below quickly. Does he want
to find out the same things as you?

Web Challenge

Thewebsise:inEnglich
The teams: each team: one adult
known as the (1)

and3-6 members

Membere: must be at school
Agelimit between 9 and (2).

Website content:
orfree-time activity

Priza: digital equipment and money or schools
Entries willbe displayed onthe Web Challenge’

3

WES CHALLENGE

years old
afavourte(8)

@A Listen to the recording twice and complete
the gaps.

111. Grammar
Reported questions

© Work in small groups. Write at least three more
questions you would like to ask Gerry about the
Web Challenge competition.
How will know if win?

¿6% Listen to the recording. Does Gerry answer all
ing.
your questions?

© A Listen to the recording again. Write the
correct student name: Julian, Haley, Nadia,
Hamad or Jade next to their question 1-5,
1 Nadi. asked if she could enter the competition
‘on her own

Can enter. the competition om my un?

2 asked if thie coach had to work in their
school

3 asked how they registered forthe
competition.

4 asked what they did if they had
technical problems

s asked what they would see in Australia,

© Write the students’ actual words in the spaces
above. If necessary, listen to the recording again
tw check your answers.

© page 130 Grammar reference: Reported questions

{© Look at the reported questions 1-5 above, then
circle the correct option in CAPITALS for a-e
below, to complete these rules about reported

© Nadia’ team wins the competion, Here are some
sentence about Nadas trip to Australia. or each
uen LS, complete the second sentence so that
I means the same as he fs sing no more han
thre words.
1. A reporter ated Nada Ca was nervous about
iyi Atala
‘reporter asked Nadia, Are
about flying to Australia?” ye
2 Nadia asked hal, “Where ae you rom?
Nadi asked hall whee ‘rom
3 Nadia asked Sal she wanted to shar arom in
eh.
Nadia asked hala,
room inthe ht

tosharea

4 Nadia asked the tour guide, What are we going to
do ater breakfast?
Nadia asked the tour guide what
10 do after breakfast.
5 The tour guide asked the group, “Have you enjoyed
your trip
‘The our guide asked the group
enjoyed thei rip.

Indrect questions
© page i 6
©. When Nadia returned from her tri to

Australia, a
local newspaper.
journalist
Interviewed her.
Listen to the
beginning of the
interview. What
does Nadia say

questions, shout Sydney
Z nm
= oreprted esos:
Stic mma question order STAS THE SANE
3 USUALLY
= STAYS THESE
Bieten, ‘ns wondering tl could. ASK JPA... some
3 oca w reporren rete | ae
TS cme ALWAYS / NEVER use do does o didas on | 2 l' He to know what you. ‚of Sydney.
ZE ne orme || temermenmm in Sutra
2 eg Î 4 Could you tell me where. %
‘entree
A reuse /DONTUSE aquestionmarcattneendof | BTelmentas in Austra
2 ew |
I Tresmene |
3

wat it you yt (O)

112. © Work in pairs. When we ask for information, we
sometimes use indirect questions to sound more
polite. Write the direct question for the journalist's
‘questions from Exercise 2.
1 Could ask. you. sone questions abent you. trp?
2 What did ’
3 Where did
4 Where was
5 What did

© Circle the correct option in CAPITALS to complete

© Work in pair. Student A turns to page 173 and
| © er ply Stet A
= © When you re ready; take turns to describe the
= position of your abect 0 your partner. Your
= partner draws the object on their plan. At the end,
3 inirect question
3 nego qesion odes STS THESANE compare plans.
3 A
3 Gemessen | Speaking Part 3
> suas NER use da derer iso © Read the examiners instructions below and look at
= ener, the photo (but don talk about the photos ye.
Seve For wheter (nore formalifiere S/T ps (ES call net ai
TS ehem worden men mer) :
2 amen mea estimate
TS endothe question
3

© Compare the rules for indirect questions with the [Now ke each ol you to talk on your own
rules for reported questions on page 111. Which two | About something. Im going 0 give each a you a
rules are different? photograph of people communicating with others,

Please tll us what you can ee in your photographs.

Vocabulary {© Answer the questions in the Exam round-up box.
Prepositions of place

Exam round}
(© Listen to the recording and answer questions in

3 by drawing a picture. If necessary, listen to the HOW much do you remember about Speaking Part

1050 the correct option in tales in these
recording again. Cees ASE

1. Where are Todd keys? en

Er spread] 1 The examiner wil ask you to describe a colour

3 Where's Elen, Imogen’ cousin? photograph on your own / with your partner for

Shout one mine! two minutos

© Werk in small groupe. Compare your pictures with > You shed desc what you con se ue our
the pictures on page 173. Poleras

low do know the wrd for someting inthe

pice poi we one ofthe espresso hm

@ Label the pictures you drew in Exercise 1 with the 3
words in the box.

ie m an
ntberght between appesie on inside
Fee 4 yu want deste wher someting it

se a suitable preposition.

@ wwe

113. © Take turns to describe one ofthe photos on page
112. Does your partner follow the advice in the
Exam round-up box?

Writing Part 3
© Work in small groups. Look at these pictures and
sentences, What do you think happened next?

realised that hadn't The message began,
locked the dor “Congratulations! You've
won fst prize!”

e O y

1 as in class when
my mobile phone

AS ot on the rain, 1
saw an empty seat next
to my favourite actor

© Read these two Writing Part 3 questions and
51-5 below.

1. What do you have to write in each question?
2. Who do you have to write it for?

3 How many words do you have to write?

4, What’ the difference between the two questions
5 Do you have co write a story in Weiting Part 37

© Now read this story, then answer the questions
that follow. Don’t correct the student's mistakes
for the moment.

mas in class men np mobile phone ran.
cold beloved it had Forget to sick the
phone off. x didn't row what to de because
‘he pone mas shill ringing. Should Y answer
Hue phone? The teacher stepped taling and
she lead directly af me. She nated al te
student what The nie mas and we ansnered
Hat twas a mobile prone: she teed
embarrassed: She fold us that she had to Left
the olassroo For a minado. She picked ap her
and left the room. Re ston as the fente
toned te de; the ringing neice stoped.

1 Which question does it answer?

2. Why did he phone stop ringing when the teacher
closed the door?
© Work in pairs. Discuss whether the allowing
sentences are correct (4) ar incorrect (X).
1. The student has writen about 100 words
2 The answer is wel organized.
3 There ia clear ending othe toy.
3 The das are connected using and,
because, ei.
5 Thestudent has used diferent tenses.
6 The student has used reported speech
ann reported questions
7 Lean understand the answer although
there ate some mistakes.

El
jmi
O
a
D
O
o

© Read the answer again and correct the five
mistakes. This student has made two different
pes of mistake. What are they?

© Write a story using one of the situations in
Exercise 1 as the first line, Write about 100 words.
Remember to make sure the sentences in Exercise
are correct for your answer.

© Work in small groups. Read each other's answers
Malthe sentences in Exercise 4 are correct for
the answer you are reading, it is probably a good

What di you say? (E)

114. Unit 11

Grammar
‘© Circle the correct option in italics.

My fami and are ed (Fin on douse entre
coast Wen.) but was Buin the centr,
was over 500 metes fom ne ss, but now the water
ds seems seemed tbe geting ler ar me
nes lvl) san ses try yar, onde so
15) waste 5 washed away bythe ares Sometimes
wen thar storm, water Grece
Teaches the house Last february san, the
asoment 7 completely food) was complete
Alot es water, and a mal Ding ner ur house
18 isappecre wa disappeared rent: Unless
someting does done inmediata. me I are
now! ont or home we ext Some otr
(al E

Mm

ithe coast (1) saved/ were savedwhen 2)
ener up front of thom and we
at the same here a E

© Complete sentences 1-8 with the comparative or
superlative adverb form of the words in the box.

1 To see wild animals inthe countryside, you

should getup ..-eavlier.. in the morning,
2 Theicemelted asthe temperature
increased,

3 Ofall the people atthe meeting, Lauren spoke
‘She made a great speech
4 Buses stop here ‘RoW: every ten
minutes
5 We musttry
environmental problems.
6 They'e all bad musicians in that band, and the

o find solutions to

guitarist plays ofall

7 The wind began to blow asthe
storm approached

8 Ifweall use energy wwe ean

reduce the amount of pollution we cause.

Own

Vocabulary and grammar review

Vocabulary

© For questions 1

complete the second sentence
so that it means the same as the first, using no
‘more than three words. Include a noun with à
suffix in your answer.
1. My parents were educated at the local school.
My parents'-edseatien mas. atthe local schoo.
2. Everyone was very excited when the match began.
There was ‘when the match began.
3 [like to reserve a room at the hotel, please.
1d ike o make, for a room atthe
hotel, please
4. The doctor quickly examined the patient and said
she was fine

‘The doctor gave the patient and
sd she was fine,

5 We often celebrate New Year all night
Our New Year 80 on all night

6 The airline di nor inform us about th

We were given ‘about the delay.

‘© Complete the crossword with words from Unit 11.

Across Down

1 big animal with long 2 power from gas, wind,
neck de.

5 long creature with no 3 things that are thrown,
legs away

6 small ying animal 4 fuel for cars and trucks

8 big bird that cannot § from the sun

u

ay 7 bird that lives near water

se less ol something 9. big, meateating animal

se something again’ 10 use too much of
something

115. Unit 12 Vocabulary and grammar review

Vocabulary

© O PET candidates often make mistakes when
they describe where something is. Correct one
mistake in each of these sentences.

apposite

1 In my living room, fr opposite ofthe back wall
there is my TV and my hi,

2. My bed is infront of the right window, opposite the
door.

3 Atthe right there are two armchairs and a sofa

44 often meet my friends inthe Saman café next the
cinema,

5 There is a club and a park in the street where I
live

6 Inthe park, there a big tree behind ofa small
Jake,

7. tie going to the Odeon cinema because it is
inside o the shopping centre.

§ Isfahan, as you know, has alot of historic bridges
onthe river

O Rewrite the sentences above so that they are true
for you/your town.
a my ling room, the TV is in Front of the sofa.

‘© Complete these sentences with the verbs from
the box in the correct form. You will need to use

1 Some of my friends can
languages really well.
2 In your letter you
plans to vist my country.
‘goodnight everyone and.

me about your

some new trainers for

tn git

my birthday.

5 My friend started laughing and

me why 1 was only wearing one earring.

6 There's a boy in my class who likes
jokes al the time.

7 1 became very nervous and decided 10
the teacher the truth

Grammar

DO Frederique has written o her English
Speaking friend o tell her what people have
asked her this week. Correct the mistake in each
Sentence.

1. When f arrived at training, the coach came up 10
me and asked me what wasmy name, my name

2. My frend asked me what was the team called,

3 The next day, the phone rang at 730 in the
morning. I was Paula. She asked me why didn't
goto the exam.

44 My mum asked me why was trying.

'5 Paula asked me what was I going to do.

6. Paula also asked me where should she go inthe

7. Anyway Limagine you are wondering when am I
going o visit you

© kate’ talking about how she spends her free
time. Rewrite her statements in reported speech.

1 “Tove going to the cinema on Sunday afternoons.
She said she. oved ging tothe cinema on Sunday
afternoone,

2 ‘Tm not very keen on ih
She said

3 love comedies.

xs but
‘on thrillers but

80 10 he cinema last week because
to the cinema last week

5 ©. we've just ished our exams.
She said
"Il go to the cinema today if can.
She said

© Imagine you are interviewing Kate. Write the
questions for her statements.
what de you Lcdo on Sunday aPternaons?

O Rewrite your direct questions from Exercise 6 as
reported questions.

sad you yo Id gon Sunday
Ma ates

wir ©

116. Grammar reference

Contents

Unit 1

Unit 2

Units

Unit 4

Unit 5

Unit 7

Prepositions of time 17
Frequency adverbs

Present simple and present
continuous

State verbs

Countable and uncountable nouns

À few, a litte, many, much, a lot of
lots of

Prepositions of place

Past simple and past continuous 119
When, while and as

Used 10

Verbs followed by to or-ing 121
Phrasal verbs

Comparative and superlative 121
adjectives

‘Abit, a lite, much, far a tot

(Nod) as... as

Big and enormous (gradable and non:
gradable adjectives)

Can, could, might, may 122
(ability and possibility)

Should, shouldnt, oughu o, must
mustr, have to, don’t have to
(obligation and prohibition)
Adjectives with -ed and ing

Present perfect 123
Just, already and yet

Since and for

Present perfect or past simple?

Ways of expressing the future 125
Prepositions of movement

Too and enough

Extremely, fairly, quite, rather,

really, very

© como rer

Unit 8 Zero, first and second
conditionals
When, if, unless + present,
future
So do I and nor/neither do 1
Unit9 Which, that, who, whose,
when, where clauses
(defining and non-defining)
Past perfect
Unit 10 Commands
Have something done

Unit 11. The passive: present and
past simple
Comparative and superlative
adverbs

Unit 12 Reported speech, commands
and questions
Indirect questions

Irregular verbs

126

127

128

128

129

132

117. Unit 1

Prepositions of time

‘The prepositions at, on and tell

us when something happens.

+ Weuse affor times ofthe dy: at
ten lock at 815 at lumchime, ete.
and with expressions such a atthe
weekend, a night at New Yar te

+ We use on for days and dates: on
Monday, on Saturday moring on
February Sh, onthe last day ofthe
‘month

+ We use infor years, seasons,
months, ong periods, and pats of
‘the day: in 201, in winter, in Ju in
the oda, nthe aftemoon ee.

Frequency adverbs
We use frequency adverbs to say
how often something happens.

We can use a word, e.g sometimes,
always or a phrase ike most
“afteroons or everynight.

+ We usually put one-word frequency
adverbs (and hardy eve) before
‘the man verb: He sometimes watch
fm inthe evening. 1 dont usualy
90 out un lock tardy ever
‘ans in Jy.

+ With am, are, à as or were, ee
they come ater the verb: They
are days late! Nowadays my
grandmather is often i

+ Trey also come after auxiliar and
‘modal verbs I has often happened.
Tan never understand him.

+ tf we want to, we can put usually
‘often sometimes and occasionally
atthe begining or end af a
sentence: Occasionally, we eatin
the garden, feel red sometimes.

+ We cannot put atnays or never at
the beginning or ond: Arye Free
a Spartan tenes

+ We put phrases tthe beginning
or end: ave piano lessons once a
week Most evenings say a home.

2e can form questions us
How often do you Do you ever, Do
you aways, etc How often do you
win? Do you ever drink tea? Do
ou ahays walk to school?

Present simple and present continuous

ent simple
work

Vyou/we/they von

He/she/t a

Yyoupwefthey | dont = on Sundays 6)

Heyshe/it_— doesn't |

Do you/we/they | wor,

Does he/she

Present continuous

1 m

You/we/they re

Mejshefit 8

a Fm not

You/we/they aren't /'re not working | this afternoon (?)

He/she/t isnt /'s not

Am 1

Are you/we/they

Is heyshe/i

‘The present simple is used to describe:

+ a permanent state or situation: ve inthe town whore Fas bo

a factor something which is ways true: The earth goes around the sun

‘+ an aetvty which happens regulary or occasionally: He gets up at sc lock
every doy.

‘The present continuous is used to describe:

+ atemporary situation: Fn ving with my uncle while they are painting our
house.

‘= an activity happening at he present moment: Im sony you can! tak to er at
the moment She's having a shower

‘an activity in progress but nt exact atthe present moment: im studying
“ree foreign languages, so Im qui busy nowadays.

‘=a stuation which i changing or developing: Lots of people are coming to ve
ere, 0 the town growing quick

=. things the speaker nés strange or annoying with alas. This is away
‘of camplaing} Youre always using the elephane Our phone bil wil be

+ something which happens frequently, with aways: My gen i alas
cooking me special meals!

Grammar reference

118. | State verbs

| Vorbs which describo states, not actions, are not
“usually used in the continuous. These verbs deseri
hovghs: eve know remember forget think
“(meaning bekee) feel (meaning believe) guess (meaning
Believe), suppose understand et.
feelings: ike hate want need prefer ete
‘senses: smell taste hear see
Possession: ave belong own contain include oc.
existence: ext romain consist seem mean mate, ete
“the verb be
| Some state vorbs can be used inthe continuous when
“they describe actions:
im thinking about what you ai. Um considein 1) She's
Feeling unhappy (How she is atthe moment) The shop
‘assistant is weighing the rt for us. (He's measuring the
junber of kilos) Other verbs like this include see, ase
‘mel and be

Countable and uncountable nouns
"Nouns can be either countable [C] or

“uncountable (U)

{Some nouns can be both countable [C] and
uncountable [U], but with a difference in meaning:
‘They say it's healt to drink twa. U (ia in genera) Would
you Me 09? (Cf cup of ea) Ling in rg house sa

| loto work. (U) That picture ia work of art [C]

“The grammar for countable nouns is diferent from the
¡grammar for uncountable nouns.

A few, alittle, many, much, a lot of, lots of

We often use different quantifiers (a few, many, etc)

with countable and uncountable nouns.

+ For small quantities of countable nouns, we use afew: 0
Tew students.

+ Forsmall quantities of uneount
‘ite inormation

le nouns, we use at

+ Forlargo quantities of countable nouns, we use many.
Many houses were damaged by the storm Are there many
rooms in the hot? | don't have many CDs

+ Forlargo quantities of uncountable nouns in negative
‘sentences and questions, we use much: There isn't much
information. Do you have much homework?

+ We can us aot oo ts of fr large quantities of
‘countable and uncountable nouns: Me had a a of un. 1
ave lts offends: Does she have ts of money?

+ there no noun after the quantifier, we use aor
without of ike him lo

+ We can use other words to refer toa quantity of an
uncountable noun, e, a Bit of food. an amount of money
2 op of water

Prepositions of place

‘The prepositions at, on and intel us where someone or

something

© We use atfor a point eg atthe bus stop. andin
expressions Ike at the top atthe back, a the sation. a
the seaside, at schooland a party

‘+ We use on or surfaces, eg. onthe abe, on dhe wal and
lines, eg. on the coast, onthe border

+ We use when someone or something ina space, e.
in a bung, ina Fla the water, South America,

‘Countable nouns:
the singular eg. aja, |

an animal 5
+ can be made plural e. cars books |»
+ use some and any inthe plural, eg. +
some friends, any answers.

Uncountable nouns:

do not sea or an

Cannot be made plural, eg work, music

se vers in the Singular, eg, the news 16 good, music helps me relax
e some and any in the singular, eg, some food, any advice

‘Some common uncountable nouns in English

accommodation advice countryside
‘experience food forniture
Knowledge luggage make-up
noise paper pollution
shampoo smoke software

work

transport

damage electricity equipment
homework housework information.
money music news

in research scenery
space sugar

119. Unit 2

Past simple and past continuous

Past simple
Bo
Verne | was (0
You/we/they _|were (nt) >
ta epa at ome yesterday (0)
Were you/we/they
en Yes was
you/we/they were
= Vheysheyit wasn't
you/we/they weren't
Most other verbs
you/he/sheriy
wwesthey nai
Tv
Uyouhesheñt | guy wa sert
ae dient teh yesterday @)
Vyourbe/shel |
Di ivwerthey | Wach
E yo /heJshe/iY | aig
ds we/they
Uyou/he/she y | am
LA we/they “ene
Past continuous
Ynejsheji | was (D
A [were | nu | Verde
Was Uheysheyt asp)
Were you/we/they
= Vheysnern | was
you/we/they | were
Unersheyt | wasn't
NE u/we/they | weren't

Regula versin the pa singh end ine the ad pied
© poe 132 naires

‘The past simple is used to describo:
+ actions or events in the past: ited
Egypt ost year
actions or events which happened one
another. saw the Pyramids, then

‘went to. traditional restaurant
‘The past continuous is used o.
describe:
activites that wre already happening
fata moment in the post: We were
‘doing a maths exam In class when
my mobile rang. (= We were in the
mie of the exam when the phone
rang) Wie Iwas walking 10 school
1 meta end (= On my way to school
meta trend)
activities when we are not interested
in when te act started and we do
‘ot know fs act fished or not:
The sun was shining and was feeling
happy. (= We know tha the sun was
shining atthe same moment a Iwas
Tealing happy, but we dont know when
hose actas started or whon ey
‘nished)
We often use the past simple and the
past continuous together to show
that an action happened inthe middle
of an activity: J was watching television
thon the telephone ang. (= We started
watching television and no mile of |
this acti, the telephone rang) (We don't
‘know if stopped watching TV after the
telephone rang)
was watching television

+
the telephone rang

Remember: state verbs ao nt normally
sed in the past continuous
| page 117 Present simple and present

Grammar reference

120. When, while and as
© Wecan use when while or ao introduce an activity in — We generally use whento introduce an action in the past

he past continuous: simple
Won! Will! was watching TY. to telephone rang. Juas watching TV when the telephone rang

Spelling of regular past simple and -ing forms
most regular watch watched added watching | adding

verbs

verbs ending

in:

2 arrive larves add ‘arriving usually remove

«e adding
consonant + y study [studied yehanges tot, | | studying | no change, add
added ving
vowel +y play played Mochange,add | playing no change, add
‘et ing

onesyllable, [plan [planned [double the last. | planning | double the last,
consonant consonant, add consonant, add
vowel a ing

more than one | prefer | preferred | double the last double the last
syllable, as consonant consonant, add
above, stress on ing

final syllable

more than one [open opened | nochange,add | opening — no change, add
syllable, as “ed ing

above, stress

ot on final

syllable

q travel travel” | double final ‘waveling” | double final

“In British English (The final is not doubled in US English)

Used to
voue | usedto | | Usedtois used to describe things that happened
she/i/ve/ regularly in the past but don't happen now: fused (o
hed ‘wear a Schoo! uniform but now I don't We dan use o get
Ty laa las homework when we were younger but row we do.
see play with dolls () | Note:

they {Used tis only used inthe past. To ak about things that
happen regulary in the present, use the present simple with

a rn an verb Ike usualy every day et: J usualy dank water
an Wh my lunch. Ho cache he same Van ety day

| comple rer

121. Unit 3

Verbs followed by to or -ing
Some verbs are followed by the ~ing form of another
Verb: Everyone enjoys listening to musi. ve fished reading
my book Other vers ke tis incude:

admit avoid disk, fancy ol ke, imagine, mention, mind
miss, practise, put of, suggest.

Some verbs are followed by he to infinitive of anote
‘verb: We expected 10 win the game. an afford o buy a
he, Other verbs ike this include: agree appear atempt
begin, decide, demand, al hope, tend ern, manage, oe
lam pretend promise. refuse, seer, want, would Mo.

Some verbs are followed by the -ing form or the to
infinie of another verb with similar meanings: /Jv0
laying tennis, oe to play tenis. e continued raining ab
day, continued tran a day Other verbs Ike this include
begin, continue, hate ke, love, profr start

Some verbs are followed by the ~ing form or the
infinitive of another verb, but witha different meaning:

remember | Did you remember | remember feeling syllable adjectives, eg, | sylable adjectives:
tobringyour | verytred atthe end || deep high tall. The |The af ts the tallest
running shoes? (an of the ace a memory | Paie Ocean is deeper | animal in the wot
tion you haveto of something the juan he Man
do) post) + Weadd-ertotwo: | + We add-est 0 two
forget | Dont forge o bring | never forget syllable adjectives | syllable adjectives
eis cken wining my ft || endingin-yorj.eg | ending in-y or
aoe coe noisy, friendly My | The blue whate isthe
Ce mie others finder heaviest animal in the
past than me. word.
mort rte talon | ret not raining | | * We use more to form | + We use mas 10 fom
erace has been harder bear the race | | the comparative the superativ fr
cancel (egret + | 'm sorry dit do | | of most otertwo | syllable adjectives: The
tosmy/tocdi/ie | this) syllable adjectives. | mosquitos the most
ie sc Golds mor expensive | dangerous retar.
{his information) oe ee
= + After the adjective we | + Before te adjective we
w Tim running every | you want 0 get
a | Uses ee nae usualy put han usualy put te,
trying to se fit (my | ery suimming? + The ajetves good, | + The adjectives god.
dim isto get A” |Gwimming a way || bad and far form bad aná fr form
lo achieve what you || irregular comparisons. regular superlatves.
want) + We can sometimes use | + We can sometimes use
‘top During the ace, he | When he realised lessinstead of more: | leas instal ol mos:
stopped to drink| he count win, he A mobil phones | Thls mobile phone she
ome er sapped running (he | normaly tess expensive | leas expensive.
eee ¿han a laptop.

Phrasal verbs

A phrasal verb consists of two or three parts. There

‘are three main kinds of phrasal verb:

‘+ ver + adverb, with object... He picked up his coat

+ verb + adverb, without object, e. The plane took of.

‘+ verb + adverb + preposition, with object, eg. /goton
with my work

Unit 4

‘Comparative and superlative adjectives

We use a comparative adjective to compare two people or

‘things and to say one thing has more (or les) of a quality

(ize, height, etc) than the other: A blas mal is heavier

‘than an elephant Mount Everest is higher than K2.

We use a superlativo adjective to compare one person or

‘thing with all those in the same group and to say this thing

‘has the most (or east) of a quality: There are many high

mountain in the word but Mount Everest is Ihe highest

+ Weadd-ertoone- | + We add est tone

Grammar rtrence @)

122. ‘Spelling of comparative and superlative adjectives

dee | comparative | superaive | rule
deep | deeper deepest. Most.
adjectives add
‘Adjectives
ing i
wate jar [safe -eadd-rora
noisy oiser [not | change 10
add eror ct
We og hingen one vowel +
double the last
consonant, ald
AO
god (or | best regalar
bed | worse | worst
far farther? | fares
| further furthest

A bit, alittle, much, far, a lot
‘We can't use vry with comparatives but we can use much,
{arora ot. Cheetahs aro much/farla lot ste than
elephants: (Not Cheetah every ester tam elephants)
We can use a bir a toto describe a smal dference:
Canada isa bi /a le bigger than the USA

(Not) as … as .
We use as + adjective + aso say two things are the
same in some way: Tara as falas Hannah (Tara sho
same height as Hannah)

Vie use not as + adjective + as to say that one thing ls

loss than another: Hannah is not asta as her brother

Hannah is shorter than her brother)

We can use so in negative sentences to replace the

first as: Hannah sno otal ashe brother

Remember: the form ofthe adjective does not change:

‘frotiestelerss (mo) asa as

Big and enormous (gradable and non-

gradable adjectives)

+ Big (good happy, suprised ete ae gadableadectives.
Vi can say someone or something is quite very or rely
big (9004. happy. surprised, etc.) to talk about how ig
(9004, happy, Surprised et) they ae. We can also say
somethings extreme) ig which means i's much bigger
than usual

© compe rer

+ Enormous fantasti: delighted. astonished et) are
‘non gadable adjectives, meaning very (004. happy
Surprised). We can sy real boli) enormous
But mot normaly quie very or exremelyenarmous

“que har means ate (> page 126 que wth on

dade uc o mean compltoy

Unit 5

Can, could, might, may Cability and

possibility)

To say someone has (or hasn't) an ability, we use can,

‘can't, could and couldn't:

‘Francesca can speak Ive languages, but she cant speak

Russian As à chi she coud play the piano but she cout

ply the van

+ The question forms are can you and could you: Con you
sin? Could you run 20 kilometres when you were very
young?

+ We use can and could with se, ha, smell feel and
taste: From the top of the mountain you could se for
‘more than 50k. can hear asvange nose coming from
“pst.

‘To express possibilty about the present or future,

‘we use may, might or could: may come and vis you

next summer We might 9 o he cinema tis evening we

Finish al our work in time. We should o out or a walk now

because could an later

‘We use may not and might not fr the negative (not

Can't or couldn't, which express certainty): Frankie is

looking very pal: he may not be very well Dont ook any

inner for me because I might not be back in time

Should, shouldn't, ought to, must, musta’,
have to, don't have to (obligation and
prohibition)

‘To give somebody advice wo use should or, tess often,

‘ugh to: You should get a now par of shoes. You ought 10

have a est now

+ Particularly in the negative, shoul is more common
than ought: You shout work so hard The question
form's should he, et: Should we go now?

‘+ We often use should (and occasionally ought 0) o talk
about the right thing to do, but which is ferent from
‘what really happens: should do the housework instead
(of watching television nthe middle ofthe ateroon. He
should unie his own answers instead of copying them
tom the Intemet

123. To express obligation, we use must and have fo: You

must be quo. have o o now.

{We use must whon ho obligations something we
‘agree with Teacher to students: You must hand in your
homework on Monday.

+ We use have to when the obigation comes from
‘someone else: My teacher has gen me alot of
homeork which have todo for Monda.

+ We use must or strong advice: You must be carefu you
‘toy out fate at night.

+ The question foams are must ou, ee. and do hou. ete
ave to: Must we stop wing now? Do they hove to wear
tans at nat shoo?

‘To express prohibition, we use mustn't You mustnt go

in there - 0 No ent; You musta speak during the

‘exam i fridden

+ Donotuse dont have too express prohibition: You
must use your mobile phone in cas (isnot allowed).
Compare this with: You dont have to use your mobile
‘phone to speak to Fayed, Look Hes over thre (it
not neces)

+ Never use must about the past. Fr prohibition inthe
pas. we can use no allowed 1,09. We werent allowed
lo speak For something that wasn't necessary we often
use int have to; Jo gave me a ticket for e concert so
Te have 1 pa.

‘To say that there is no obligation, or it's not necessary. we

use dont have 10, dont need to or needa": Ts a realy

{good exercise on phrasa verbs for anyone who’ interested,

Buti’ not or homework, so you dont have to doit you

don't want to. You need Jar al the vocabulary on this

age oy te words you thnk are useful

Adjectives with -ed and -ing

‘There are many adjectives which can be formed with

sed or-ing.

‘© Adjectives wth ed express how the person feels about
‘something: She was tried as Dracula approached her

‘Adjectives wth «ing are used to describe the person or
thing whic produces the feeling: Mes a surprising
atte In today’s newspaper (felt surprised when read
io

+ Common adjectives ke this include:
amused/amusing anmoyed/annoying sapponted/
disappoiring Dored/boning roaxed/elxing
surptsed/surpisag_ tred/ving depressed/
depressing emborassed/embarassing interested”
Ineresing amazed/amazing excited/excting
dsqusted/asqusting satsied/satstjing

Unit 6

Present perfect

you/we/ ave ve

they

he/serit [ass

'Yyou/we/ have not /

they havent

he/she/it | has not / un
hase

Have you/we/
they

Has eset

‘gular verbs have the same form forthe past simple

and the past participle: ave, watched, ployed, etc.

‘Some irregular verbs have the same form forthe past

‘simple and the past participle: cut e bought. et:

Other irregular vers have a different form for the past

simple and past participle: done given, written. tc.

© page 132 ineguiar vers

We use the present perfect to connect the past with

the present. itis used to describo something which

started in the past and

+ has a connection with he present: A finshed fl my
‘exams (so Im very happy now)

+ continues ito the present: ve vd here or ve years
(and sl ve here now.

Just, already and yet

We often use the adverbs just, already or yet with

‘the present perfect to talk about things that have

happened before now but have a connection with the

present.

+ Vie use justo talk about things that happened a short
time ago: Ive just eaten (= ate a short time ago and
Em not hungry now). Mag just gone out She lett a
shoe ime ago so you cat speak o har now).

+ We use afoadyto say something has happened, often
‘sooner than expected, Do page 23 fr homework!” ‘Weve
already done tha page: (= That page is ished now so
‘we dont need todo again)

‘When ae you going 0 Hd your bedroom?" Tveakeady
id (= The room say now so doit need 1 do e
again)

Note: ese two adverbs normal go in he mide ofthe

sentence, between have nd the past participe: ve just

bought some new trainers. Shes already end that Book

Grammar reas E)

124. ‘+ We often use yetin questions and negative sentences when we expect something to happen. It means unti now: Have

you seen the new Kate nte fm yet?" No, havent seen i yet

Texpect go)

o. haven't seen the fm at atime before now but

"Note: Yet normaly goes at he end of the question or sentence: Have you ished yet? No, havon fished yet

Since and for

‘We often use since and for with the present perfect to talk about a time that started in the past and continues

into the present.

+ We use sino to talk about the beginning ofa period of

© We use fort tak about the whale period of time:

time
Michael Keen has written
three novels 2007

since last year
He's played tennis three Wednesday

Present perfect or past simple?

Eve been on the basketball for three years
team thee weeks
long time

© We often use How ong to ask questions about his
period of time: How long have you had dose raiers?"
‘Since lst year”

Present perfect

We normally use the present perfect when:

+ we are thinking about the past and the present ve
broken my arm s can't do the maths exam. Moll has.
bought a ticket for the concert tonight. (= Molly has a
ticket and plans o goto the concert tonight)

+ we are not interested in wher this ation happened,
but we are interested in the result now
ve lost my Keys (and now 1 cant open my front do)
ve finished all my homework (0 don't have to doit
now).

le can also use the present perfect to:

+ talk about experiences over a time that started in the
Past and continues until now, but we don't say when:
UK Routing has writen seven Harry Pote book. (
She may write more.)
ve never been to Japan (until now, but L may goin the
future)

+ to give news:
Rafa Nadal has won again. ve had my hai ut
Remember if we ask questions about atime that
started in the past and continues into the present, we
se the present perfect
‘How Long have you lived here?"
Te lived here for three years (= I'm interested in à
time period that started in the past and continues uni
now
How many matches have you played this week?" (= Im
interested ina time period that started inthe past and
continues until now)

Past simple

We normally use the past simple when:

+ we are thinking about the past but not the present
rake my arm when I was riding my bike Seth
bough two tickets for last week concer and he went
with is frien Jim, (= Seth went tothe concert with
Jim last week.)

+ we are intrested in when this action happened:
1 lost my keys yesterday (and | couldn't open the
front door. did my homework lat nigh

We use the past simple:
+ when these experiences happened over atime inthe
past
RR Tolkien wrote the Lord of the Rings
{= Tolkien dead so he won't write more)
Wen fas in Asta, I didnt go to Japan
(= Tm not in Asia now)
+ 10 add more details to this news:
He beat Roger Federer. (not has beten)
went 0 that new hairdressers.
‘We se the past simple to ask questions about a time
in te past
‘When did you move here
‘May 2009: (= Yi interested in a particular date in
the past)
What time did the match sar”

(©) compa er

125. Unit 7

Ways of expressing the future
Here are some ways of talking about the future.

future simple |1 with things which are not certain, ‘Shel probably phone later. think i be
especially with think, hope, Texpect, warmer next week
probably and maybe
2 predietons forthe future Sea Levels wil rise by several enaimetrs.
The climate wil change
3 wil can algo be used to
+ make requests Wt you help me with my homework?
+ make promises won forget give you a present.
+ make offers FU buy you a sandwich if youre hungry.
+ express a decision made atthe moment | That's the phone ringing = 1 get it!
of speaking
‘Going to futura | 1 predictions about the future based on Your work iso good that rockon joue going
present evidence 10 get à Grade A
Look a he lows! I hin ls going o snow.
7 future plans and intentions Thm going to study Biology at university.
| He says he's going to phone you tomorrow.
present ‘things arranged between people for the future. fm seins the dentist tomorrow = 1 phoned her
continuous assistant yesterday
‘present simple | events fixed on a timetable The fight o Paris akes off at sx
Our tra leaves at 5.15.

In some cases, more than one verb form possible: Totalk about cars and axis, we use In: Tey arre at
+ Inprcis, an agreed arangement (resent continuous) Ue cima n Lam’ car decided rt gon my ar There
may be almost exact the same a à plan (omg 1). Fi ee feof si theta

‘seeing Joey tonight / Im going 1 ee Joy tonight © Wah ge, and sometimes with ater verbs such a jump
+ en ti ot daar wheter prions based ont and eis int and ut of ete cao
(going to) or opinion (wi, we can use either of these into the tox. got out ofthe car
forms: Amy is going to pas her exam. (m he teacher {ne door behind me. Sofa jumped into her car and set off
and Ive seen some of her exam marks) / Any willpass UIC
‘her exam. know Amy and think she's very clever) Totalk about public transport, motorbikes, bicycles
and horses, we use on: Sho left onthe 745 plane. usual

Prepositions of movement {00 scot on my bk, but ody Im gong on ne bs. The.
To say how we travel, wo normally use by: Wo wontto Best ao cas the is on aha.

Paris by tain. + We use on/onto or off with ge: You get onthe bus atthe
+ Expressions tke is include by ca by plane, by ship. by station and get off at he shopping centre. Marion et the
oat by fey. cal an got on is motorbike
+ We also say by road, by se, by lc by ral. by mer, by
underground.

+ Bu we say on foot not by fot: There were no buses o.
we ment on foot

+ We cant se bywih a, ne, hr ete in expressions Ike a
tax, the plane, her bie. Instead, we sy ma txt on the
Plane, on her bike

Grammar ference (3)

126. Too and enough

Too means more than is needod or wanted: She oo
old ooh he police.

Enough means as much as is necessary or needed:
Have we got enough eggs to make a cake?

Extremely, fairly, quite, rather, really, very
Vie can use the adverbs very, extremely and really
before adjectives to make the adjectives stronger:
as a very long journey. We wer extromeÿ rod yesterday
(Very tired). had a realy good sleep lastnight very good),
To make an adjective weaker, we can use rather of
airy:

ts rather cold today (col, but not reezig)

Their apartments ary bg (ig, ut nt huge).

Wi can use quite 19 make gradable (eg. good, ted, te.)
adjectives weaker, but with non-gradable adjectives (ey
‘sure, te, diferent ete), quie can mean completely:

The toum iwi is quite sma (smal, but nt ty).

‘Ti quite sure i’ the right answer Un 100% su).

100 + adjective (+ for adjective/adverb +
somebody) (+ enough (+ for
ve) somebody) (+
+ He's too young to drive, infinitive}
+ Tha suitcase ts 00 ‘This cof is not warm
heavy fr me oli enough! Please heat e
100 + adverb (+ for up again.
somebody) (+ Franz didnt answer the
infinitivo: ‘questions well enough to
Youre working 100 get te ob
sou. Pease hurry up. |« That hotels not smart
as snowing 100 enough fer her.
heavily for me to see the enough + noun (+
road ahead. for somebody) (+
100 much/too many + infinitivo):
noun (+ for somebody) | + Have you gor enough
(infinitive money to get o London?
+ They brought too muck | + There it enough cake.
food for uso eat for me to give someto.
+ erect 0 many everone

Unit 8
Zero, frst and second conditionals
ie use conditional sentences to talk about a possible

‘situation or action (i...) and the possible results of
{this situation or action:

Wicca, MU getuet
(possible situation) (possbleresulO

We can alo talk about the result before we describo.
the situation:

AS

(ossibleresut) (possible station)
Note: he situation comes ist, comma is used. he
resul comes frst, no comma i used,
Condiionals aro often divided ito types:
Type 0 or zero conditional
17+ present tense, present tense: Jour team wins à
‘match, our coach s happy (= He's happy every time we
win)
‘Te zero conditional is used to tak about things which are
always or general true.

Type 1 or first conditional
11+ present tense, future: If our team wins this match,
oT win he competion. (= hk the team could win)

The first conditional is used o talk about a real possibilty in
the ature

Type 2 or second conditional
+ past tense, would + infinitive: ur toa won al the
‘matches, wed be the champions! (= don't tink te tear
vil in all the matches)

‘The second conditional is used when the speaker is
Imagining stuation that wil probably not happen,

‘When deciding whether to use the first or second
conditional you need to think about whether each
situation is à real possibility or not or you:

If ans at ho woekend, go to the cinema.
could rain)

trained in ine desert, plants would grow. tm sure it won't
rain)

When, if, unless + present, future

‘We can use when, for unless to talk about the

possibility of things happening inthe futur

+ We use when for things we are suo wi happen:
When I get home, I watch TV. (Im sure get home
today)

+ Wo use for things that may happen:
I ge home before pm, watch the fim (Tm not sure
IT et home before 8 pm but is possible)

127. ‘Unless can general replace i... not and means except
I watch the fim antes! get home too late. (=
watch the lm iI dot get home too at. / plan to
watch the fim except get home too late)

So do land nor/neither dot
We can use so do Fand nor/aeither do Len we reply

to someone but we don't want to repeat the same
words. We use these expressions to say thatthe same

true for me or someone else:
Someone says: You agree:

Fm bored Soami

Te got os of cousin. Sohmeı.

Maya plays the guitar. So does Lou

We dont ke rock musi, Neithr/Nor do they.
You con sing well. So can you

They bought that new CD. Sodid

Josh hast done his homework. NetherNor have

We use

+ soin positive sentences: ive in Japan’ So do

+ noror neherin negative sentences: James cat swim
Vel "Nor Neither can Matt

“+ the same auliryverb in the reply: ve studied fr the
‘exam’ ‘So have 1 Calum ist here. Nor/Netther is
amish”

+ door dit there i no auxiliary verb: He goes to King
Ulis School So does Kat" dia watch TV ast
ight Nor/Nethor di

the same word order as questions: 7 sew a great fm at
‘the weekend. So did Y. (Not Sod)

Unit 9

Which, that, who, whose, when, where clauses (defining and non-defining)

Acta
‘The man who phoned yu is my doctor.

is part ofa sentence. The relative clause in this sentence is underlined:

Relative clauses start with these relative pronouns: which that, who, whose, where, when and why.

Dofining relative clauses

+ Relative clauses which tel you which person or thing the speaker talking about re called defining relative clauses.

+ Dosing relative clauses give essential information: The doctor who gave me the medicin is my cousin, The lave
‘use (underlined) tells us which doctor we are talking about.

[Non-defining relative clauses
© Relativ clauses which give you extra information are called non-defining relative clauses.
+ Non-defning relative clauses give information that is not essential: My docto, who belongs othe same tennis club as

you. gave me the medicine yesterday We already know which doctor (its my docto; who belongs 1 ho same tenis
“lb as you does nt tll us which doctor we are talking about it ust adds entra information.

‘There are differences in grammar between defining and non-dofining relative clauses
Defining relative clauses

Non defining relative clauses

+ Dont have commas. + Use commas (or pauses in spoken English).
+ Use the following relative pronouns: + Use the folowing relative pronouns:
ho, which, whose, wher, when, why. who, which, whose, where, wien, why.
+ That can be used instead of who or whic. Don't use that.
+ Who, which or hat can be omitted when they are | + The relative pronoun cannot be omitted.

the object ofthe clause: The medicine (whichhat)
the doctor gave me should be taken twice a day (he
doctor isthe subject and whictythar the object ofthe
clause)

‘Grammar reference

128. Past perfect i “mn (ot
ours ET
it/we/they N Youwethey | are m)
pour ada | armen | nome | lnea | 210 | having the computer
Ät/we/they hadn't ped | tome) peel (isn) ‘mended (?)
u ones] Far
iv/we/they Are | you/we/they
“Tho main ses ofthe part perfect are: 1 [ten
«+ ho tw rl bos someting wich
Med lr soma tn mcr ino past Tipo | a
Simple une ol o auto sain ad alta | Y in FO
‘eft. Compare this with: When he got to the station, his = a ir
tran es sows thatthe ais tat the same me pg [Met |, | ale)
teed iiwertney

‘itis often used with tim expressions ike when, a soon
as afte Defoe: She started ding before hei astened
is seatbelt. When the tebe storm had ended, people
Started 0 como out o thar houses.

‘its often used withthe adverbs area, just never The
thieves had akeady escaped when te police avd. Held
‘never eaten a realy good pizza until he went to ay

Unit 10

Commands*

"Command are also known as imperaties.

‘Stand upr "Dont touch the walls children.

“Be quiet, everybody’ “Don't worry so much’

“Have a good weekend” “Dont forget o phone me:

We use:

© the infinitive without to: Be good Dont ak" (Not
ent)

he some form when we talk Lo one or more than one
person: "Enjoy your holiday, everybody

+ thie structure to command tir ask someone 10
do something. to ge instructions or advice, make
‘suggestions, encourage, warn ec.

Have something done

Uyou/we/they | have

hefshe/it | as hear

bo | owner repaired ()
they have

Does. he/she/t

@ compa ver

“© We use have something done when we ask someone aise
to do something for us: Wero having the car repair (=
‘The mechanic i epaing the car or us) had my ar
eut ast week. (= A hairdesser cut my hai for mo.)

‘+ We can also use get something done: She gets her hair
eut (Ou usualy ony in normal situations)

We can use have (or ge) something done in any form
or tense: Fm thinking of having my haircut My watch is
broken - must have repare

Unit 11
The passive: present and past simple

‘Tho passive is formed by the verb bo + done /eaten /
Lunch s served in he hotel restaurant rom

Active
They ate all the food very
quick:

Were sold the ea.

Passive
All he food was eaten
ver quickly.

‘The car has been sold.
lts nie when tm invited
to dinner

On a clear day Ibiza

can be seen from the
mainland.

Ws nice when people invite
me to dinner.

On a clear day you can see
Ibiza from the mainland,

‘The passive is used when:

+ the speaker doesn't know who or what docs/di
something: My ke was soon lst night.

+ the speaker dpesit naed to say who or what does/did
something because its obvious from the situation or
content: The murderer was arested (obvoushy by the
Polce)

‘what happens is more Important han who does it: 7h
Posts delivered at 8.30.

129. |= when wrling in a forma styl: Your documents were
‘signed yesterday and they can now be collected rom our
office.

‘More about the passive:

‘© Witis important to say who or what did something, we
add by + noun: This picture was painted by my aunt.

+ We sometimes leave outa relative pronoun and the form
ofthe verb be: The im, (uhch was) made in the 1960,
‘stil very popular.

Comparative and superlative adverbs
We use a comparative adverb to compare two ways
‘things are done: Computes run more quick than in the
ast Lucy ava aks more loudly than Stacey.

‘We use a supertative adverb to compare one thing oF
person with all those in the same group: There were 2
[ot of good dancers inthe competion, but Sam and Ricky
danced the most band.

+ Weuse moretoform — | + We use most to form
the comparative of the superlative of
two-sylable adverbs, | tworslable adverbs,
including adverbs including adverbs

ending in ty: Maria | ending in: This
reud the text more machine works most
quick than Susanna. efficient ofl

‘She visits me more often
than she used to Aer
the adverb we usually
put than.

+ Weadd ato one-
syllable adverbs: Max

+ We add -erto one
syllable adverbs, 3.
hard, fat, straight:

My mum works harder

Unit 12

Reported speech

We often use say and toto report what people say:

+ we use teil we mention who we aro taking to: He ol
me fe was fom Casablanca. (Not Heol he was hom-
a]

+ not, e use say. She sad she would help me. (Nat She
Seidme she wou hele)

Remember: you can leave out that: ‘He sad hat he was

tired and Ho said he was ured have the same meaning,

Tense changes

present simple past simple

ven Bertin, She said she lied in Berlin.

present continuous | past continuous

Tm watching TV" | He said he was watching TV.

Present perfect past perfect

"Te sen te film She said she had seen the

already: film already

past simple past perfect

“missed the concert” | He told me he had mised
the concer.

* We can also use the past simple: He fold me ho missed the

than my dad. (Not
her)
+ The adverbs well and

badiy form iregular | three cars, and his one

comparisons: well | | performs worst.
beter: badly > worse:
Dolphins can swim | * The superlative

sometimes takes the,
especially in more
formal stations: I
the current economic
situation, sales of

our luxury model are
‘growing the most sou.

beter han peopl. Your
team alunys plays worse
than mine

+ We can sometimes use
Les instead of more:
After a while, the wind
began o Bow less
strongly

won the race because he wa would
saree EA | shred ne
+The abet wlan

emitan | cas | waren gare

bad erm casas | sign | Se mde mga 0
ees | leew py eos
Rosier | [an =

students, but Mel speaks | | 1 can run but can't run | He said he could run but he
ns fast. couldn't run fast.

Grammar reference @ M

130. Other changes

Vie usually make the following chang

you
1 spoke to you earlier”

Weve finshed

my
1 cant find my keys?

your
TU come to your house
later

“Weve tidied our
bedroom.”

today / this week / month
year

tomorrow / next month /
ear

esterday / last week /
mont / year

in playing tennis

here
ve Id here all my lie

hershey

He said he had spoken o

er elie:

they

They sad they had

fiat

her

She said he cout find

her ko.

mener

Be sai hat he woul

come to her howe tr
ther

‘They said hey had died
ther boom

tha dy / week/month

year

¿he met day the
flowing ment year
the day before he
previous day he previous

foo month ears the
werk month / year Bore

She sad she was pain

semis ie next day.

there

He ai he had ed here

ait hse.

Reported commands

“stand up “The teacher tod them to
stand up,
Be quiet He tld the child to be

quie
“Don't touch anything: | The mother told her son not
to touch anything,
‘Don't worry: Her fiend told her not to
worry
‘We generally use ask and not toto report more polite
requests:

‘Open the window: He told her to open the
window.

‘Can you open the window?" He asked er to open the
window.

Reported questions

‘We can, use ask wonder want to Know ee. to invoduce:
reported questions:

“Where do you live?”
“What ae you doing
after class?

He asked me where | lived.
She wondered what he was
doing after class

Have you finished your | He wanted 10 know she
homework?” had finished her homework.
To report a question, we make the following changes:
+ change the word order in he question tothe same as a

rec question: Where can buy à
ton?"

reported question: Me asked me where could
buy a detonar.

(thre cooky)
+ ake the same tense changes a reported spec:
© rage 129 Repo ech

direct question: ‘Whore have you been?”
reported question: She asked me where | had
been
+ do not use da, does or is an aunty vers
direct question: "Do you ike strawberries?
reported question: He asked me Red
stranboes.

(not set the stowberres)

131. + use a fl stp, nota question mark tthe end ofthe

rect question: “What time do you start
sohool?™

reported question: They asked us what time we
‘stated school

In reported questions, we use the same question words
(what when where, ete) but there Is no question word, we
use or whether.

Direct question Reported question

“Why are you laughing?” The teacher askod us why wo
were hughing.

‘Ave you going on holay?". He asked me if was going on
olay.

Indirect questions
When we ask for information, we sometimes use
indirect questions to sound more polite. Expressions
used to introduce indirect questions include: Juas

‘wondering 1d tke lo know can't remember … Could

you tel me et.

Direct question Indirect question

"Where do ou lve?’ [was wonderig where you
Med

nat ae you doing later?” Could you tall me what you are
dog ter?

‘Hove you finished your like to know you have

homework?” finshed your homework

‘As for reported questions (see above), when a direct

‘question becomes part ofa longer, indirect question,

‘we make the following changes:

change the word order ia the indirect question o the
same asa normal sent

lect question: "How ong have you ved here?”
indirect question: 7d keto know how long you've
vod her.
(ot. ong he yore.
ere)
+ do not use da does o didas an auxiliary ver:
ect question: "Do you play tennis every day?“
et question Cou you tell me you play,
tennis everyday?

(not. you do platens.)

‘Also, as for reported speech, we use the same
‘question words (what, when, where, etc.) but if there
is no question word, we use ifor whether:

Direct question Indiract question

‘Were di you go?" lcatremember where you went.
‘id you stay ina hotel? Ko know you stayed in à
hate

However. unlike In reported questions in indirect questions:

the tense stays the same:
rect question: "Wie leave soon?

Indirect question: — Juas wandering i hel eave soon.
(not. #hewonktieme)

+ ue use a question mark when the intraductory
expression Is a question: Could you tell me where the
Banks?

+ ue use a fl stop when the introductory expression is
ot a question: Fike to know Where te banks.

Grammar rfrence ©)

132. Irregular verbs
EE

be
beat
become
begin
bend
die
eed
ow
te.
tring
ull
burn
buy,
exh
‘eal
ig
so
raw
dream
fink
rive
‘ai

en
en
find
ty
pe
forget
forgive
freeze

fang
have
hear
ide
it
old
rt
keep
now
hay
lend
tear
ie

conan rer

waswere
best
became
began
bed
ew
‘woke
brought
dan
bornes
o
eue
‘hose
Sean
os
a
drew
dreamyarcamed
‘rank
‘rote
ia

des

sen
fought
found
few
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
m
gen
Bong.
had
heard
id
rt
ent
Kae
knew
‘is

ea
lesrnesned
ich

been
besten
Become
desun
den
Bien
bist
blown
broken
brought
uit
Burnbumed
ought
aught
Shonen
‘eat
due
done
raw
‘reamidecamed
‘rank
‘ven
fallen
fea

fs
fought
found
flown
forbidden
foren
toes

Tearnlearmed
ie

wake

lent
ly

i

los

made

ais

put

read

rode

fang

sla

sad

ved
hook
shone

shot
showed
Sur

ang

nk

slept
smel/smeled
spoke
pelele
pet
sica
polls
ood

toe

wept
swung

took

caught

told

thought
woke

lent
ie

ie

tos

made

paid

pu

end

‘iden

rng

sit

‘ot

Salen
one

thot

hover
ng

sunk

slept
Smelysmeled
spoken
Sealed
Sent
Spispiied
spolepoied
food,

olen
sept
‘ung
taken
taught

‘oid

thought
tinderstood
woken

133. Writing reference

What to expect in the exam

‘The Writing section follows the Reading section of Paper
1. Paper 1 (both Reading and Writing lasts 1 hour and 30
minutes, You do tre tasks

+ In Part here one task which you must do,
+ In Part 2, here is one task which you must do.
+ In Part, you choose one of two tasks.

Part 1

Sentence transformations

‘You hve practised sentence transformation for Part in

Unis 1,3 end 7

In Part

there ar five questions (Questions 1-5) and an example

‘each question has a complete sentence followed by a
sentence with a gap in he middle

+ al sentences, including the example are about the
same topic

+ you get 1 mark for ch correct answer, giving total of
5 mark,

Part tests your ability to

+ understand grammatical structures at PET ove

+ rephrase information

+ rie grammatically correct PET-eve! sentences.

How to do Part 1
Make sure you ace famiiar with all the grammar areas
you need to study for PET, See the Grammar Reference
‘on pages 118-131, and the PET Handbook published by
‘Cambridge ESOL

2. Stuy the example. This wil introduce the topic of the
five questions, and remind you ofthe kinds of changes
you wil have to make.

3. Foreach question 1-5, ook careuly at he fist sentence
and think about ts meaning,

A Study both sentences and decide what grammar point
the questions testing. eg, active to passe, 10 and
enough comparative adverbs, ec

5, Think of different ways of saying the same thing asthe
frst sentence,

5. Choose the correct words and fl them in onthe
‘question paper Remember that short forms Ik dont
‘oun os two words

7. Read through both sentences agi
mean exactly the same

{8 Write the one, two ar three word an your answer sheet,
(Chock that you haven't made any speing mistakes.
Exercise 1

Read the Writing Part 1 instructions and study the example
below. Why would each of answers a,b, cand d be wrong?

a Weist ine

checking that thay

b the time after
© ho frst ime that
never before that

+ Here are some sentences about fying in a helicopter
for un,

For each question, complete the second sentence so
‘that it means the same asthe frst using no more
than three words.

rite only the missing words on your answer
sheet.

{You may use this page fr any rough work.

Example: hed never flown ina helicopter before.
twas te First ine had flown in a
helicopter.

Exercise 2

Complete sentences 1-5 using these words.

[sto Spent themost any igs

1 We went ona Saturday because you cat yon
Sundays.

There aren't
wo went on a Saturday.

2. was warmer isi the hallo

arcadas

on Sundays so

than had expected.

Inside the helicopter it wasn't
Thad expected.

3. ‘Please switch off your mobile phones; the plot said
The pilot asked Switch off our
mobile phones

Wo stayed up in ie air fr ha an our.
We half an hour fying.
5. Ive never hd such an exciting experience before!

twas ‘exciting experience
Te ever had!

Weting reference (3)

134. Exercise 3

Inthe example on page 133, never before changes to the
‘expression it was the (fist Ume) + past perfect Simple. For
each question 1-5. look atthe difference between the ist
“nd the second sentence What does ach question tet?

Part 2

‘You have studied and practised writing Part in Units 2,6,

Band 1.

In Part 2, your

+ aro asked to write a short message of between 35 and
AS words in th form ofan emal, noe, postard, te.

+ ae told who you are wing o and why

‘must include three content points which may ask you to
‘hank. nt suggest, expan, apologise ic.

+ should open and lose te letter in a suitable way (o,
Hi best shes)

+. can gota maximum of mark for his part.
Do not spend 10 long on this part or you may not have
‘enough time to answer the longer Part 3 writing task where
you can get a maximum of 18 marks.

Part 2 tests your ability to:

+ read and understand a task

+ write a clear message within a word lini

“organise and connect our ideas wel

‘You must

+ include all three content points or you won't be given
more than 3 marks, even is a very good answer

make sure your message ls lear
‘be careful wit your grammar, punctuation and speling
+ remember tha short forms Ike dont count as two words
“write your answer in penci an the answer sheet.

You mustn't:

+ write aft move than 45 words or your answer might not
bes dear as a shorter answer

“write less than 35 words. A short answer is unikey to
include all ree content points you write 25 words or
less, you mont be given more than 2 marks

® compet ver

How to do Part 2
1. Read the task very careuly. Underline the folowing:
y you are eng,
what you ae writing
who you are writing to
the three content points.

en not — Ot
speaking fend’ house fora week.

A I
‘White an email fo your fiend Adam —
In your emal you should: a

2, Think of some ways to communicate each content point
and note them down, eg. Thank you ever so much fr

3 Think about how you can connect your ideas with words
lke but andor because,

4 Decide how you are gong to open and close your
message. Think about whether the message i formal or
informa

5. Write your complete text including all three content
Points Look back atthe question necessary.

6 Dont waste time writing a rough copy. Remember you
il need to leave enough ime to do Weng Pat 3.

7. Read the question and your answer again Make sure
you have:

+ included al three content points

+ writen a clear message and connected your ideas
‘with and, but, te

+ checked you havent made mistakes with grammar,
sping or punctuation

+ opened and closed the message in an appropriate
way

written 35-45 words

135. Messages

Exercise 1
Read the Par
questions.

1 Who are you ring 10? Why?

2 Willyour message need tobe formal or informal?
3 What are you writing?

A What are the three content points?

2 wing task below and answer these

You want to borrow your Wend’ camera.

‘Write an email to Eva. In your email, you should

+ explain why you want to borrow the camera
suggest when you can collect the camera
say when you will ive it back.

Inthe PET Writing Part 2 exam you may have to dhank
someone, explain, invite, apologise, suggest, ak for
something, te.

Ways of thanking someone

‘Thank you / Thanks (ever so much) fr (ging me) such a
ie present.

In was very kind of you o give me such a ice present
(FORMAL)

Ways of explaining

Jean come to your party because 1 have 1 study fr my

1 have 10 study for my exams. That's wy can't come o your
orgy.
Ways of inviting

m gong tothe new Turkish restaurant. Would you Ike o
come?

m going 10 the now Turkish restaurant ke you o come.
Ways of apologising

Piso sony for breaking your camera.

m 0 sy ha broke your camera.

Ways of suggesting

Why don't we goto the cinema?

How/Mnat about (going 0) the cinema?

Shall we got the cinema?

Ways of asking

(Can! borrow your camera, please?

Cou you fond me your camera, please?

Would it be possible to bowow your camera, please?

Exercise 2

it what you would say in the following situations.

1 You cant meet your fiend atthe weekend. Apolgis.
Zn sorry that T cam meet you at the weekend

2. You want to borrow your friend's camera. Explain why.

3, You spent two wonderful weeks at your English-speaking
end house. Thank him/her.

Your English-speaking find has never been to your
‘country. vite im/er.

5 You've arranged to meet an English-speaking end
Suggest a place o meet.

6 You forgot your ind birthday. Apoogise.

7. Your going to Hugs party. Ask him for directions to
his house.

Exercise 3

Look atthe following expressions we use to open and close

messages and answer the two questions that fll,

Exprossions used to open messages

Dear... Holo, … Hi

Exprossions used to close messages

Bostwishes Alle best Yours Love Lots oflove See

you soon

1 Which expressions can we use in both a formal and an
informal message?

2. Which expressions ean we only use in an informal
message?

Exercise 4

© Rea the tree answers to the task in Exercise 1
written by PET candidates on the next page. Answer
the questions by puting a tick (/) ora ross (X) in the
correct column.

2 written a clear message? |

|
|
3 connected thei ideas with and, ur, |
|
|

act |
4 opened and closed the message
|___with an appropriate expression?

5 writen between 35 and 45 words?

wing rience (5)

136. Dear Eva,
À let oro yur caera es rd need it for the weekend
‘inc og ttle part a competion and y camera hs just
‘ren réa net Mond Le’ eg tach
Le,

8 Deba
ou are you? thope youre âne li gang to visit my fiend this weekend but!
have aig roble Somebody sole my nen camera. Coul you lend me your
camera? Lean visit you on Friday. I retarn next Monday re o me soon

Le.

Dear Ein
You tld me you can lend me jour camera wil ie ac ent Friday.

See qu.

Exercise 5
Look at the PET Writing Part 2 marking scheme (adapted from the Cambridge ESOL website, wit kind permission. What
mark would you give each ofthe tree answers in Exercise 4?

Writing Part 2 marking scheme Exercise 6
Red folio Pr 2 wing tsk
dundee

S| Candidate has included all 3 content points appropriately 1 why you are writing

‘The me 2 what you are writing

4 3 who you are wting to
“The message is generally cleat À Due mn par,

5 | Candidate has tried to include al 3 content points
“The message is not clear in places. You are going to mis an English
‘OR Candidate has only incladed 2 content points but these are | | Peaking friends birthday party
cleat |

2 Candidate hasn't include 2 content points or these 2 points are

an 7 ite a ote your end
Toe menge le compl mu Jura a
On The anne ae shor 20-25 ve) + elogios torrets
ip Content points hardly included and/or message difficult 10. ‘© explain why you can't be there
Game
2 sou meeting anotar ep.
|__| oh anor ist 00: won) Homes
5 — one pin not ede E
on meng inv nerd
Jl OR too short (under 10 words)

Exercise 7 ae
Read thee students answers and decido which one was given the maximun 5 marks. (Sed idea
nS mah house your awn
Well, Lam sorry Bak tommorrow | canit go to your party ==
Because har ny sisters wedding and she lu inthe FR
USA mas ring he rain From jo ad freranás the [ames
pan From Paris Sal we meet ne weekend? Tas. ae
‘ho unclear

65 compte ver

137. "petete ero + (ait
Bed a ae ge A dci th y
‘i ee ee a ee ato |
Van dr we mu on ae |_— {Or man
Jun gf Bat a, mel goes
o
en, oy frat ging perte | ne
Yesterday had ad ana wi ter MEAR
tn aident 1 wen 1 he hil nd the tomorow an te weer
ctor old her that she had a broken leg, 301 ossi suggest another day
cad etre il cue tomaron. Yr
Exercise 8
fe her o nus ty o o be
hen the mu mars
Part 3
In Para ys vst choot om one ot ring ts
+ rotas yo aoe are an normal tad
son How to do Part 3

+ You ae given some writen information, but you must
answer the task with your own ideas.
+ You must write about 100 words

+ Yourleter or story is marked ut ofa possible 15,50 this
{isthe most important part ofthe Waiting section

Por tests your abit to
+ complete the task you have chosen
organise your text weil

use 8 varity of grammatical structures and vocabulary
link your sentences together

wie in a suitable style... indi, and informal in a
Teter 1 end

use corectspeling and punctuation

+ avd making many mistakes

“svcd errors that make t ficult understand your
sorna.

In this part you might need to show you can:

+ describe a place, something you own, ora person you
know

“+ give somebody practical information

+ describe how something happened

‘+ say how you fe! about something, o about something
thathas happened

+ express your opinions ar say what makes you happy

‘+ say what you hope for or what you regret

1 Read the questions and choose the task you think you
can do better When you ae deciding, think about what
you ae good at and what you are not so good at. Are
you more confident writing ators to fends, or teling a
foxy?

2. Read the tak that you choose very carefully. Underino
the folowing:

+ who wil ead your text, eg. an English-speaking find,
your English teacher

+ te key words inthe instructions, eg sto. begin,
okay

+ the main points you must write about, or example:

Tores a really big shopping contre quie

3 Think about the topic and how you will write about it
‘Quickly not down as many ideas a you can

A Choose your best ideas and write bro plan. putting
these ideas under separate headings.

5, Think of some useful words and phrases foreach
paragraph and note them down, ut dot wre fl,
rough copy You won have time to wie ial twice.

6 Decide what style you need to write in: formal or
informal

wring cierne (8)

138. 7 White your text, following your plan and keeping to the
topic

8 Try to make your handwriting s clear and easy to read
as possible.

9 Use as many different kinds of grammatical structures
and as much vocabulary s yu can.

10 Form longer sentences by using linking expressions tke
‘so and because

11 Atthe end, check you have written about the right
ruber of word. you have written fewer than BO
words, you wil ose marks. you write many more than
10, you might make more mistakes

12 Make sure you leave enough tine to check your
‘completed text for mistakes and correct them. Making a
loto! corrections does materi they are easy to rea.

Informal letter

You have practised writing an informal

Units 4,5 and 1

on you write your letter, you should

+ imagine the short text you read is writen to you

+ organise your text proper, using short paragraphs

+ putthe opening. eg. Dear Amy, the closing, eg. Lowe,
‘and your name on separate ines

+ use fend informal language

‘give reasons and examples, using linking words.

Expressions used at the beginning of an informal letter

Dear... Holo. Hi

Thanks (very much) for your eter was great to hear rom

you.

Sorry Ivo taken so long o write back, but... Sony I havent

writen fr so long, but... [ve got so much to tel ou. Im

ving o say... Tis is Justa quick ote t say

Expressions used atthe end of an informal letter

Wl, hats fr now. 1 better finish now because

Say llo your amy Tom me. Give my love 1 everyone.

Dont forget to write soon. Looking forward to hearing rom

you

Love, Lotsoflove, Best shes, All dhe bes, Bye or

Exercise 1

Read the Par 3 writing task onthe right and answer these

questions.

1 Wat are the Key words inthe instructions?

2 Who must you wate 107

3 What does your English-speaking fiend tl you?

4 What questions does your English-speaking fiend ask?

ter for Par in

€ compat per

+ This part ofa eto you receive rom an Eng
speaking ind,
‘vest ud y Faure brad gre ine
shally Fa, Place el me abot our beta We
Kappen do youd
‘+ Now witea letter, answering your riens questions.

We your letter in about 100 words on your answer
shoot

Exercise 2
Study tis model eter and the comments next to i. Answer
these questions.

1 How does Stefan reply o Sans questions?

2. Find as many informal words in tho tor as you can

3, What else shows thatthe style ofthe letters informal?
4

Find an example and two reasons inthe last Ivo
Paragraphs. What inking words does he use?

Model letter

beginning

Dear Sam,

Than fr our te and congratulations
on our fourteenth brida! hope you

Tramo)
todo of al pears! args or
ioe at y bt ah geting | MEY
tte ge pesca from mg | Maty rois

er

rum and dad, a wl ae lead of ity
care = same of am ae quite fay
Theresa cate, 10, This year eave 14
andes on it

“Answer their
‘questions

Later on, my mates tae me out
“somente seca ie à concer. Thats
hays fur, But the est thing i hat can
do what Le all day and no ne can sa
anything because i my Birthday

Ay alr now bce Fe ph | 2
om brat TT

Sperone ee Bree
Stet ee
sm

Friendly)
ending)

139. Exercise 3
Read the Part writing task below and answer these questions.
1 What are the Key words inthe instructions?

2. Who are you writing to?

3 What information does our tind give?

A. What does your friend want 0 know?

This is part of a eter you receive rom an English-speaking end

Tie jk bough ng del, 5 next month TU es you!
ease tll me more about your country With are te best places to
vist? Mat an 2 de thre?

+ Now write a eter to this friend,
+ Write your letter in about 100 words on your answer sheet

Exercise 4
© Read te letter written by a PET candidate and answer questions 1-8.

1 Zoe has made one grammar mistake in each paragraph (1-4). Can you correct the mistakes?
2. Has she made any peling mistakes?
3. Has she organised her letter well?
4 Isher eter about the right length?
5 Isher writing formal or inormal? Give some examples.
8 Does she answer al Jamie's questions? In which paragraphs?
7, Which four common expressions does she use tthe beginning and ond of her eter?
8 Which linking words does she use to give reasons?
PET candidate’s letter
HiJamic,

Y | Thanks fr yur letter = tha ech gd no! I ca belive y
are gén ta visit my cannery!

2 | eink ie best spend yur time ia ety bec there are mare
things fa de than in the canntrytide. Generally, in the cities yen cam.
match films, ge depping and eatin good restaurants.

The nightlife in my country te wonderfull There are famous dicos
here and lively cafés, On Sundays there are cultural attractions for
eeple mich are visiting the cities.

4] Y recommcnd yout si he capital, at it huge and there ar ey
sandy beaches 20, Ales because live here!

Please write again som.
Best wishes,

Zu

wi

ger ©

140. Story

Vo as practised wing a sty oP in Uns and

2

hen jou wie stay shoul bas:

1 reto te werd you ar gn
Feten ae tee ls

+ vete aout te top guests by e os ts
“erence yo how been gen

tien y asking ours wo, wat where ten?
Sn howe

+ cin otre jou sir ting wba il happen tthe
Beginn, inte midland tthe end. We eng
beta nd or mys?

+ ake ste ach pat of rt develops the stoy

= vag tine express e br ar ung hen
win nl oa neo, ede as ono
eg ray end

+ sae ane fn e the pes single or eet,

+ say how you, or the main character, fe at different tines
inthe story

rest during your story, possibly wih a surprise
nd

task and answer he questions that flo.

© Your English teacher has asked you to write a sony.
Your story must have this ie
The fost wallet

“We you story in about 100 words on your answer
sheet.

1 What are he key words in th instructions?
2 Do the instructions give te tl othe fist ine?
3, How many words shoul the answer be?

Exercise 2

the past continuous to describe th background, the
Past perfect fr things that happened before something
‘se when you are already talking about the past.

You should try o:
+ set the scone atthe beginning by using description 2
include some interesting details

‘Study this model story and the comments next o i. Answer

these questions.

1 Is the text writen inthe est person (os he third
person (he/she?

What adjectives and adverbs are used to describe the

scene and he people?

“+ use some unusual vocabulary to make the story more 3 What kind o ending dos it have?
thet Match each of comments a with words in the text
+ include some direct speech, eg, What was that svange
ase?
Model story
scoot | | Thelostwallet ——
ewes tos bonitos
tata | Rafa was standing on the crowded platform of a busy underground | "poste iin
- _) stafion when his wallet was stolen. Upset and angry, he realised —
‘that with ithe had lost his identity card and al his cash. ES
Me never expected to see it again, but months later there was Has erg
A knock at the door 'l believe this is yours! said a nervous stranger MAI }
[Acces meet uo handed him his wallet and then hurried off ino the night: Rafa
looked anxiously inside it +f opa |
Me couldn't believe his luck, because his money was there and so { the end
( was his 1D card. Something, though, was wrong That was his card,
per var LL. Put vit someone else's photo on it Then he understood: they had
| Set wanted to steal his identity.

@ compo ver

141. Exercise 3

ead the Part 3 writing task below and answer these

questions.

Y What are Ihe Key words in th instructions?

2. Who wil ead your story?

3. Which words do you have to use? Where?

4 What are the key words in he sentence you are given?

5 Do you have to write in the fist person D, or the thi
person (he/she?

"+ Your English teacher has asked you to write a stoy

+ Your story must begin with this sentence:
When the phone rang, I knew immediately who
was calling,

‘White your story in about 100 words on your
answer shoot

Exercise 4

‘Quickly read the story writen by a strong PET candidate

and answer this question.

+ The story has tree paragraph 1-3. Which paragraph is.
mainly about the time:

{before the phone rang

ater the phone rang

‘© when the phone was ringing?

PET candidate's story

1 when the pore ang, |e inn iy bo as cling
Before aun, rough ace owe vs aig patin
hr der competion

2 ad pase trough he es secon, hed and forth ou
‘te ad complied my dance in he fh round, he or
id einer wuld perform eu the vor
a frre that he reas be armoured in wo wes
ded eo a6 te

3 Nero Let he cle vo te Nao Dance
Compton a wie si | ws amazed. col’ Bele ci
vos 3 dream cm tu. Aer al yar ol and at
‘hot age anyone wel be he opa! person of he wed

© page 119 Grammar reference: Past simple and past
‘continuous

(© page 128 Grammar reference as perfect

Exercise 5

Read the story more careful and answer questions 1

1 Does the story keep tothe topic ofthe fist sentence?

2 sit about ihe ight length

3 Find one incorrect vert form, aspeling mistake and a
preposition error.

A What vert tensas does she use? Give an example of
each, eg. past simple: rang.

'5 Which time expressions, e, when, does she use?

6 Isher writing mainly formal or informal? Give some
examples,

7, Where and how does she create interest?

8. Where does she us direct speech?

9, Which words and phrases describe how she ft?

ing erence (8)

142. Speaking reference

What to expect in the exam

Te Speaking papers Paper.

+ tlt

2 Sormelmes sona dire dy tom he when
overs

+ You normaly Paper in pa

+ There are two examiners one speaks to you and the
‘ther just Istns,

+ The Speaking paper has four parts.

+ In Parts aná, you tak on your own. In Parts and à,
you tak with your partner, not he examine.

+ You ae not given ime during the exam 10 make notes oF
think about your answer.

+ Paper 3 is 25% ofthe marks for the whole PET exam,

12 minutes.

Part 1

You have practised Part in Units 1 an a. last 2-3,

minutes

ln Pat

+ the examiner ask you some simple questions about
yourself

+ you dont speak othe other candidate

=. you wil be asked to spel a word such as your name or
country

+ questions may be about your life at present, things
you've done in the past or your plans fr tn future

+ you may als be asked about your interest, your kes
and dise, your opinions, ee

Part tests your ability to:
+ hold simple conversation about everday subjects

+ give basic personal information.

How to do Part 1

1 When you meet the examiners andthe other candidate,
be friendly and pote

2. Listen carefully tothe examiner when he or she asks you
questions.

3 you dont understand something, politely ask the
examiner to repeat it

4 Say more than just yes or non your answers

5 Speak clear and loudly enough forthe examiners and
the other candidate o hea you

CE

per

6 Use a range of grammatical structures, including verb
tenses.

7 Toto use as wide a range of vocabulary as you cn,

3. Remember that one ofthe aims of Par st help
you relax by getting you to talk about familia opc:

Read suggestions 9-9 and this transcript from a candidate
during Speaking Part 1. Match the candidates (Emil)
answers 1-7 with 2-0

a. use future forms of verbs
use past tene forms of vers

ive one or more examples

ive more information by adding detal
give one or more reasons

add more answers to a question

ask the examiner to say the question gain

Now whats your name?
My names Emi

"Thank you. And whats your sumame?
Sánchez

How do you spel i

SANCHEZ,

“Thank you. Now, where do you Ive?

In Santiago. 0) 4. Ina ditt called
Independencia, which is quite near

te
Site ty conve.

Examiner: And do you work o are you a student in
Santiago?

Emilio: la student lim in my five year at
‘secondary scho.

‘And what subjects do you study?
Er... @)... could you repeat the
question. pease?

What subjects do you stay?

‘Oh, um … mats, science, history.
‘geography. things ike that.)

And English, of course. do that atthe
‘school and i have lessons at home, t00,
th teacher that comes to my house

Do you enjoy studying English Emo?

143. Emilio: Yes, like learning ita ot (4)
because so many of the Internet isin
English, and also because most ofthe
muse enjoy i too.

Do you think that English wil be useful for
youn the future?

Yes. deftly. 6)... For instance, Id
real Ik to ave round Europe and North
‘America, and for that (6)... need to
know English. Except in countries as Spain
and Mexico, ofcourse, where be able to
Speak in Spanish

OK, Emili. What di you do last weekend?
Last weekend... Oh yes, (7) Iwas
atthe sports contre on Saturday We were
laying basketball against one ofthe best
teams in Somiago, and inte end we beat
thm. We never id that before!

“Thank you.

Examiner:

Examiner:
Emilio:

Examiner:

Exercise 2

Emilio makes sx mistakes when he is speaking, Can you
find and correct them?

Exercise 3

@ Listen tothe dialogue and decide whet
Statements ae tre o fase

1 He sounds confident and relax,
2. He speaks loudly and clearly enough.
3, He sometimes speaks too much,
4
E

these

Te

He is pole when he speaks to the examiner.
His mistakes sometimes make it ificut to understand
im,

6. Heprobably gota good mark in Part 1 ofthe Speaking
paper.

Exercise 4

‘Study the expressions below. Which would you use 0:

+ add mor information?

+ ask someone to repeat something?

+ give examples?

forinstanee aswell as hat sony, dt catch that
‘cout you say that aga please? tke forexample
ako could you repeat tat, please? and sometimes.
‘uch as

Exercise 5

® Listen t this extract rom Part 1 with another candidate,
Isabel Which ofthe expressions does she use?

Part 2

You have practised Part 2in Units 3, 7 and.

last 223

In Pat 2

the examiner describes a stuation and asks you and the
ther candidate to talk about it together

there is a large page with pictures anto help you with
some ideas

+ the examiner repeats the instructions
you speak to the other candidate, not the examiner
+ you give your own opinions about an imaginary station

tanta ol play
you keep talking together uni he examiner tells you to
stop.

Part 2 tats your ability to:

discuss a situation, taking tums wth the ater person

do things such as make suggestions agree or disagree,
and ghe reasons.

How to do Part 2

Listen carefully 1 he instructions both es the
examiner gives them. You can ask 1 hear hom again if
‘anything isnot clear.

Look quickly atthe pictures, and then say something

ke: Sha start. or ul ou? or Would ou lke 1 start, or
shal?

Start taking about one ofthe pictures You might want
{give your opinion or make a suggestion, and then ask
‘what your partner thinks and why.

Talk brit about each picture in ur, replying to what
your partner says and giving reasons for your own
suggestions, opinions and preferences. You can choose
0 agree or disagree (pote) with what he or she says.
Move the conversation along quite quick, fr example
by saying: What do you thik ofthis one? or Shal we go
‘on tothe next one?

Bring the discussion towards conclusion by saying, or
instance: So which shal we choose, then? of Which do
you think would be best?

“Ty to reach a decision by suggesting one ofthe option,
89. Shall we go fr that one?0r Tn in fvour of dong
that

you both decide on one of thom, end by saying
something Ike OK, we agree; Thats the one well choose
ot Right ES go for that one, then Butt docs matter
ifyou dont yeu can agree to disagree! OK, weve Goth
et our own bas = ets Je at tha, then or Shall we
agree to disagree, then?

Speaking reece (8)

144. ;

Exercise 1

‘Study the Part instructions and pictures below, and
answer these questions,

Y What do you have to imagine?
2. What two things do you have to do with your partner?

3. How many object are inthe picture? What is each one
called?

‘Examiner: Im gong to describe a suation to you A
school frend of yours is going to live in another country.
Talk together about the different things the class cold
buy him or her asa leaving present and decide which one
would be bes. Here is picture with some ideas to help
you Alright? Tak together

£,

at

Exercise 2

AE Listen to Stall and Lee doing Speaking Part an
answer questions 1-6.

1 Do y ak the examiner o repeat anything? Xo
2 Do they take tums propery?

3 Dotheylisten and reply to what each other says?
a

5

Do they discus al the pictures?

Do they agree to choose one ofthe object? so,
wich?

5. Which candidate do you think gt a better mark? Why?

© comin ver

Exercise 3

42% Listen again and look at he expressions below. Tick (/)
th ones that Stella and Lee use (hey may nat use exactly
the same words).

Making suggestions
How about 2
Wat do you tk of?
Why dont we ..?
Perhaps we should?
So share … then?

Agreeing with suggestions
igh

Yes, hat tue

ink s,t00.

Yes, (complete) agree with you.
asa (ven) good idea.

Disagreeing politely with suggestions
ink it igh be beter to

ink rather

1m not so keen on

lim not rely sure about that

You may be right but

Giving reasons
because

Forone hing

For another

Toe thing

ink the problem i a

Part 3

You have practised Part in Units 4,5, 10 and 12 ass 3
minutes

In Part 3

he examiner introduces te topic (eg. people at work)
and asks both candidates Lo talkin turn about a colour
Photograph or about one minute

‘+ each candidate has a diferent photograph o talk about

+ the photograph shows everyday situations, eg. people at
‘work, at home, on holiday, oc.

+ th examiner stops candidates ater minute

© candidates are not asked to comment on their partners
photograph.

145. Part est your ability to:

"© describo everyday situations using a range of vocabulary
and structures

organise your language in along tam.

How to do Part 3
Y Listen careful tothe examiner's instructions as the
examiner will you the topic of both photos, 9

People at work or teenagers a home.
2. isa good idea to imagine you are describing the
photograph to someone who cant see i

Exercise 1

Talk about everything you can see in the photograph -
the people, what they are doing, what they are wearing
ei age, et. Alo tak about any other object you can
oo, including their colour, size, et.

Ty to se a range of vocabulary and structures.

Ifyou dont know he word for an objet use one ofthe
escribi expressions, e. Isa thing for

‘Avid pointing at objects - use nat 1, behing, te
instead.

Speak for a minuto - the examine wl say Thank you
wen time to stop.

When ifs the other candidate's tur to talk about heir
photograph, sien but dont say anything.

Read the example Speaking Port 3 task below and ook atthe photographs. Answer the question tha flows.
Now, each of you to tak on your own about something. Im going to give each of you a

photograph of people enjoying their free time

E Photo A

Please tell us what you can see in your photograph.

Look atthe two photographs. Which ofthese thing could you talk bout for Photo A and Photo 8 Put

tick (7) the You columns.

Photo: | A |

the place Y

the te oda arg eran.) ]

the colours

the food

the transport

te clothes

Speaking etrenee @

146. Exercise 2

@ Listen to Sofia and Tania doing the Speaking Part 3 task
Tick (7) the tings they tak about ia the correct column in
the table on page 15

Exercise 3

Listen to Sota and Tonia again and decide if the
folowing sentences are correct or incorrect fr each one
Tick () the bo you think the sentence Is correct.

‘Sofia Tania

1 She describes things she can se in the
photograph,

2. She uses a wide range of vocabulary
and suture,

She uses expressions like i's made 0.

‘She describes the locaton of objets.

She speaks for about a minute

She probably gota good mark in
this par,

a

o 0000 O
oO 0000

‘Ways of taking about the photographs
In is photo we can see

took ie + noun hooks + adjetivo

ink dt hinkt

eoumight be

There seems/appears to be.

‘Ways of talking about an object you don’t know the
word for

lisa kind of.

lts something ike a

is made of meal/plaic/wood, ee

Ws used org

‘Ways of describing location

$ eS ve

in con the ett beineon
on)
inside next to behind

@ comes er

Part 4

You have practised Part 4 in Units 2.5.6 and 1. est 3

minutes.

In Pat

+ the examiner asks you to talk together with your partner
about something connected to the photographs in Part 3

+ the examiner wll introduce the topic or discussion. You
wil usualy need o consider two parts, 2.9. places you
woul ike ovis and acts you would do tere or
acts you ke to do an your oun and acts you he
Lo do wit other peoote

+ yo have a conversation with your partner, nat the

+ you need 1 tke tums to speak by asking and answering
‘ach other's questions

+ you keep talking together untl the examiner es you to
Hop.
Pat tess your ability to:

talk about your own experiences, opinions, kes and
lisis, et. with another person ona topic

+ take urs with the other person by asking them about
their experiences, opinions, kes and dishes, et.

opposite on

in tontot

147. How to do Part 4

1 The examiner will ask you to have
general conversation with your
parier about atopic which is
connected to te photographs you
both described in Part 3.

2. Inti general conversation, you
vil need to tak abau your um
lies and dikes, experiences and
opinions and ask your partner about
theirs.

3 Listen careful the examiners
instructions You can ask the
{examiner to repeat thom again it
you do nat understand, eg. Sony,
‘an ou say that again, please?

4 You wil usualy need to consider
‘wo pars in your discussion, eg,
ie you o talk together about
‘the es of television programmes
{ou ie to watch and when you lke
lo watch thom or the acts you
keto do with your ami andthe
acts you Ike o do with your
‘ends.

5 Tum your char o face your partner.

8. Begin the conversation by talking
about one part ofthe question but
remember to invito your partner to
join in, eg. What do you think?

7. Listen carefully to what your partner
says and reply ina suitable way eg
Fm at so sure,

8 you ean think of anything more
to say, the examiner wl ask you a
further question.

9. Alter three minutes, the examiner
al stop you by saying: Thank you.
That's the end ofthe tes.

Exercise 1
Read the Part instruction below and
underline the two parts you will need
Lo consider in your discussion.

Exercise 2
‘Make a it of some ofthe things you could talk about in the You row below.
Freo-time activities

You Sports le bastetball/ | 5% fie to trp
hockey pila

Agnes

Marcos 5

Exercise 3

@ Listen o Agnes and Marcos doing Par 4. Make some notes on what hey
tak about in the table above,
Exercise 4

© Listen again and decide ithe folowing sentences are corrector incorrect.
‘Tick (4) the box you think the sentence is correct.
1 They talked about their experiences, opinions,

likes and disikes, et. o
2, They asked each other questions and gave

‘each other plenty of time to speak. je}
3, They showed hey were interested in what

their partner said. E
4. They talked about both parts of the task, Q
‘5. They didn't change the topic completely. je}
6 They gota good mark in this part ofthe test U]
Questions for taking turns. Showing you are listening and
Wat about? interested
Wat do you tink? 1m nots sure.
Dont you think so? Maybe.
Do you ik? Yes and.
Do you ie? Realy!
Have you got..? Good point!

1ogroo/diagreo.

Speaking tree (3)

148. Authentic past PET paper from Cambridge ESOL
PAPER 1: READING Part 1
E at

Reading
Part
Questions 1-5
Look atthe txt each question.
| wat does say
| Mark the coedt eter AB or Con your answer sheet
Example:

‘A Do not leave your bicycle touching the window,

NO BICYCLES 'B Broken glass may damage your bicycle tyres.
AGAINST GLASS en
PLEASE

© Your bieyle may not be sae her.

AA Supermarket customers are not charged for parking
‘but need to colecta special ticket.

FOR FREE PARKING
‘CUSTOMERS SHOULD
PICK UP AN EXIT
TICKET FROM INSIDE
THE SUPERMARKET

Supermarket customers should show their receipt at
‘the exit 10 the carpark.

Supermarket customers have to pay for he car park
inside the supermarket

IA Graham has to wait an extra day forthe dictionary he

Graham, ‘ordered from Oteys.

ing Otlys Books = the tionary you
ordered is mo longer published, They
| recommended another one (ES extra -

B If Graham wants dictionary rom Otley, itl cost
mare than he expected.

‘they cold get a copy for tomorrow. © The dictionary Graham needs is unavailable at Otleys,

80 they recommend trying another shop

149. To: Chung

‘Thanks for lending me that surfing
DVD - Im glad you got it back OK.
You can borrow my baseball one

and return it on Sunday if you want,

REDBRIDGE.
COLLEGE
GENERAL OFFICE
Parcels cannot be collected
here without a college
identity card

SPORTS CENTRE

Please report lost:
property immediately
to any member of staff

PAPER 1: READING Part 1
A Lis offering to lend Chung a DVD.
E LivensuwrumoncofCungsOvDsonm |

© Liis asking Chung to give back a DVD he has.
borrowed,

AA The college office wil give you a card when you
coleet your parcels.

18. When posting a parc take your college card with
you tothe ff

© The office wil only give you your parcel if you prove
who you ae.

IA Ask a member of staff 1 show you the lost property
ist

B Tell the staff what you have lost without delay

© The staff wl il in a lst property report immediatly.

PET model paper (D

150. PAPER 1: READING Part 2

Part2

Questions 6-10
The people below all want buy a book lor he young person shown in each picture.
On the opposite page there are descriptions of eight books

Decide which book would be the most suitable for the folowing people to buy.

For questions 6-10, mark the correct letter (A-H) on your answer sheet

6 Gina wants a book for her nephew who i interested in nature. He's always asking
questions about the word around him and Gina thinks he's ready to start learning
2 few simple fects

Bruno is looking fora book his daughter wil enjoy reading and which wil also
help with project she is doing at school. She has to describe an important event
from the past.

8 Editas son loves animals and she would tke to buy him a book with beautiful
Pictures anda strong message about the need to respect Ihe environment.

Tony wants to buy a novel for his teenage sister. She likes stores that ae true to
life and that show people in dificult situations

Lydia is looking for a book about animals for her granddaughter, who cannot read
yet. She wants a book with several stories int, and somo attractive pictures

a
IS

© compe rer

151. PAPER 1: READING Part 2

BOOKS FOR CHILDREN

1 Wonder Why 8
‘The wonders of science come alive for
children in this delightful book. As well

as enjoying the lovely pictures, they

wil also learn about how plants grow,

see how different birds care for their
young and discover some interesting
information about insects.

Painting History >
‘This is a beautiful book showing

famous paintings through history.

Each painting is described in detail,
Including simple facts about the

people shown in them and their lives.
Children are invited to look more

closely atthe pictures and to try some

of the techniques themselves

Forest Tales F
This book is a collection of seven
well-known animal stories from
different cultures around the

world. They are particularly

suitable for reading aloud and

would make good bedtime stories.
Each story is about six pages long
with bright and colourful pictures

on every page.

‘Time Travellers "
This very inter
what life was rally like for people at
certain points in history — the building
Of the Biel Tower, the sinking ofthe
Titanic, the fst moon landing. Written
as diaries, these stories are historically

Basic Technology |
A love of knowledge begins early

with this colourful reference book,

Find out interesting facts and learn
about important inventions in the

last century. Ifyou know a child

who asks questions like ‘What

makes a car go? then this is the

ook for you.

The Hunter

Inti exing story, wonder sad by

2 famous wif arts, Jamin finds a baby

clephant whose moter was led by hunters.

Looking for ep, she travels back trough he

Afin bush ands abl to enjoy there

al round, Heroumey teaches her he
importance of doing al we can to save and |
proc ou won |
Journey to the Past

Lying il in bed, Lucien knows he isnot

like other boys, In this imaginative story

he finds out just how different hes. He
discovers that he has the power to transport

his mind through space and time, This

amazing novel will appeal to those who

read t escape from the real world

Joanna's Search
Joanna was brought up by her aunt and
Uncle and has never known her parents.
‘At 14, she decides to try and find the
answers to the questions that she has
always asked herself - "Who am 1?,
"Where do | come from?’ The novel tells
the moving yet funny story of Joanna's
search for her identity.

PET mode paper (5)

152. PAPER 1: READING Part 3

Parts

Questions 11-20
Look at the sentences below about two people who have visited Antarctica

Read the ext on the opposite page to decide if each sentence is corrector incorrect
His correct, mark A on your answer sheet.

itis not correct, mark B on your answer sheet.

11 Sara Wheeler went to Antarctica to do some scientific research,

12 Sara Wheeler was surprised by how few:

shave travelled to Antartica,
13 Philip Hughes was one of many artists to have paintings on display atthe ‘Antarctic’ exhibition,
14 By 1975, Hughes realise that he needed to find other locations for his work
15 Sara Wheeler particularly ke the fact that Antartica isso diferent from other places on earth,
| 16 One of Hughes's paintings brought back happy memories of Antarctica for Sara Wheeler
17 Hughes had to wear gloves whenever he drew a picture outdoor in Antartica,
18 Hughes completed the painting Christmas Day at Rothera outdoors.
19 Hughes found it challenging o pain mainy in white

20. Hughes missed having his mobile phone in Antarctica,

€ commer per

153. PAPER 1: READING Part 3

oe

| Antarctica

Journalist Sara Wheeler writes about her meeting with the artist Philip Hughes and the
discussion they had about their experiences in Antarctica.

Antarctic has had a powerful effect on both explorers an scien
Y». ‘In 1994 [discovered why, when spent seven months there

collecting material for a travel Book. have often thought the

te 8 amazing emptiness of this region would atrac the interest
= ‘of many landscape painters and yet throughout history.
5 Sh on small number have actually been there,

12003, one of them, he 67-year-old painter Philip
am Hughes, opened a one-man show in London called
= dl = simply “Antarctic Until 1915, Hughes paintings

i

‘were mostly of the South Downs in England, but a
this point, Hughes decided he wanted 1 paint more
no distant lands, Fst he travelled to South America
oon “Then in 2001, be spent ive weeks in Antarctica, dividing
his time between Rothera a Bish esearch centre on
Adelaide Island, and a science camp up onthe West
Antarctic ice sheet.

“Antarctica simpy ist ike anywhere else on this planet and for me this was the best hing about my ist It
is onc-and. hal times bigger than the United Stats but tis ery peaceful, I also never ges dark When I
‘went to Hughes show, we looked a his paintings together. He explained, 1 as just amazed bythe beauty of
| Alar. i didnt mater that our nearest neighbours were 800 kilometres ava

“The temperatures can be extreme. At my camp they reached 15°C and at times fel terrible. But back in
England, looking at Hughes's panting Leoni sland at Midnight, [remembered what Antarctica was like
‘when a storm ended, Kas as ithe world was new. Then I wondered why Teame back. Hughes was there
in summer, and Ih temperatures were around ero. He could raw in these conditions but fit got code, he
needed to wear gloves. The picture Christmas Day at Rothera vas drawn on paper wile Hughes sat onthe
ice. He didn't put paint on until later when he wen inside, a common technique with Hughes, Although
‘ere ae colours in Antarctica, most ofthe continent is white, “The echnical deat involved i painting
‘ere explained Hughes, "was working in white, When I used even a ite blue and green, had to work very
carefully?

asked Hughes why he went to Antartica. “Today, people are controlled by things like mobile phones and
mail, Thad to get vay from this. You only Become sare ofthe absence sa. of planes overhead, when there
‘rent any. When it only you and th natural word, you completely understand its power”

ver mode papes (E)

154. PAPER 1: READING Part 4

| Part

Questions 21-25

Read he ext and questions below.
For each question, mark the corec letter A,B, or D on your answer sheet.

Indian films
Actor Amitabh Bachchan talks about his experiences
have spent over 30 years in the Indian film industry and have
worked with almost three generations of directors and actors. There
was a time when life in the movies was very different. It was slower
and everything seemed simpler. Now, there are so many things to
be dealt with: the light needs to be right, the equipment needs 10
be returned, the actors have to be somewhere else, There also used
to be a sense of magic about the movie industry and the
special, Now they are just one of a crowd,
However, in my experience, the new generation of film-makers take their work seriously
and they are all very confident. Sometimes, when a young director is talking to me about
see technical difficulties. For ex:

nota problem. He sess on the increta we shoe the scene in Romania.
Nore Sen, Rakesh anxious about geting he actor tes right or sorting Ou he
franca ie
Most of day young directors have tained inthe United Sates. They have leant how to

| plan lr producuons in gra dtl nd they are extemely wel prepared Before fling
farts they have aleady ode deidons abou the costumes, makeup, camera angles

| and so on. For an actor i means there's someone taking care of everything. I makes the

filming go smoothly. I have little doubt that the future of our film industry is in very good
| hands.

21 What is Amitabh Bachchan trying to do in this text?
A suggest how indian actors could improve their technique
B compare Indian fms with those made in the USA
© encourage people to watch more Indian films
D describe changes in the Indian fm industry

22 Wa does Amitabh Bachchan say about the Indian fm industry today?
A Every stage of filming takes a ong time.

B The im stars are famous around the world,

© The people involved in ming have a lotto do.

D htisdifiultforyoung actors to start their carers.

(3) compte rer

155. 2

2

PAPER 1: READING Part 4

‘What happened when Amitabh Bachchan and Rakesh Mehra worked together on Aks?
‘A They disliked working wit one another

8 They argued about the best actor to use

© They disagreed about acceptable levels of cost,

D They worried about different things in making the fm.

‘What is Amitabh Bachchan's opinion of young directors?

A They havea professional atitude towards their work.
18 They are careful not to annoy any of he actors.

© Theylike to discuss thee decisions with others.

D They make sure that everyone is wll traine,

How would Amitabh Bachchan describe the Indian fm industry?

A 8
The ta we mad unen indian im-nakrs ke
Tonge ee 29 Sata done te
caber mor indy roving in
ones re today regia tink
Tite ating swore Sim ds,
e o |

‘Our new generation of
Alm makers depends 100
much on technology —
they dont realise what
makes relly good film,

There ae some great
young actors today —
‘hey have to film scenes
‘unprepared and this
makes them very special

ver me per ©

156. PAPER 1: READING Part 5

Parts

Questions 20-35

Road the ext below and choose Ihe correct word for each space.
For each question, mark the correct letter A,B, Cor D on your answer sheet.

Example:
© Acon Behuid Cnesd =D ld

| Answer OA AL

| Inventions
(eat inventions are idas that) sometimes change the world. The invention of
the radio has brought 26) places closer together, and the car has made it possible
van long way. An invention might also be a better way of doing something
= 08) ‘example, ato! to make a job easier or a new farming method. Many

inventions, like musical instruments or sports equipment, have made life more comfortable or

enjoyable, The range of inventions is enormous.

Not 29) 004 idea leads 10 immediate (30) however
en the 15th century, Leonardo da Vinci wrote down Hs den for chains
ca were able to drive machines = ut he technology 10 (39
these chains did not 69, then, This shows that a grat invention may be
| mora as a future development makes it possible.

@ cone vet

157. 27

20

a

s2

a3

34

as

reach

to

every

prize

Between

what

produce

last

absent

et

with

any

a

who

set

exist

PAPER 1: READING Part 5

other
transport
for

au
During
ieh
record
happen

distant
of

each
victory
Since
where
put

PET mode paper (5)

158. PAPER 1: WRITING Part 1

Writing
Part 1

Questions 1-5
Here are some sentences about a football match,

For each question, complete the second sentence so that it means the same a the is.
Use no more than three words.

rte only the missing words on your answer sheet

You may use this page for any rough work.

Example:

0 Aloto people went tothe football match

football match,
1 Has the most exciting football match | had ever been to.

Vd never been to exciting football match before.
2. had to sit at the back, but dnt mind that.

Haar mind sit at the back.
3 Three players were given yellow cards by the referee

The referee yellow cards to three players.
4 The home team dic’ play as well as the visitors.

‘The visitors played the home team.

5 Their captain scored the winning goal just before the match ended.

Their captain scored the winning goal just before the the
match.

159. PAPER 1: WRITING Parts 2 and 3

Part2

Queston 6
Vos have rove new home andre tng trend abut
| Mr eo or En en, your ead yo hod
| + ela wy yeu tie moved
2 ca te bot our nen home
+ ne eur Engl end tou

Write 35-45 words on your answer sheet.

Pants

Write an answer to one ofthe questions 7 oF 8) in this part.
Vite your answer in about 100 words on your answer sheet
Mark the question number in he box atthe top of your answer sheet.

Question 7
+ Thisis part of eter you receive rom an English friend,

‘Yesterday visited an exibition about the futur o my foun What d ou tik your
‘oun ibe ke in 20 yeas tne? Do you tink youl ay re there?

+ Nowwrite a letter answering your rends questions.
| + Write your letter on your answer sheet.

The best decision I've ever made

Vie your story on your answer sheet

rer mae pee @

160. PAPER 2: LISTENING Part 1

a Part

Questions 1-7

‘There are seven question in this pat.
For each question there are three pictures and a short recording,
‘Choose the correct picture and put ick (/) in the box below it

Example: Where i the gies hat?

J

alz e el]
1 emo
5 o
2 Where deste oy ls paí now?
; h
Da) 5 e

© compl er

161. PAPER 2: LISTENING Part 1

8 Whereis the computer now?

à How este won coment grund he nd |

e Ys

5 Whatdo both gis decide to wear o the disco?

PAS

5 el

PET mode paper (6)

162. PAPER 2: LISTENING Part 1

{6 Who gave the man the CD for his birthday?

a
re

7. Whatis the man going to order?

=
=

163. PAPER 2: LISTENING Part 2

a Part2

Questions 8-13 |
You wil hear the pilot Kate Ginglord talking about the Ist few days of her fight around the word in à |
small aeroplane,

For each question, puta tick (/) inthe correct box

18 In Norway, Kate friends helped her A plan the route on the map.

1B cook a mea before her fight.

© puton the clothes she would flyin

9 During the fight to Denmark, Kate A ole very tired.
B spoke to her son,
© enjoyed views ofthe sea.

10 A she had to land unexpectedly.
B the plane was dificult to fy. O
whee! was not working proper.

11. While staying at her friend farm, Kate ‘A enjoyed hearing the birds sing

B got annoyed about losing Aying time.

© made sure she got some extra sleep

12 Kate had to arive at the fying club in England A during the afternoon.
B while the weather was good.
© belare it got dark

13 How did Kate fel when she aried in London? A pi
[8 keen to make another long rip
© nervous about seing her family again

1d she had done the tip

po O

PET mode paper (5)

164. PAPER 2: LISTENING Part 3

a Pana

Questions 14-19

‘You wil hear a recorded message about a tourist atraction called The Grand Palace.

For each question lin the missing information inthe numbered space.

AAAAVAVAYAVIVAVIMADA,

The Grand Palace

“The Palace is now open again,

Pepa tote (4) are fished
“There is a ply of (5) inthe entrance hal ein
the wor

In he muse room, you can see the Queens QU)
Light snacks are avaiable inthe tearoom or he (1)
“The Palace is open 1000 - 1800 from June to (8)

‘family ticket costs (9)

@ come rer

165. a

Parts

‘Questions 20-25
Look atthe sik sentences fo his part.
You wil hear a conversation between a boy, Tom, and agi, Jemma, who are studying in diferent parts
ofthe county

Decide if each sentence is corrector incorrect.
Iris correct, puta tick (/) nthe box under A for YES. If itis not corect put tek (/) in the box
under Bor NO.

PAPER 2: LISTENING Part 4

2

2

2

24

25

Tom and Jemma had arranged to meet each other

‘The fis at Kingsford cinema are usualy rather out of date.

Tom is surprised that Jemma spends so much on entertainment.

Jomma did a free course to get a qualification.

Tom thinks Jemma wil ind working at a swimming poo! boring.

“Tom is sure Jemma will get a job at the holiday camp.

D 00

[m]

p 0

O

ver mode poner (3)

166. PAPER 3: SPEAKING Part 1

Part
23 mos

Phase 1
Interlocutor

AVB. Good morning / afternoon / evening
(Can have your mark sheets, please?
(Hand over he mark sheets to the Assessor)

AB Im and this is
He / She is just gong 0 listen o us,

‘A Now, what's your name?

‘Thank you

1B And whats your name?
| Thank you

Back-up prompts,

8 [Candidate what's your surname?
| How do you spel it?

How do you write your family second

A And. Candidate A, what's your surname? | | How do you write your family / second
How do you spelt? name?
Thank you.

| Thank you.
(Ask te folowing questions. Use
candidates names throughout. Ask
“Candidate À frst)
Where do you ive / come from?
Adult students
Do you work or are you a student in.
hat do you do / study?
School-age students

Do you study English at school?

Do you tke it?

Thank yo.

Repeat for Candidate 8)

Do you iin...

Have you got a job?
What ob do you do? / What subject(s)
do you study?

Do you have English lessons?

@ compote Per

167. PAPER 3: SPEAKING Part 1
a |
|

Phase 2
Interlocutor

(Select one or more questions from the ist 0 ask each candidate. Use candidate names throughout
Ask Candidate B frst)

Back-up prompts

Do you enjoy studying English? Do you le studying English?
Do you think that English wil be useful for you in Will you use English in the future?
the future?

‘What did you do yesterday evening /last weekend? Did you do anything yesterday evening /

last weekend? What?
What do you enjoy doing in your free time? What do you ike todo in your ree time?
Thank you.

introduction to Part 2)

Inthe next par, you are going to talk to each other.

PET model paper (5)

168. PAPER 3: SPEAKING Part 2

Visiting new city

Say io both candidates:

Fm going to describe a situation to you.

A cy wants to give bete Information to tourists who want to come and vs Tle
together about he diferent ways the city can give information and say which would be
best for tourists.

Here is picture with some ideas to help you.

| Interlocutor.

Place Part 2 booklet, open at Task 1, in ont of candidates.
Pause

say that again.
A ct wants to give beter information to tourists who want to come and vst. Talk
together about he different ways the city can give information and say which would be
Best fr tourists.

Al right? Tak together

Allow the candidates enough time to complet the task without Intervention.
Prompt on if necessary.

Thank you. (Can |have the booklet please?)

Rires Part 2 booklet.

(© About 2-3 mints (nang um o ss o formato)

@ comer PET

169. PAPER 3: SPEAKING Part 2

170. PAPER 3: SPEAKING Part 3

(REA [rats |
| Special occasions |
mes
Intartoctor
Soy to bth candies

Now ieee of ou to ak on your um bout om
ou photogrph a special occasion
Canddate A heres your photograph (Puce Part 3 Booklet open a Task 1 font
of Cate Ay aos show > Candidate DD 1 My otk about Candidate
À ouate. ge ou your proa no momen

| cani, lease lu wt ou can es in our photogr

ing. tm going to give each of

(Candidate A)
‘Approximately one minute
there is à need to intervene, prompt rather than direct questions should be used.

Thank you. (Can | have the booklet please?)

Retrieve Part 3 booklet from Candidate A
Interlocutor.

Now, Candidate B, her is your photograph. also shows a special occasion. (Pace
Part 3 booklet, open at Task IB, in font of Candidate B Pease show ito Candidate A
and tel us what you can see in the photograph.

(Candidate 8)
Approximately one minute

Thank you. (Can | have the booklet please?)

Ratrieve Part 3 booklet fom Candidate 8.

© compe ver

171. PAPER 3: SPEAKING Part 3

172. PAPER 3: SPEAKING Part 4

Para

Interlocutor.
Say to both candidates:

‘Your photographs showed special occasions. Now, like you to talk together about
special occasions you have enjoyed and say what you did to celebrate thom,

Allow the candidates enough time to complete the task without intervention. Prompt only if
necessary.

‘Thank you. That's the end ofthe test.

© Parts 2 & 4 sou take about E mites garer. ES
1. Talk about special occasions

you've enjoyed.

2. Talk about what you do on
special occasions.

3. Talk about a wedding /
birthday party youve been to.

a. Talk about the clothes you
wear /food / music on
special occasions.

© compe ver

173. Extra material

Student A activities
Unit 6

Grammar
Exercise 3

Page 56

Student A

‘The Disc Jockey (DJ)

Di Jupiter played the guitar in a local band while a
secondary school. He was often asked to choose the
music a his friends” parties because he had a large
collection of music. He began studying computing at
‘uni but he became more and more interested in using
software to mix music. In 2001, he began to work in
local nightclubs and he has been a successful disc
jockey since then, Last year, DY Today named him "DJ
of the year

Unit 8

Speaking Part 1
Exercise 5

age 75

Student A

Y recived

2 centre (US cee)
Fand

A beautiful

Unit 12
Vocabulary
Exercise

Page 112
1. Where are Todd's keys?

5 colour
6 comfortable
7 then

>

=

ast
2) Te

2 Where's the sports shop?

3 Where's Een, Imogen’ cousin?
Unit 5

Starting off

Page 44

Key to quiz: How emotional are yout

1a2b0c1 2a1b0c2 3a1b2c0
432b1c0 Sa0dle2

¡or ver You have ong emotions and people
Always know how your clin That can len be a
Good thing, du sometimes there’ a danger of hurting
Others litle more se contro might be god fr you
Sand nose around you!

4-7 You've not an extreme person. You're quite well
balanced: sometimes you show Your felings, but at
other times yu control them very wel, I's importan,
‘hough, to Know when to show your emotions and
when nt

3 or under: You're probably nota cold person, but
perhaps you're controlling your emotions a Tite 100
much. Everybody needs to relax and express their
feelings sometimes: it makes us fee better and it
may also do us good!

Unit 12

Vocabulary
Exercise à

Page 112

Student A

Draw these objects on the plan on page 1

= pan

sta muera (3)

174. Unit 8

Starting off
Page 70

Key to quiz: Al in the om
1ACiderela 2 À Maradona 3C Rafa Nadal

4 À Brad Pitt & Angelina Jolie. § B Bart Simpsons
grandéather

Unit 9

Starting off

Page 80

Key to quiz: How ft and active are you?

1A1B2C0 2A1B0C2 3A0B1C2

4A2B1C0 5A2B0C1 6A1B2C0
7A0B2C1 SADBIC2

0-5 You're not keen on exercise, are you? By not
getting a minimum 30 minutes of activity a day
You're missing the chance of having a beter body
and a great way to fee es stressed, sleep better
“nd get more energy. As is ll new to you, start
‘with alittle at first. Remember you can do parts of
your half hour a different times, so why not walk
o work, clean the house, go fr a swim - anything
‘that stops you siting onthe sofa, realy. You dont
ave to run 40 kilometres to improve your fitness.

6-11 You could be fer. You're quite relaxed and,
‘while taking it easy can be a good ide, it shouldn't
take 100 much extra effort to do the recommended
30 minutes a day, five times a week. You enjoy
spending time with your friends, so why not take
‘up an activity together? It can be anything ~ from
a street dance class to basketball Or if you dont
fancy organised classes, get together in the park
for a game of football, oF go out dancing instead of
sitting around doing nothing.

12 or more Well done! You'e fit and active. Half an
hour of activity a day is a minimum for you. While
Keeping active now means you look and feel great,
you can also look forward to a healthy future, You
shouldn't have to worry if you stay active. As you
enjoy being ft, make sure you do all the activities
you can: from hill walks and dancing to rock
climbing and swimming. That way you'll never get
bored with keeping active.

@ compe et

Student B activi
Unit 6

Grammar

Exercise 3

Page 56

student 8

“The Kickboxer

Both Lewis Young parents were professional boxes.
He began boxing when he was five. When he was
sight he became interested in martial arts and when
he was fourteen, he got his black belt. He began to
fight professionally when he was eighteen. From the
beginning he has been called a colourful fighter. He
has won several important world competition. He has
just begun to write his first book on kickboxing,

Unit 8
Speaking Part 1
Exercise 5

Page 73,

student 8

1 interesting 4 recommend 6 favourite
2together — Sbelieve 7 thought
3 restaurant

Unit 12

Vocabulary
Exercise à

Page 112
Student B
Draw these objects on the plan on page 112.

175. Answer key

Note: You can use short forms to
questions, eg,
has done” > ‘she’s done, et.

1 Homes and habits

swer the

Starting off
os
Recording seript corms

Jule: Hi My rame Jula Davis nd isis my room

| spend most of my everings there and part of
the weekend, though Im ut quite alt then
not parer bg room, but ve got al

my aveute things there. Theres my compares
“which use mil fr emalig, one chat nd

looking round on the Interne and my mabe
= re texting people! do my homework
there oo. as you can see rom the pl of text
books. They should real be onthe books,
but there jst iit any space there, 19d a ot
cal - thats why there are so many books
‘and magazines, Aso play the guitar bi and
though Im not very good yet my mum says Im
starting to get beter! Then there's the DVD,
ls. | dont often use that, but when have
someone round, we sometimes wate lm or

@ze 3a at sa 6d

Listening Part 4

O suggested answers:
1 doesn't shut late, lots of places stay open late
2 cost lot of money, charge low prices
3 sometimes doesn't feel sae, is always very safe
4 get out of bed before, stay in bed longer
5 a sensible thing to do, not very clever

Recording script co} ka

Lucas: When youre traveling abroad, Zoe, do you Ind

that people do things a fret times ofthe
or

am working’ “Im working, she

Luces:

Zu:

Zoe:

Lucas

Lucas:

‘Wel guess he rst thing you mai show
ary people have dinner ere in the UK.
maybe at 6 dock. And often nthe USA and
Conds, to. Buin Spain o South America,
forinstance they dont usualy have th main
‘mea unta ie inte evening, anc they often
‘0 ut alter that henna town kets,
‘everything closing. ist

Wel, | don't ink that’s aras tue Some.
les sy onen ver te these day,
articular inthe town centre,

But how do you get homo here The buses
and ans al stop runing around eleventh.
‘There ae usualy txs around after hat. There
‘ways seem be people geting into them. or
ang fr them.

Wel, even you can get one they ent arto
much in my opinion anyway

Your ght about that, Thats why | never take
thm, But suppose you cous walk home.
‘the way rom the town centre? You must
bejoking! And hat another thing. At ight

in paces ike a or Greece or he Mile
East, there ae always lots of people around
Famlis, mesa. So you dont worry about
anything bad happening ther, but when Im
ere our kan here ace ines when Lee
wel hot af I know it seems sy butts
te.

‘You may be right that der people go to bed
aly most nights. But does that make it
more fun when youre ou? Everyone you seis
young!

Thats wwe!

So do peopl inthe south o Europe get up
later the next moming?

Wel, school starts just as early as inthe north
‘of Europe o do ink the ai ed any.
Later Anto schoo days normaly about the
sane 2 here.

‘And wen there no school?

‘They have lunch ater perhaps at wo or re
proper meal. thet - not usta sandwich
‘Alter that people sometimes have a quick
seep.

PT)

176. Lucas: Liinkthats sensible iitsustora few,
mes Ike do that. every day.

Zoe: Is coran a good idea when its ot Maybe
the fern routines in ire parts ofthe
world are because ofthe weather there?

Lucas: Thats possible yes

O 1No 2Yes 3Yes 4No 5 Yes

Prepositions of time
O2in son aa
© Ar half past two, bedtime;
IN the morning, summer, 2010, the holidays;
ON April 24, Saturdays

sin

Grammar
Frequency adverbs: question forms.

O1 before 2 they go after it 3 at the end
O suggested answers:

21 check my email every two hours.

31m never late for schoo

41 sometimes write letters 1 friends.

51 don always have lunch at home.

Sm sleepy in the morning almost every day.

71 hardly ever go out on Monday nights,

81 stay in bed late most weekends

Reading Part 5

@ Arie; 1 about a windmill buil to be a home: C;
‘On one side, near the top of the windmill (sails);
around the lower part ofthe windmill (balcony)
Points in text: 1, 3,4, 6,7

Ozaround 3 third Alke S few 6 corners
7as Sin Hab. 10 clecuicty

© News report: modern cave homes. Suggested
points:
As the climate becomes hate, cave homes are

becoming more popular

+ Ws never very ot or cold in caves.
© Modern cave homes are pleasant places to live

@1D 2A 3B 4A SC 6B 75 8D

O compte er

O Suggested answers:
Reasons not to ike it: the lack of natural ight,
the possibilty of damp, claustrophobia
Other places: tree houses, converted lighthouses,
aeroplanes, boats, te.

Grammar
Present simple and present continuous; state
verbs

@1 24 3a ac

O2am/msiting_3is 4 am/m looking
Slove 6stay 7 go Sis getting /s getting
Sleave 10is blowing 11 am/'m having
12 dont think

© All state verbs except: change, dream, fill, improve,
paint, relax

© 2 Do you prefer o get up carly or lat? 3 1s anybody
at your house watching TV at the moment? 4 What
Colour clothes are you wearing today? 5 Which
‘things in your house belong to you? 6 What do you
sometimes forget to doin the morning?
‘Suggested answers for replies: 2 I prefer to get up
late. 3 No, nobody at my house is watching TV at
‘the moment. 4 Im wearing blue and black clothes
today. 5 The small bed, the computer and the
desk belong to me. 6 sometimes forget to brush
my teeth in the morning.

Vocabulary
House and home; countable and uncountable
nouns
O suggest answers:

Living room: sofa, cushions, armchair

Bathroom: bath, cupboards, mirror, taps tolle,
towels, washbasin

Kitchen: cooker, cupboards, dishwasher,
microwave, sink, taps, washing machine, fridge

Bedroom: blankets, cupboards, mirror, chest of
drawers, pillow

Hall: bell
O furniture

{@ (0) tells you the noun is uncountable; [is the
symbol for a countable noun,

177. Grammar

A few, alle, many, much, a lot of an lots of

prepositions of place

O 1 afew, afew 2 alittle, alittle 3 many, many,
many 4 much, much, much. 5 alot oflots of, à
lot of/lots of, alot, alot

@2 much / alot of lots of, afew 3 a few / lots of /
‘lot of a lot of lots of 4 much / alt of / los of,
‘lot of / lots of 5 much / alt of / lots of, a few, a
lot 6 much / alot of lots of, many / alot of / lots
of

O2in 3in don Son Gon

Speaking Part 1
O2 How do you spell it d
3 Where do you live? a
4 What do you dot e
5 Do you enjoy studying English? ¢
@ at (school etc.), in (a town, etc), on (the coast, etc.)

©2in 3doyouwork 4areyou Sat Sin
7 do you study 8 te studying 9 do you
enjoy 1Olike Mat 12in 1380 out
Isa

Min

e
Recording script cores

John: Maria. where do you come rom?

‘Maria: tm from ar. ts asm town in Greece, ner
Athens.

John: And doyou work or are you a student?

‘Marie: lin a student ta secondary school inthe

John: Wnatsubjets do you stu?

‘Maria: Althe usual ones ke maths and istry but
this month te studing modern msi, oc
It rey interesting.

Joh: Ahi What do you enoy doing in your re une?

‘Marie: WeL lc string to muscat home, my

oom. An sometimes ge ut wih fends in
the evenings. ral weekends.

Writing Part 1

2a tile 3 mvaiting 42 Soften
Ob3 ci 42 es
O2e 3b 4a 5d 6e

@2 aren't / are not at_ 3 is having /'s having
Sever Salittle atthe

2 Student days
Starting off

OA alarm clock rings Bset off for school C catch
the school bus D teacher takes register E have
lunch inthe school canteen

@ze 3D ac 55
Sounds that ae heard: 2 knives and forks
3 teacher taking register and students answering,
4 school bus arriving at bus stop 5 student leaving
house for school

Recording script co as
One. [Alarm clock ini]
“wo [Sound of schol canteen)
“Three. (Children coming no das]

Teacher: | Kay Ashby.
Kely: Yes. M Tuma.
Teacher: Max Atkinson.
Max: Yes. MeTuman.
Teacher: Gemma Brown.
Gemma: — Yes, Ms Truman.
Fou.
[school bus]
Fre.
Boy: Bye mum!
Mother: Byel

Reading Part 3

© suggested answer:

‘The text is probably about the typical school day of
Wayne, a 16-year-old secondary school student in
Beijing, China.

ET)

178. © Some possible guesses:
Wayne sets off for school after breakfast; he catches
the school bus near his house: when he gets to
School, the teacher takes the register; he has lunch
in the school canteen a 12.0.

© the general idea ofthe text is that Wayne's school
day in China i long and hard.
© suggested words to underline:
2by car 3 punished, later than 0720. 4 some
sports facilities 5 midday, none, home, lunch
Greaves, at 1220. 7 homework until, dinner
8 never sleeps, more than six hours
© Suggested words to underline:
Y try myself an eg for breakfast, My sister buys
something from the market stalls
21 sometimes goto school by bus, However, 1
normally goto school by bicycle
3 in school atleast 20 minutes before lessons begin.
165 a school rule. Ifyou don't arrive on time, you
can expect punishment (the clock in the next
paragraph shows that lessons begin at 0740).
4 didn't use to have a football it, basketball
courts ora running track but now it does
5 All of us at in the school canteen
6 We finish school but we can't go home; we have
an exam afte class
TI takes me 30 minutes to eat and then Ihave to
do my homework
81 always wake up less than six hours later
2B 3A 4A SA 6B 7B 8A

Vocabulary
Take, st, pass, fal lose, mis, ear, teach and study

@2siting 3 taking 4 missing 5 study
learn 7 each
© suggested answers
1 How many marks do you need to pass exams at
your school?
2 What happens if you fail an exam?
3 How often do you miss school?
4 Do you study every weekend?
5 Would you like 10 learn something new? What?

@ comp Per

Grammar
Past simple

92 shopping centre 3 (large) cinema(s) (with
choice of films) 4 Spanish 5 (being with) new
family and friends

Recording script co ns

Interviewer: Today we have Nadine wih sto tak about the
sx months she spent in Chile. Helo, Nadine

Nadine: Hi

Interviewer: You à normal 16-year-old scho! student,
‘Where dd you go est ear?

Last year ued in Chia tr sx months as an

exchange student. ved with a Chiean fay.

went to school everyday and [had 10 wear.
unio, i Canad doi have to wear.
form so uncoal

Interviewer Where dd you sa

Nadine: Lata in San Pedro de Atacama = high in

the Atacama desert. Unike Toronto. theres 00.
‘sco. 00 shopping cei, age cinemas.
wih choice of ims.

Imteriewer ow id you el when yu fis are?

Nadine: To ellyou the uth, Lua sared San Pedro

so diferent Fem my hometown

Interviewer: Di you speak Spanish beore you weni?

Nadine:

Nadine: Yes. did, Lui Spanish at school in
Canada and thought was goodat But
when I gto Chile coud say anything.
ras

Interviewer: What about schoo! What subjects de you
sud?

Nadine: id maths, chemistry, iogy physics, histo
Spanish anda.

Interviewer asta good experience?

Nadine: Yes. as. al cad went there My
‘Spanish improved and even began to dream.

I Snsnish so stopped mssing expensive
‘acta ie going the enema othe disco
and began 1 reale dh un in San Pero was.
ing wih oy new am and fends
Interviewer: Thankyou, Nadine... and if yout to
‘know more about beng an exchange student,
contact our tin number on 0800 434
(92 Where did you stay?_ 3 How did you feel when
you first arived? 4 Did you speak Spanish before
you went? 5 What subjects did you study? 6 Was
ita good experience?

179. Obstayed cwas dstudied edid {was

O Regular: alived b stayed d studied;
Irregular: e was e did f was, went

© 2 plot ~ played (vowel before y)
3 planed ~ planned (consonant + vowel +
consonant) 4 traveled» travelled (British English
always doubles the I although this answer wou!
be correct in US English)
5 openned + opened (final syllable isnot
stressed) 6 happend — happened (add ed 10
infinitive without to) 7 studyed > studied
(consonant before y, the y changes 0 i)

@2 buyed > bought 3 choosed + chose
Ach fell 5 weared > wore 6 writed + wrote

Past simple and past continuous

O suggested answer:
The sun was shining and Nadine was walking to
school. Suddenly she saw a group of dogs. She was
very frightened,

e
Recording script Go woot

Nadine: Itasinmy second week. Thesun was shining.
and Las eng good as waking to shoal.
ben saw group of dogs Las ight
but it know what to do.

e

Recording seript cos taste

Nadine: Suddeny woman appeared fom nowhere
and she stared screaming atthe dogs. The
dogs an off. si Gracias! and went to
school

O1 Underline: appeared, started,

No, the actions happened one after the other. The
dogs ran off last.
2 Circle: was shining, was feeling

an off

We don't know when the sun started shining or
if it stopped shining (but we do know that this
activity was happening around the time of Nadine’
Journey)

3 Circle: was walking; underline: saw

No, Nadine began walking to school and in the
middle ofthis activity, she saw the dogs

92 past continuous 3 past simple 4 past
Continuous. § past continuous 6 past simple
O2 looked 3 was raining 4had 5 got
Gdrove 7 changed 8 was putting 9 started
10 were
o
Recording script coria
Tommy: Ths morning | woke up early o vi Ayıkeku
High Schoo. lord out of the window. twas.
‘bing had a guck breakfast and we got
‘ready ogo. We drove to school, Atte schoo!
we changed our shoes fr sippers. As as.
Alina on my sippers, my Japanese friend

act looking at my fet. The sippers were
100 smal

Listening Part 1

© Suggested words 10 underline:
2do today, 11 am 3 What, buy 4 weather,
tomorrow
© suggested answers:
1 A time: one fifty or ten to two _B time: one forty
five or (a) quarter to 10 C time: two fifteen or
(a) quarter past wo
2 Aa sports class Ba (school) play/performance
Ca maths lass
3 A table tennis alls B table tennis bats
© trainers
4 A sunny weather Beloudy and rainy weather
Celoudy weather
© suggested answers
2411 tomorrow B after break, finish 1115
eas
3 À cheap Blend brothers. got some
4 Atoo much sun Btoday € Internet dry but
“cloud
Recording script cor Ink 1e
(One. What te des John have to eave school
today?
Mes Drew: Woodland High School Mr Drew speaking
Mother: Yes. Thisis John Fur mother He's got
another doctor's appointment today ata
‘quarter pas two Last work picked him up at
ten to two bu we got there ie. Can Lost him

amie (O)

180. Ae minutes aver ody = ot a quarter io two?

“wo, What are the students going odo today

at am?

There be some changes to your timetable

day. Aer bresk were going to see aay.

performed by some Year 10 students.

That sould ish by 1118 We do maths

‘then know we normaly do sort at ut

wel have od hat amerra instead

Three What does Nathan have to buy?

ve ust joined the table tenis team but Im

not sur ve gt enough money to buy the

equipment

Don't he bal are ely cheap end

‘Lean lendyou ny brothers bal He never

ses it You have to gel some goodness

though

Leeds got sme

Four What wil the weather be Be tomorow?

Are you ready for you shoal tp tomorrow.

Beth? Youre going to those new outdoor

swimming pools arent you? Lucy ou dit

ony. thes stomped ring

Beth: Thats what worried about Our teacher
looked itup onthe Itemet andi sa be.

sey. but cloud Let hope tight

‘Yeoh, thts entran to mish su, ke

@15 25 34 ac

Teacher:

Nathan

Jacob:

Nathan:

Father

Father:

Grammar
Used to
O used 10
© suggested answers
1 No (we can say /you/he, et. used to 80)
2 There is no dat the end of use (we did’ use to
take exams)
3 The infinitive without ro
© suggested questions
1 Did you use to get alot of homework?
2 Did you use to play in a team?
3 How often did you use to meet your fi
4 Did you use to choose your own clothes?
$5 What did you use to do in your free time?

st

© Gummi ver

Reading Part 1

015 2c 3c 4B 5A

Vocabulary
Ear, have make, spend and take

@2make 3take 4 spend 5 earn

Speaking Part 4
© suggested ansuer
‘iw Vienam Mano. Colombia

IT [No/ Very few work [tes
Parents dont allow \Barn extra spending

‘them money
They have o study

hard

[no Yes, in father's office

3 no, bur could be a
good thing for some
teenagers (lean about
money and society)
studying isthe most
important thing

Yes but wih more rules 7
Limit on numberof hours
worked

Working can be good
experience / ean work
more in school holidays

Recording script co xt

Unk: Dteenagersworkin Colombia?

Marcelo: Yes.they.do Teenagers in my county work
to eam extra spending money Whatabauin.
Vietnam?

Uni: Miel dont work and acu very ew,
‘genagersin Vietnam wark In my county,

most parents dont alow ti chren to have

‘aparttime job. We have to goto school nd

study hard lnm opinion. is nal a good idea.

{octeenagers ook and study at he same.

‘ine, What do you think?

Tm not so sure agree that teenagers need

enough time o study and do the homework.

they work oo many hours, hir merk wil

go down, However. working partie can bea.

good exerteres doit ya thnk sa?

Link: Maybe For some teenage, working could
be away to ls about money and society.
However we have to think about he future.
Like audi he most important.
thing Do you aes?

Marcel

181. ‘Marcelo: Yes and no. A sid before, iin having.

Un Haveyouootanarklme jo?

‘Marcelo: Yeah somtimes workin my ler fcr
Ihave to delve eters and documents around
‘the bung lear ite ito extra money.

Lunn; Rely? That sounds interesting, What do your
teachers sav?

Teachers complain that students who work

dent do their homework wel nd they often

‘do bady in tests. thnk thet students can

work to ear some pocket money they re

good stents

Lint: God aon! havent ant aja tm going to
concentrate on my studies and ook or job
‘when im de.

Marcelo:

O 1ihink 250 3agree 4m0 5 parttime job
GReally 7say 8 point

Writing Part 2

© suggested words to undertine:
cant, sports practice, note, coach, apologise,
explain, suggest another time

@ Answers for question 1: 1 email 2 English
speaking fiend, Isabel 3/4 thank, tell invite
Answers for question 2: 1 note 2 coach, we don't
know name 3/4 apologise, explain, suggest

@ai ba

invite: would you like to come
suggest why dont train
explain: (1 won't be able.) because (1..)
apologise: Im sorry that

O 1 an email 2Jason 3 10 tell him you cant meet
him 4 apologise, explain, suggest

O Model answer:
Hi Jason,
im sorry that I can't meet you tomorrow, I's
because I have exams next week and I have 10
study hard. Il finish my exams on Friday. Why
don't we meet then? We could go tothe cinema,
Yours,

Vocabulary and grammar
review Unit 1

Grammar

@2in 3on din Sin Gat Tin Sat 9in
Wa Mat 12in Ion

@2alittle Sala 4aliule $time 6 much
Tale 8a few

92 boat l'm calling 3 do-yowstand are you
Standing 4 Bo-you-sleep-ever Do you ever
sleep 5 Em-never believing I never believe
61 make my own bed every day. 7 How often do
you have a bath? 8 Egernormaliy-home [normally
get home

Vocabulary
o

RT o[o]E!

Basa

ılaln

v

AAA

alele]

flare)

Vocabulary and grammar
review Ui

Vocabulary
@2study shad 4made Stake 6 missed
7 siting 8 learn
Grammar
@2 planing ~ planning 3 payed + paid 4 founded:
“Mund, 5 bought = bought 6 ffl

7 bringed-> brought 8 studing — studying
9teached + taught 10 puted put

Ansverker @

182. © 2 was shining, were singing 3 was having,
Tang 4 chose, was 5 saw, was buying,
Gescaped, was cleaning 7 thought, was
8 read, wrote 9 enjoyed 10 laughed, appeared
© Suggested answers:
2 used to go home for lunch
3 didnt use to live near our school
4 didnt use to be a good student
5 used to give us alot
6 used to be very ate for school

3 Funtime

Starting off

Obseeing cgoing d flying e collecting
{laying geurfing heending keeping
jaiving Pitre 21 31 de Se 6)

Listening Part 2

Oa2 bi ca a3
@18 2A 3c 48
Recording script Co took 2

Spencer: Him Spencer Watson and m here ote you

about our unusual ways to havea great day
out Fist, how about ging back in me wth
a stam train journey trough the beaut

Scotish coutrysde? This onthe away

of completly on your own To tke part you
have to be ft. oer in yore od and at ast
1 metre 40 tal Opening hours re usualy 9.30
10930.

It venture course st realy your ing.
butyou ke seing realy big wide, you

can do much beter than dolphin nd whale
watching in Wes. Voyages of Discovery
‘organises regular ps out sa, passing
em ilnds wth heir enormous Seabed
‘populations and then onto even deeper
waters. And there, ver occasionally you

will se whales, wie on alos all the ins.
his wll appear You may lo see huge
Sharks. though they ere quite rare these
‘Gars. The voyage sn cheap. but most people
ho done it agree thats wel worth the
money

instead you's het be up inthe hy, try a
baloon fight rom any ofthe hundeeds of tes
across the country. usuel begins ety in
the morning when you meet the pet, crew and
‘ter passengers, and the huge bacon sony
‘fs wth hot rises gent, and then you go
whichever way the wid i blowing, The actual
‘ing times about on hour and although L
in could iat itlonge ts certainty a
wonder experience. 6 lo posste o
ook fight just or wo, for anytime ofthe
er

@2hours 3 fee A value 5 journey 6 advice

ne made famous bythe Hay Pot fins. 7 ahead
‘Starting at Fort Wilem, near tai highest

mou the ten epanssachmeminaat Vocabulary
kurt. geting oy fai eg ve prefines

‘lage of Malaj at 1225. The eue journey
to For Wim starts 140 nd takes an
hour ad ity minutes. The ares ar good
vale fr money and sa great experience for
steam trai ans of any age. I very popular in
‘summer, i's best book head

Fora rely exting ay ut, Go Wi adventure
‘courses offer hours of fun in seventeen
¿ear ocatns. For ay smal mision
ee, you can cmb tal ees, go fom re 10
to Lee top on high wr, cross watertls ar
‘below, go through tunnels ~ and ots more.
Before you start. hough, tay ge you ful
soley advice. o pren accidents they ut.
el round your ais andthe tops allge

© un ftjfae/healthy, in- correct/dependent/active,
im possible/polie/probable

Qs informal 4unkind Suntrue 6 impatient

© suggested answers:
2 stay in al the time. 3 get up early to go
somewhere. 4 fly in balloon number 13.
5 charge such high admission fees. 6 1 sometimes
have to run for the bus,

and attach tt wre. And then youre

Completo PET

183. Reading Part 4

© suggested answer:
tel the story of how a young person sailed alone
across the Atlantic

CH

© 1 fees fantastic ..out of a can (second half of
Paragraph 2) 2". he too would like to break the
record’ (Paragraph 3) 3. he hadn't felt afrl
never felt like giving up (Paragraph 4)

@ic 2c 3B

© Yes, and they always are in Reading Part 4
questions on detail (Exam question 5, however,
usually requires understanding of different parts,
or al, ofthe text, as does exam question 1, which
normal concentrates on the authors purpose in
writing the text)

Grammar

Verbs followed by to or -ing

o

Verb + ing Verb + finie

ee Ike, practise, admit, seem, afford, decide,
avoid, fancy, finish, mind, | expect, hope, lean,
iss, suggest manage, promise, want,
deny, dislike, cant help, | ould like

imagine, mention, put off, | appear, attempt, intend,

can't stand oer, pretend, refuse

© 2 decided each decided 1 catch 3 enjoyto de
enjoy being. 4 forget visit forget visting
Scorrect 6 faney-to-come fancy coming
7eorrect Slininhed-o-eat finished eating
9 forgot asking forgot to ask 10 correct
© Jorge and remember can be followed by both,
with a change in meaning (see page 121 Grammar
reference: Verbs followed by 1 or ing
O2liseningto 3todo 4 going 510 bring
Gt do
© suggested answers
2 l'm learning to speak a thir language
3 decide to stop spending 100 much last week
Im planning to go shopping on Saturday.
51 want to star learning o ride a motorbike.
61 mus remember to phone my bes end tomorow.
7 1 finish doing this exercise son

81 shouldn't forget to watch that film on TV next
weekend,
91 always hate waiting for he bus

101 really love dancing to good music

Vocabulary
Phrsal verbs
© 1 work out 2 make up for 3 look after

@ 2 looking forward to 3 turn (his dream) into
Asetouton 5 giving up 6 goon 7 deal with
8 get on with

Three words: 2,48
‘Separated: 3 (hs dream)

© 200k up-c 3 put (my name) down - b
joined in - a 5 go off (i) -£ 6 set of - à

© 2went off 3 ke vp 4 purdown 5 gave up
6 goon 7 catch up with 8 looking forward to

o
Recording script cor ok s

Chis: Hi Ava. Are you and Megan going away on
olay soon?

‘ava: Yes, on Saturday We want to gat off very early
inthe marin

(Cis: Are you going tothe coast?

‘Ara: No we wentaff becch holas lst summer,
‘There were too many people. We've decided to
ake sing instead. Were off tothe Abs,

Chris: Doyou knowhow to ski?

‘Ava: Ecnotreal!Thats why Im going to put my
ame down fr lessons.

|edit once but found italy fu. Ater

‘tree dys gave up and went hamel

‘va: Wel the lessons go on un iste inthe
evening, every ay so shoud improve qui.

Megarís a goo skier and ve got aloo

Jean, but sure can catch up her. Im

realy ooking forward ryna.nynayı

Yes Im sure youl have a great ine.

Chris:

Chris:

answer tey @

184. People's hobbies

board, pieces
tent, backpack
collection

cooker, ven
bike, helmet
instrument

brush, paint

O suggested answers:
camping: sleeping bag, put up, ie, campsite

collecting: albu
valuable

cooking: recipe, saucepans, frying pan, bol, roast,
bake

cycling: wheels, seat, pedals, chain, lock, ride

, coins, stamps, objects, art

music: practise, performance, solo, notes, key,
melody

painting: portrait, landscape, frame, picture, oils
photography: flash, focus digital, zoom, close-up

Speaking Part 2

1 fishing 2 canoeing, waterskiing, rockclimbing,
Mountainbiking. 3 mountain-biking

Recording script co rect

Olivia: There never anything to doin this town. is
there? Lats choose a hobby, an outdoor one,

forte weekends and holidays

OK then, nowabout going fing? We coud

‘010 the mer inthe valley ver there, even

‘own tothe lakes.

Wl tink Fd rer to do something a bt

‘more exi. And ayy feel sorry forthe

Poor sh Perhaps we could ry e watersport?

Something ike canoeing. or vaiecsking

maybe

Yes. but we cant ford o hire boat. think

we should do something cheaper Or beter

sil et

‘Aight ty dont we go oc-climbing?

That’ re, and tea be excing 10.

Danie:

Oli:

On:

© comp Per

Daniel: Hmm. think be etter todo someting
less dangerous

Olivia: OK. letmese... know - what about
mounting? W's outdoor, quie af, ay
heap

Daniels... Yes. could hie a couple of bikes ad.
situe he So shall we do that, then?

Oivie: Lint auld be great We could ide through
‘the ils and int the forest So yes, lets o or
‘atone

O2 prefer 3could Ashould Swhy 6bener

7shall 8 ets

© The strongest stress is on:
1 fishing 3 water sport 5 rock-climbing 8 that
They give new information,

Recording script cor racks

Daniel: OKthen how about going ishing?
Oliva: Perhaps we could ty 8 water sport?
Oliva: Alright, why dort we go rock-elimbing?
(ta: Yes.lts go for that one

o

Recording script co rack 6

Oh: Wei ik pret do someting bit
mor sing

Dan take shot do someting chape

Dane: 11m betta do soneting ss
dangerous.

Writing Part 1

© 1 have enough money for 273 afford is followed
by the 0 infinitive, soit must be afford o buy

@ 2 turned into / to: should be phrasal ver, is frozen
how 3 setting out: should be ¿ng not infinitive

after ‘suggest, Let's leave the house 4 don't

we: auxiliary and pronoun should be inverted in

question form, Id be a good idea to. forward to
going: should be ing not infinitive ater looking,

forward 10, can't wait to 80
O2 staying in bed 3 suggests going 4 start
playing Shave... lessons 6100 short

O2 10 get 3 about going 4up 5 0 learn to
6 on long

185. 4 Our world

Starting off
©2 0 snowboarding 3 unbathe take photos
Stnlietking 60 sightvecing. 7 go moreling
91 snorkeling 2 snowboarding
Recording seript co ra
Toby: Where you goon oy, AD?

IA: Wel ast year we went to Zonabar I's an
¡sand butt belongs o Tarzana, in East Ac.

Toby: Youalvays do excting things, dort you?
ich activites did you doin Zanzibar?

‘Abi: Um, we stayed in tone Town ora few days
and went sihtseing

Toby: An What dd you se there?

‘Abi: There were places and makes and we
vised ihe museums,

Toby: Doyoutke visting museums?

‘Abi: Um. its OK but preter goin shopping.

Toby: Did you buy anything?

Ab Ohyest Ya ku ve bain sowenrs,
Lbought some sates and weer

Toby: Which activity didyou enjoy doing most?

Ab: Um. the second week we stayed onthe
north coos nd Lent snorkeling forthe fst
time twas fantasti

Toby: Arwther ay actes you's tke to ty?

‘Abi Um. vel ue nens been snowboarding 1d.
losa ra Al my fends sy the most
exciting winter spot, Have you tied i?

Reading Part 3

O sugges sve

Ven, sokeling, cg baying souvenirs
© Suggest wos 1 underine

3 st part, sep cy centre

Seater pots South China Ses

Salga suka

6 animal, Sepa ckor nad

7 impossible, e nr orangutan

8 Org mans om, men.

3 cle. ee i Mount Kina

10 by git ster, sightseeing our

0/0 Answers and suggestions to underline (important
words in bold):
1 B Not quite as big a its neighbour, the island of
New Guinea
2 A Temperature are generally between 24° C and
30° Call year round
3 A your comfortable accommodation in the heart
ofthis city
4 À on the shores ofthe South China Sea where
you can go swimming or snorkelling in its clear
blue water
5 B the only way to continue our journey to Sukau
is by bus
6B young orang-utans whose parents have did.
Some ofthese animals arrive in very bad
condition
7 his extraordinary opportunity to get lose to
these creatures
‘8B collect the plants that are part oftheir diet
98 For a small fee, book our day trip to Mount
Kinabalu
10 A And when the tour is over, isa short ride
to the modern shopping centres, local stores or
markets for some last minute souvenirs

Vocabulary

‘Travel, journey and trip

@2uip 3travelled 4trip 5 journey
Grammar

Comparative and superlative adjectives; (nod) as …
as

© 1 False (New Guinea is Digger) 2 False (Kota

Kinabalu isthe most important city) 3 True
True

O24 43

© 1 he) noisiest 2 (he) biggest 3 (the) most
beautiful 4 (he) best 5 (the) worst 6 (the)

farthest or furthest 7 add «rar st to adjectives
that finish ine 8 double the final consonant ifthe
adjective finishes in vowel-consonant 9 use more
‘or most with adjectives with two or more syllables

rectos O)

186. © 2 more quiet -» quieter 3 worse + worst 4 nearst
nearest Smore-betier > better 6 hotest»

hottest

© suggested answers (other answers may be possible
3 the most dangerous 4 more intelligent
S lighter Gthe noisest 7 the slowest
$ the tallest 9 the biggest 10 the deepest
11 colder 12 larger

e
Recording script co rock

Fergus: And here are the answers to this week's
general knowedge qui. Did you know that
Asis iger than Aca?

‘Yes. and more people ve in AS than any
her continent Wel, Russia the largest.
sountointhe word

Alsa

Fergus: And now forthe animal ets The mos.
dangerous animaLon the plants tthe Ion
orne shark but tiny mosqu because it
cates diseases nthe st oth top ten most
Intigent animas there are dophins. rang:
‘dans, some types of elephant and wales

= bu deta no dogs. The Alcan elephant
iso largest and heavest land animal, but
Ie bu whales he heaviest vg creature
‘On average can weigh around 150 tomes
that’s 150.00 Hô. I wou os

‘rng he sea ane woud ake tis
fe) about an hour to move 18 metres. The
ales doin te would is the Great Dane and
the malts the Chihuahua. Youve got some
‘answers aout places, havent you, Asse?
Yes Ihave. Did you know that Nagoya isin.
salon in Jann isthe biggest nthe wore and

Alyssa

Shin sto nthe same county isthe,
use? Ifyou Ke ding, then you should go
to Begum. Nemo 2s the despes ain the
word

‘And te lst wo answers. Antarcicals the
‘codes, ost and windiest content And
While were taking about age places. the
‘Amazon cars larger than any ther
forest in word

© 2 Mount Everest is a bit / a little higher than K2.
3 Aria is much / far / a Tot drier (or dryer) than
Death Valley.

@ compe rer

Fergus:

4 Atlanta International Airport is
busier than Heathrow Airport
5 The sperm whale’s brain is much / far à lot
heavier than a human adult’ brain,
O 1 true 2True 3 False (the male is normally
twice the size of the female)

© 1 as + adjective + as 2not 3no

@2 large as 3 as straight as 4 as dangerous as /
‘more dangerous than 5 as intelligent as

wich / far / alot

Vocabulary

Builgings and places

© department store 3 youth cud 4 market
Sport Glountain 7 bridge. 8 town hal

@2wide 3 low 4 old (also ancient or old-
fashioned) Sclean Guely 7 dull/calm

Sboring_9dangerous 10 cheap 11 quiet
12 shallow 13 near 14 fla

Grammar
Big and enormous (gradable and non-gradable
adjectives)
© 1, 2 and 3 (in any order) qui
and 5 (in any order) absolute
(in any order) quite, very
© Suggested answers:
2small 3 hot cold Sbad dirty
interesting 8 good
O 2 really 3 absolutely 4 quite 5 very
© Suggested answers:
1 one hour from Stockholm, Sweden 2 not 100
crowded, interesting sights, safe 3 more nightlife
(youth clubs / night-clubs)
Recording seript co ru
‘Selma: Um... come rom Sweden. Liveina.

very, really
really Gand7

own about an Pour may am the capital.
‘Stockhaim There re on about 4.000 people
it real ny avery nice place ta ein.
because ever gets to rouded There are
seueilinteresüng sights including a case.
Because ts a small own, eto safe
Sometimes. ind hing here quie boring.
Fike ole somewhere wit a mare It
iohit Tere ae no youth cubs right
(bs and we often have to spend te evening
‘outdoors, even when t's absolutely freezing

187. Listening Part 3

O suggested answers:
1 Oymyakon isa village in East Russia (Siberia).
2 lowest temperature (-71.2° C); oldest man (109)

3 Ewan McGregor visited Oymyakon in 2004 on his
motorbike

4 Life for young people there is probably quiet.
© suggested answers:

1date 2 number 3noun 4 adjective 5 noun
6 noun

O/0/0 11926 29/nine 3 television 4 oldest
5 mobile(s)(phone)(s) 6 motorbike

Recording script co tack

Presenter: Oymyakon. in East Russ, is extremely cold
nd people ve there! The loves! temperature,
cf minus 712 degrees. was recorded 1920,

beating al records. Dave Guill epors,
Extremely low temperatures are requentin
Oymyakon, with temperatures gong below
minus 45 degrees Claus roguary. Winters.
ac lang and cold an often ast atest ne.
mans The summers are much warmer
than the wines. Temperatures can ise o 35
degrees Celsius but en thee isthe problem
of mosquices

{About 2.00 people vein Oymyakon Lis.
‘ty much the same as 100 years = art
rom television For example, ther re no
indoor bathrooms and people use ice instead
of water rom the tap. The aly used t be
famous because some ofthe oldest people
inthe country ined there. odor Amos.
Oymaion's oldesteverinhebitent ein.
1967 He was 109.

There ae about 300 chien in he oca
Schoo. Up unt recent thee dit use o
be any heating the school The cron

did her classes nthe cons These young.
Bene dream lang mobie phones, on
Internet af nd disco with a CD player that
wore,

‘Alocal business Alexander Kio wants
o bring tourists t the area, He has algo but,
the tows first hotel to tract these tourists.
Esch ofthe tn room has hot and cold wate.

‘The most famous visto nt now the

Speaking Part 3

O 2 Marrakech, Morocco 3 Machu Picchu, Peru
4 The Great Wall, China 5 Hikkaduwa Beach,
Sri Lanka
O Suggested answers:
1 buy souvenirs, visit museums 2 buy souvenirs,
80 sightseeing 3 go trekking, go camping
4 go trekking, take photos 5 sunbathe, go
snorkelling
© She describes all eight things
Recording seript co rai
Laura: Int photo Len se alo boss on wate.
ook a tafjam-Tho water looks realy
ity thinks @marketin the morning i
cou be somewhere in Asa, Tree sees.
‘be alot of ru and vegetables on the Boats
There are some green vegetables but dont
ku what they ae. On ach boat can ste
person … no … ean see men and women,
Some people are wearing hats think here.
sling hngs but there arent any people
‘buying... er... on ane ofthe bots thre
ngearsio be somebody wearing a court.
Shit. Nex to this boat there's another man
but cn se him very wel thinks he
marino The weather is bot and sun. don.
thik win Er
(O 2 looks like 3 looks 4 think, could be $ seems
Tobe Gcansee 7 appears tobe 8 don't think
We use Look like with a noun (looks like trafic.
am) and look (without like) with an adjective (he
water looks really dit).

Writing Part 3
O 1 teur
2 bo 100 words
Bine name of yin your country and more
information about his ty
© Yes (this is a model answer and would get full
marks inthe PET exam)

annee ®

188. © Suggested expressions to underine:

As you know, Ive lived in... so why don't y
‘write about …? WS one ofthe … cities in. In fact
over … live there .. is famous or... People say

that. i onthe east coast of... which are. they
are . for (verb + ing). There ae absolutely
and. too, The weather is … because hope
this is enough information

Vocabulary and grammar
review Unit 3

Vocabulary

©2 unfit 3unfalr 4 unpopular 5 unhealthy
informal 7 impatient 8 unsafe
Sunnecessary 10 inactive

Oze 3a ah Sb 6g 7d BF

Grammar

Oziodo 310 get Aging Stobuy 610 have
7 olookior Stosee Sspending 1010 buy
A todo 12 being

@2a 3c aa Se 6b 7b

Vocabulary and grammar
review Unit 4

Vocabulary

© suggested answers:
2 fantastie/wonderful/great 3 coldest
4 freezing Slively/busy 6 enormous/huge
7 boring/dull 8 empty

02m

3wery Afar Stravel 6 shopping

Grammar

© 2 morebeiter > better. 3 moresafe ~ safer
that than Sas => than 6 then than

O2 farther/further 3 most popular 4 better than
5 the hottest

© compas rer

5 Feelings

Starting off

@2 happiness 3 sadness 4 anger fear

@2 anger 3 fear 4 happiness 5 jealousy
© See the key 10 the quiz on page 173

Listening Part 4
© 1 1 dont think, Im a bit surprised, it seems to me,
forme

2 Suggested answers: in my opinion, I think, I
believe, un sure (that), I eel (that), as 1 see it, if
you ask me, [say I'm afraid, my view s that; the
use of might/could/may for possibility.

@/O1A 28 3A 4B SA 6B

Recording script coy ox 2

Fries: So, Ben, how often do you and Liam actualy
get together these dys?

Ben: Whenever! can, ria, Usualy about once
rey two months.

rica: Ldoithinkthats enough cealy to keen a
{iendsio gong. Cou you vsti each.
on. ask mo come hee?

Ben: Wel ts along way to go More tan 400
lores, ik.

Erica: Mowlong does take?

Ben: Over sichours each way. So you spend hal
the weekend onthe coch, gang up and down
the motorway so boring!

Eica: Howabout taking the ain? Wout that be
quicker?

Ben: dont ul oc The fares are,
raaligo-

Erica: Why dont you eta student travel car? Your

tickets would be lo cheaper.

Ben: Hmm. Thats an ies

Erica: And Liam could get one, oo. Then he could
sometimes came here on Saturdays and
Sundays to se you

Ben: Links en on doing that He kes
Pi me town alot He wants to stay there ot

weekends, he saya

see So you go and see him, but he never

comes ere,

189. Im sure that’s because theres so much todo
there tan exciting town, end know hes
‘made new ends there. Bute get ey
weland weite nat sudden cing to ion.
ina fiers.

‘No, mot saying that atl But maybe you
‘eed to remind hm that youve been fends
‘nce you were ti ids, And tl him how
important fend he isto you. He might nat
ale ta especialy wih athe changes in
Re right now.

O2e 31 4a Sb 6d

rca

Grammar
Can, coul might and may (ability and possibilty)

© Students should undertin: can, could, might (not)
might not is negative; "not goes after the modal
verb (might: mighta'; can’ and couldn't
© 2 mey-seems - may seem - the main verb
following a modal is an infinitive without oso it
does not add sin the 3rd person (he/she/i)

3 Fimnot-ean —> 1 can't forms of be are not used
before modals; most modals form the negative by
adding not or a short form of it atthe end

4 we-coutd «> could we - the question form of
modals normaly needs a change in word order of
‘modal and subject and doesnt use the auxiliary
vero do

S ean-deing -> can do - modals are nt followed by
the ing form ofthe verb

6 youwittmight-see > you might see - the future
form of most modals isthe same asthe present
form

7 Ws-could-be + It could be forms of be are not
used before modals

8 could-met + could meet - modals are followed
by the infinitive without to, nota past form of the
verb

© 1 can/could 2 may/might/could

O2 mig 3.couldnt Acanı Scant 6can
7 Could 8 cant

© Suggested answers: cant see my school friends, 1
cant stay out very late; Lan go out with friends, 1
can stay in bed late, [can play computer games all,
morning, I might goto the cinema, play tennis, go
dancing

‘Should, shouldn't, ought to, must, mustn', have to
and don't have to (obligation and prohibition)

015 24
O Suggested answers:

A you ought to / should get a haircut, have a wash,
mend your trousers, get some new shoes: you
shouldn't go out like that, wear those clothes,
have your hair like that.

B You shouldn't go to school tomorrow, do any
work, get too close to people: you ought to /
should see the doctor, go to bed, le down, have
hot drinks, take an aspirin,

©2D 3c 4€
Ob3 cz di

O 2 must 3 mustn't 4 don't have to 5 have to
6 must

O 2 dont have to 3 have to 4 doesn't have to
S must 6 shouldn't 7 mustn't

Recording seript coı ak

Presenter: Internet stes ike MySpace, Bebo end
Facebook ae reat way for young people to
‘keep in touch with ends, but there ar things
you should do to stay sae. On some stes
you dont have o use your el name you
‘on ant to, soient a name for yours
‘On most tes a rule that you Eo give
an emal adres, butts does have ta be
your normal one - you can use any adress.
You can wrt os of interesting things on your
nine page, but something you must never do
'sputyour house adress or phone number.
Infact, you shoul’ give ny information
‘tat coud let strangers know your en
because onthe Internet ou neverknow who
‘slooking, Remember, to, that you mustn't put
‘your fends’ personal deals on your page. or
ou could put them in danger. S ne message
ds: have fun, but take cae
© suggested answers: 21 mustn't ea at my desk

3 I don't have to go out early. 4 1 must work

harder, $1 shouldn' eat cream cakes bu

sometimes do! 6 {ough o tidy my room but 1

probably won't,

anoto O)

190. Vocabulary
Adjective and prepositions

Oiwih 20f 3 about
O1oí 2with 3 about
O suggested answers:
of: confident (also confident about) envious,
frightened, ete
with: pleased, cross, fed up, ete.
about: relaxed, excited, mad, et,
O2wih 301 4wih 5 ofabout 6 of/adout
Adjectives with -ed and -ing
Oe wanted 10 contact her (and needed her details /
Phone number from them); They met again and got
married
boring: it drops the final «eto add «ing
bored
O1 boring 2 bored
2 relaxed 3 surprising 4 tired 5 depressed
embarrassing 7 amused 8 annoyed
9 disappointed 10 interested 11 amazed
excited
© suggesed answers
1 Um always excited when I meet new people. lts
always exciting 10 meet new people.
2 Dancing for a long time is ring. get tired when
1 dance for à long time.
3 1 as disappointed that he didn't phone. It was
disappointing that he didn’t phone
@ic 24 3a ab
Recording script cor ck
Speaker 1: My brother took some CDs out of room
without asking. I wasn't happy about it
because wanted play one ofthem-
{Usualy my family all meta our house on
December 3st, but this year my cousins cant
come. tsa shane.
{on want too to that youth eb agan.
There's never anything to do there and there's
nobody to ko.
‘And then Jesica walked in. count believe
À because though Fd never see her gai.

© compl er

Speaker 2:

Speakers;

Speaker

Reading Part 5

© suggested answers
1 when something bad happens to us 2 all the
time / every day 3 our lives will get much better /
well become much happier

22.5.6 b4,8,10 c1,7,9 ds

015 2A 3C 4A SB 6C 7B 8B 9A
wp

Vocabulary
Adjectives and their opposites

O20 32 10 sv

@2 relaxed 3 postive 4 depressed 5 mean
O funny/serious,strange/ordinary

Oasis 3amful Aontinary 5 ange
fantastic

Speaking Parts 3 and 4

O suggested answers: A: 1 can see a girl. She looks
like she's making a speech at her school or college
She seems nervous; B: 1 can see a boy. It looks ike
he's in along queue for an event. He looks very
bored,

QA: At the beginning, she felt nervous. After a few
minutes she began to fel (more) relaxed. At the
end, when everyone clapped, she was delighted;

1: He was excited about going to the concert. After
six hours in the queue he was very bored. In the
end he was angry because some people bought
tickets to make money.

© did, feel 2 happened, end 3 did, have 4 was,
reaction

Recording script Go ok 2s
Petco A

Girt, Wel once thad to make a speech to neatly
‘the whole schoo in rot of hundreds ol ther
students.

Friend: How did you fea

Girt AL first was ren ners and count

remember what had osa. needed t keep
looking at my notes. But ater afew minutes

| started to feels bit mare rele, and then |
just take and kad.

191. Friend: What haogened inthe end?

Gi: Evenone capped. was dele when
heard that!

Pete.

Boy: Iwas realy exited about thot concer. just
had to ee but thousands of eter people
wanted hats too. Tats why the queue was

Friend: How lang did you have to wait

Boy: Sxhows.Ivs o bored! But just before | got
the Uche le, closed They sold al the
tickets

Friend: Wat as your reaction to that?

Boy: las angry Alt of people had bought ten or

twenty ets each, so they could sel them
later and make money.

Writing Part 3

1, 4,5; you should also include reasons why you
like to relax in that way.

@Points she includes: 1 (Where) her own room
4 (When) weekends, especially 5 (How) read an
interesting book
Reasons (why): warm & cosy, she can listen to her
favourite music, nobody comes in, no phone calls

¡O Lots of love (E), All the best (£), Don't forget to
‘write soon (E), Dear George (B), Well, that's al for
‘now (E), Thanks for your letter (B), This is just a
quick letter to say (8), It was great to hear from you
(8), Hi Lisa (8), Give my love 10 everyone (E) Sorry
I've taken so long to write back (B)

@ Hi Nathan, Thanks for your letter, it was great to
‘hear from you, Write soon and let me know, All the
best

(Oo (nobody comes in)

@2 1 never get tired of going to the cinema because
there are so many good films. 3 Since I don’t
have much homework to do, often go out in the
evenings. 41 enjoy waterskiing a lo because its
really exciting. 5 Tve got some really good games.
so I'm on my PlayStation® every day.

O Sample answer
Dear Libby,

Its nice to hear from you. You ask about something
‘exciting {do and the answer is easy: horse riding in
the mountains!

lts great because on a horse you can get to
beautiful places that are impossible o reach by ar,
or even by bike. Sometimes we're so high up that

in winter and spring everything is covered in snow
and the views are fantastic!

‘The paths along the mountain sides are very
narrow, so it can be abit frightening if you look.
down, but you're completely safe because the
horses know the way - they've been there hundreds
oftimest

In your next letter tell me about the exciting things
you do!

Bye for now,

Keira

6 Leisure and fashion
Starting off

©2 documentary 3 quiz show 4 the news
5 comedy series 6 chat show

© They talk about: documentary, comedy series, chat
show, the news.

Recording seript co x 20
Lucy: Ben youre watching TV againt What's on?
Ben: Ws apiooranme about mein Kena who.
sce ying save elephants. Di you know
thatthe elephant population has fen by 80%
thee?

‘Yes, ut how much TV do you watch a day?
Fm not rely sure It depends on whether
havea ot of homenork ornat aby watch
Alphabet Road.

(have heard of Aphabe Road Whats
shou?

Oh, isthe story of some neigtbousona.
ray trat is on Thursdys and als.
‘makes melauah Wha our fvcurte
programme?

{dnt watch much TV but ove The Luke

Lucy
Ben:
Lucy:

Luoy

Pier with Tom Cruise?
You joking! an stand those nds of
programmes. prefer laying computer games
to wating that

answer bey O)

192. Lucy: Rely? Look. its 8 pm Why dont we switch
‘ver and watch the headings? keto know.
hat happenigin he word

Ben: Good idea! Here's the remot control

Reading Part 2

© 2 Kids Rock 3 Found in Hong Kong 4 Best
Friends "5 Prine of Mandavia 6 Unversity
Spotlight” 7 Lila 8 Reggae Nights

O suggested answer
‘The importan information has been underined
(vat they want odo; what they dont want odo
extra information)

@ (Fight Plane) suggested word to underine You
havent seen anything ike this before (as they
oul ke se something complete fret)
Reasons why they d nor choose th other options
Univesity Spotight ~it says book eur
Kids Rock, Prince of Mandavia, Lal, Found in
Hong Kong and Reggae Night all contain music
and Silvie and Kat dont want o ear mone music
Best Friends there i nothing diferent about ths
sory

© Suggested words 10 underie
2 Teenagers visting wit her parents al love

science icon, Martha and Arti love live musi,
especially reggae, her parents want 10 see a
musical

3 university students, want to have fun, can't
afford... much money, like listening... music
4 Lily (9) .. Ken (18). S:yearold cousin, Mai...
mad about animals... wants to drive. doesnt
want to pay for parking
5 Lara... mum prefer something funny to serious
rama, go to bed early, buy some presents before
they leave
O28 3F ac SE
‘Suggested words to underline:

he year 2306, live musicians play this

3 play their records... disco, Admission free

4 monkey, elephant and bear, Free parking for
every two adult tickets

5 definitely good fun, Not to be taken seriously, Gift
Shop open during interval

© compte ver

© Suggested answer:

Martha and Arte are teenagers and are going out

with their parents. Their parents want to see a

musical. Reggae Nights isa disco (not a musical)

and is for over 18s only. I is likely that Martha and

Artie are under 18. Als, there is no connection

With science fiction, which hey al ike,

O suggested answers:

1 Silvie and Kat are bes friends (Best Friends is
the tte 0); they saw their favourite band last
week (in €, ‘Kelth’s Door is everyone's favourite
Band)

3 Al and Ed are university students (A mentions
students several times, eg. Special discounts for
students)

4 Mal is mad about animals (D mentions no
‘animals hee; the musicians in E are dressed as
‘strange animals)

5 Lara and her mum prefer
(H mentions a serious Took)

Fanny to serious

Vocabulary
Going out

@2 admission 3 audience 4 live 5 review
subtitles 7 interval 8 venue
e

Recording script co 7

Lam: Yes. twas bilan My uncle managed to get
me a ticket forthe ear performance When
Monkey ame on stage. the audience went
wid. The oy thing ii tke was the venue
Iwas oo ronde

1 Planet

Grammar
Present perfect

© They decide to watch the film at home and have
pizza there.

Recording script co ress 2

Tom Would you keto se a show tonight?

Evan: Yeah! Why not? We have been out together
for ttvee moins, Whats on?

Tom: Wel there's that musical Ais Rack Hove you

seen yer?

193. van; Frid so. sawitast week havent sen the
rus show Lily

Tom: le lad seen Lio My cousin took me on
‘Saturday

Evan: How about Best Friends?

Tom: Fantastic idee jus fished reading the ply.

van; Ohnolftsnota play. is dont ancy tat

Tom: Lets stayin and watcha fim on TV then.

van: We cat o that My dd just taken the TV to
repaire We court o to your house and.
watch the in, could we?

Tom: Ofcourse! Why dort we gata pizza onthe
‘way tomy house and we can watch the fm.
sod have pizza?

Evan: Whata great deat

O 1 seenityet 2 seen... yet 3 already seen 4 just
finished
“The present perfect is used in all four extracts.

O2 already 3 yet 4/5 (in any order) already,
just 6 yet
© 2 My dad hasn't found a new job yet.
3 But he's/has started a course in computing,
4 My munrs/has just won a prize in a photography
competition.
$ Have you seen the new Kung Fu film yet?
6 l've/have already seen i three times. I's great!
7 What about you? Have you finished your exams
ver
© Suggested answers:
1 1998, et.
2 three years, etc
3 last year, my birthday, ete
4 (Name of teacher) / four months, etc.
5 (Name of sport / the + instrument) / 2005, last
year ete
@ 2 How long have you been at your school?
3 How long have you had your watch?
4 How long has (name) been your English teacher?
5 How long have you played (spor) / the
instrument)?

Present perfect or past simple?

@2 have... read 3saw 4 haven't heard 5 won
Gdid...go 7 have .. taken

© suggested answers:
1 Why did he decide to become a
2 When did he begin his career?
3 Where did he first work?
4 How did he feel when he fist began working, do

you think?

5 How long has he been au?
6 How many times has he won a competition?

Vocabulary
‘been/gone, meet, get to know know and find out

@ 1 been, been 2 meet 3 known 4 gone
5 getting to know 6 find out

Listening Part 1

O Make sure you can find these items:
backpack, bel, blouse, boots, coat, dress, earring,
glasses, glove, handbag, jeans, purse, pyjamas,
sandals, shorts, skirt, socks, sul, sweater,
Sweatshirt, swimming costume, Tshirt, te, tights,
towel, tracksuit trainers, trousers umbrella, wallet

© 2 beaurifuls + beautiful 3a long and white a
long white 4 fashion fashionable 5Fshiet— a
Tshirt 6 abive trouser > blue trousers / a pair of
blue trousers

© suggested answers:
Words to underline: 1 Marks sweater 2 Mary lost
3 John lost 4 coat
Differences between each: 1 There are three cotton
‘sweaters - Ais plain with a V-neck, B is patterned
with a Vineck, Cis plain with a round neck; 2
Alis a towel, Ba pair of earrings, Ca purse; 3A
trainers, B socks, C sandals; 4 There are three
long coats - A has 6 buttons and 2 pockets, B has.
2 buttons and no pockets, Chas 6 buttons and no
pockets

ic 28 sn ac

arameo @

194. Recording script cortes

Mark:

Mark:

Get

Gat

‘One, Which Marks sweater?
Excuse me. Ie lst my sweater tity the
oo. Its aan one = theres no pattem ar.
ars. anit. Hos anyone handed tin?
Late see … Me only atte sweaters
ero, think. fe this one? fs go a V. neck.
Sorry no! Mines oot around neck Oh! There
itis Rf that one there! The coton nel twas
very expensive.
Wil, be more carl wih ete! Here
youzrel

Tan
“wo. What has Mar lost?
Hi wes empiyng my backpack nthe sports
‘centre ca because | needed t pay for
‘something and! ould nd my purse
How much money was ini?
‘Oh. 5 OK ound tat, butLhada piro
Bari inside ru bag on ati kind of
pocket and think the faut when ules
iy tonel out Has anyone braught them ere?
Sorry. no

cortex
“Tiree. What has John ost?
‘We've come to pickup John and he's playing
tenis hi sands
Realy?
Yes! Hes always losing things. We thought
host socks but wee fund those.
Have you got is trainer?
What do they ok ike?
Four, Which cutis Barbara taking about?
| was weering my site cost and now ant
find it She's goin tobe so angry wih me
We've got several as What does tok Ik?
lis que ong with ve sk buttons down the.
font
Anat in e pockets?
basa got pockets.

O como 1

Speaking Part 4
© Things you ket do a home and things you like
todo when you o out
@ See answers below for Exercise 3
© Von and Ivan do a model task, so these are also
comes answers fo hem)
24 3K 47 sv 6x 7%
Recording script co: acs
Examiner Your prtogaps shoes people ong ut.

van

Now ike you totalktogether about whet
ou ke odo at home and what you ike odo
when you go out

So, van, wht do you tke odo at home? Do
youtke watching TV?

Yes. ve watching TV. We nomaly switch on
the TV after diner and watch afm football
‘match or documentary. What about you? Do
You ke watching ms?

‘Yes, but peter watching sports to
documentaries. nd documentaries a te bit
boring. Did you see the basketball match let
ight?

No, rit When Im at home lo enjoy
playing card o other games wit my two
‘brothers. On Sunday afternoons, wo often stay
in and ply together: Do you ever play cards at
home?

No. not ely When go out with my ends
‘we usualy meetin the local shopping cent,
tts not much fun. lave ring tthe ener,
buts very expensive. how often do you go
tothecnema?

Lage wth you. The cinema s very expensive
‘ut go with my parents ence a moth and
they ay. Have you seen Ihe new Batman fim
yet?

No, not yet. like gong t se shows wth ny
ami. doit ray Ik seus plas but love
musicals ke Cats We WI Rock Youland the
Lon King. Do you tke male?

Er. ke some musicals but nk preter
the cinema, My siste realy lows the bale.
ve been once but thought it was to long
and iw. think twas Swan Lake Do you Ike
asia! muse?

195. Jon: Ohno! My brother... pays the vin and
we wentto a classical music concert wth hm
lat year twas awful | wanted to wat outside
but my mum said had to sit thre twas two
hours and there was no interval.

Two hours ong? Poor you!
O 1 True 2False 3 False
©/O These ae Jon and ans answers but any ful

‘answer which doesn't change the topic complete is

fine):

2 No, didnt. When I'm at home Lalo enjoy
playing cards or other games with my two
brothers. On Sunday afternoons, we often stay
and play together

3 The cinema is very expensive but go with my
parents once a month and they pay.

4 No, not yet. like going to see shows with my
family. I don' really like serious plays but love
musicals like Cats, We Will Rock You! and the
Lion King.

Like some musicals but I think 1 prefer the
cinema. My sister rally loves the ballet, ve been
‘once but | thought it was 100 long and slow.
Think it was Swan Lake.

@ The clothes you wear during the week and the
clothes you wear at weekends

Ivan:

© suggested answers:
[When we have sport! [What do you wear for
wear a tacks sport?

often change my clothes | Do you change your
when get home from |cithest

school Why (note

‘On Sundays, often have [What about yout

Do you like wearing smart
clothes?

‘can you choose which
clothes you buy?

not, who chooses your
clothes?

‘what clothes do you not
like wearing?

Tike choosing my own
clothes

1 dont lke wearing sets
very much

Writing Part 2
© suggested answer
The cat broke he vase. I knocked the vase off the
ture, Water spilled on the flor.
© suggested words to underine

aunts cat, She... sent … money, an email to
‘Aunt Kath, thank, what... buy, describe … cat did,
35-45 words

@/Oarthough 1 (Bettina's answer) is very well
‘written (with no spelling mistakes and a very good
use of grammar), well organised and the message is
cleat, she has not included the three content points
(she does not describe what the cat did). She can
only be given a maximum of 3 marks.

2 (Katia answer) is less accurate bu its well
Organised and the message is cleat. She has
included all three content points and so her teacher
could give her § marks,

© Sample answer:

Dear Dorota,

Thanks so much for the money you sent me for my
birthday. You know how much I love new clothes.
Ti going 10 buy those tight black jeans I saw last,
week, Why don' you come with me next week to
buy them?

Yours

Magda

Vocabulary and grammar
review Unit 5

Vocabulary

@20f 3wih don Sof Gadour 7 about
Sabout 9of 10 of

© amazing, interesting, embarrassed, frightened,
amused

noria @

196. fs Pa
AAA]
bi El js
MONO
à 1] le
e R] a
T nen A
E lu] foluremmir
B Gl fu in
y D y
luck] folie
Grammar
Ozcant 3 should 4 Could s dont have wo
6 might 7 haveto

Vocabulary and grammar
review Unit 6

Vocabulary

O2 Audiences 3 live 4 reviews 5 performances
6 admission 7 interval

@2c 3A 4A 58 68

Grammar

©2 since thrco years go ~ for three years / since
2007 3 he gone — he went / he's gone to Dubai
{with no time adverb) 4 gone > been 5 Already
Ese Ive already 6 Hooked —» I've looked
7 never ever 8 hasgiven + gave 9 justeame
=> has just come 10 dida decide > haven't
decided 11 hasopened — opened 12 what
happened > what has happened

2 ve/have never lived /"ve/have not lived /
haven't lived 3 since 4 'veyhave known 5 seen

© compe rer

7 Out and about
Starting off

(02 temperature, hot, degrees, centigrade 3 showers,
get wet 4 gale, blowing 5 thunderstorm,
lightning 6 freezing, frost, snowfall

Listening Part 2

Oachioe ban interviewer etaking photos of
extreme weather conditions. the weather in
her country, when she began taking photos of bad
‘weather, what she uses to photograph lightning,
where she takes photos during thunderstorms,
wat she most likes photographing in winter, what
she photographs when i's windy “e the weather
in the speaker's country, bad weather, lightning,
thunderstorms, winter weather (ice/snow/irost),
‘windy weather.

@15 28 sc ac sa 6B

Recording Script co: au
Interviewer: Tel mo, Chee, have you ys been
‘exerested in the weather?

‘Ohyes. seal fascinating inthis country

because can be qute dierent inthe north,

inthe west andin the south, fo instance and.
does usualy stay the same (rang. tan.
be arm and sunny one moment: wet and cd.

the natn act you can sometimes have a

four seasons in one day!

Intrviewer So when di you fest photograph storms and

things ik that? Wes that while you were at

Univers? Orin your to?

Nano. was much younger than hat Lu.

Justa kid realy We were coming home from

Poly and we got caug na thunderstom.

took some pictures and lucky they came out

realy wel. Since hen ve done its of oer

nds photography, especialy when as à

student, but stil lve photographing Inn.

Interviewer: That must be quite ful. How d you get

good pictures?

Wel the ring is th ight amer. I.

‘does have tobe expensive, o partit

‘modern - lv ac mine fo many yeas and

oid using digital ones. But the man ting i

‘where you got take you pictures

Chioe

Chie:

Che: